diff --git a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
index ed7ddcc4b5..819a14552c 100644
--- a/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Exodus
1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)
* First genealogy (1:1–6)
* Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)
* Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)
* Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)
* Second genealogy (6:14–27)
* Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)
* The plagues (8:1–11:10)
2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)
3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)
* The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)
* Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)
4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)
* Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)
* The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)
* The covenant described (20:18–23:33)
* The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)
* Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)
* The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)
* The covenant described again (34:1–35)
* Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)
* The cloud (40:34–38)
### What is the book of Exodus about?
Exodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.
The book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the book of Exodus?
The writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?
Moses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.
### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?
The book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the Jewish Passover?
The Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.
### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?
The law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.
### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?
Israel was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Thus says Yahweh
This phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.
### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart
Between chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).
### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?
In Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.
### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?
Most, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.
### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?
The book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
+EXO front intro b4pp 0 # Introduction to Exodus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Exodus\n\n1. Israel in Egypt; preparing to depart from slavery (1–12)\n * First genealogy (1:1–6)\n * Israel as slaves in Egypt (1:7–22)\n * Moses’ history to the time of the Exodus (2:1–4:26)\n * Israel suffers in Egypt (4:27–6:13)\n * Second genealogy (6:14–27)\n * Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh (6:28–7:25)\n * The plagues (8:1–11:10)\n2. Instructions for celebrating the Passover (12:1–30)\n3. From Egypt to Mount Sinai (12:31–18:27)\n * The Passover; preparing to leave Egypt; leaving Egypt (12:31–50, 13:1–22)\n * Journey from Egypt to Mount Sinai (14:1–18:27)\n4. Mount Sinai and the Law (19-40)\n * Preparing for the covenant (19:1–25)\n * The Ten Commandments (20:1–17)\n * The covenant described (20:18–23:33)\n * The people agree to the covenant; Moses returns to Mount Sinai (24:1–18)\n * Design of the tabernacle and its furnishings; what was required of those who serve in it; tabernacle functions (25:1–31:18)\n * The golden calf; Moses prays for the people (32:1–33:22)\n * The covenant described again (34:1–35)\n * Making of the ark and its furnishings (35:1–38:31) and priestly garments (39:1–43, 40:1–33)\n * The cloud (40:34–38)\n\n### What is the book of Exodus about?\n\nExodus continues the story of the previous book, Genesis. The first half of Exodus is about how Yahweh made Abraham’s descendants into a nation. This nation, which would be called “Israel,” was meant to belong to Yahweh and worship him. The second half of Exodus describes how God gave the Israelites his law through Moses. The law of Moses told the Israelites how to obey and worship Yahweh properly.\n\nThe book of Exodus tells how the Israelites were to build the tabernacle. The tabernacle was a tent where Yahweh would be among his people. The Israelites worshiped and sacrificed animals to Yahweh at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Exodus” means “exit” or “departure.” Translators may translate this title in a way that can communicate its subject clearly, for example, “About the Israelites Leaving Egypt” or “How the Israelites Left the Land of Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Exodus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testaments present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Exodus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### Why did Moses write so much about God delivering or rescuing the people of Israel?\n\nMoses wrote much about God rescuing his people from the Egyptians to show that Yahweh is very powerful. Egypt was the most powerful nation at that time, but Yahweh was still able to free the Israelites from the Egyptians. Also, by rescuing the Israelites, Yahweh showed that he had chosen them as his people, and they should worship him.\n\n### How does the book of Exodus show the fulfillment of the promises given to Abraham?\n\nThe book of Exodus shows God beginning to fulfill his promise to Abraham. In Genesis, God promised Abraham that he would have many descendants and that they would become a large nation. When God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians, he took them to Mount Sinai. There he made a covenant with them, and they became the nation that belonged to Yahweh.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### What was the Jewish Passover?\n\nThe Jewish Passover was a religious festival. Yahweh commanded the Israelites to celebrate it every year. Passover was a time to remember how God rescued Israel from the Egyptians. The first Passover meal was eaten in the evening just before they left Egypt.\n\n### What was the law of Moses to the people of Israel?\n\nThe law of Moses instructed the people of Israel about what Yahweh required them to do as his people. In the law, God told the people how they should live so that they would honor him. He also instructed them about their need to offer animal sacrifices. God required these sacrifices so that he could forgive their sins and continue living among them. The law also described the duties of the priests and told how to build the tabernacle.\n\n### What did it mean that Israel was to be a “kingdom of priests and a holy nation” ([19:6](../19/06.md) ULT)?\n\nIsrael was a holy nation because Yahweh separated them from all other nations to belong to him. They were to honor and worship him only. This made them different from all the other nations of the world; the other nations worshiped many false gods.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Thus says Yahweh\n\nThis phrase is used many times in the Old Testament to introduce Yahweh’s speech. Your team should pick a standard translation. See [4:intro](../04/intro.md) for more.\n\n### Pharaoh’s stubborn heart\n\nBetween chapters 4 and 14, there are 18 cases where Pharaoh’s heart is described as strong (11x), heavy (6x), or hard (1x), and one case where the Egyptians’ hearts are described as strong. These are metaphors for being stubborn, that is, being unwilling to obey Yahweh or even to do what is clearly in his own and Egypt’s best interest. Many cultures have similar metaphors, but not all will use the same body part. Within these cases, six times there is a neutral description that Pharaoh was stubborn, without saying anyone made him so ([7:13](../07/13.md), [7:14](../07/14.md), [7:22](../07/22.md), [8:19](../08/19.md), [9:7](../09/07.md), [9:35](../09/35.md)); three times Pharaoh makes himself stubborn ([8:15](../08/15.md), [8:32](../08/32.md), [9:34](../09/34.md)); and ten times Yahweh makes Pharaoh/the Egyptians stubborn ([4:21](../04/21.md), [7:3](../07/03.md), [9:12](../09/12.md), [10:1](../10/01.md), [10:20](../10/20.md), [10:27](../10/27.md), [11:10](../11/10.md), [14:4](../14/04.md), [14:8](../14/08.md), [14:17](../14/17.md)).\n\n### Why are the details of the construction of the tabernacle in Exodus 25–32 repeated in Exodus 35–40?\n\nIn Exodus 25–32, God describes exactly how the tabernacle was to be built. The details were repeated in Exodus 35–40 in the description of the actual construction. This showed that the people were to be careful to do exactly as God commanded.\n\n### Are the events in the order that they actually happened?\n\nMost, but not all, of the events in the book of Exodus are told in the order that they actually happened. Translators may need to make it clear when the events are in an unusual order.\n\n### What does it mean that God “lived” among his people?\n\nThe book of Exodus presents God as living in the tabernacle among the nation of Israel. God is everywhere, but he lived among the Israelites in a special way. God dwelled with the Israelites because they belonged to him. He promised to lead them and bless them. In return, the people were to worship him and honor him.
EXO 1 intro cj55 0 # Exodus 01 General Notes
## Structure and Formatting
This chapter is intended to form a smooth transition from the last chapter of the book of Genesis.
## Special Concepts in this Chapter
### Israel’s growth
Israel grew in number. This was in fulfillment of the covenant God made with Abraham. It also caused the Egyptians great concern that there would be more Israelites than Egyptians, with the result that the Egyptians would be unable to defend themselves against such a large number of people. Pharaoh tried to kill all of the male babies so they would not become soldiers who fought against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
### End of the famine
It is obvious that some time has passed since the beginning of the famine which brought the Israelites into Egypt. Yahweh appears to be punishing the Hebrews for not returning to the Promised Land but instead choosing to stay in Egypt. No return attempt is recorded to have been made. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter
### “All of the descendants of Jacob were 70 in number”
This number included both Jacob’s children and grandchildren. It may cause confusion, but it is important to remember Jacob only had 12 sons.
EXO 1 1 h51f writing-background 0 Verses 1–7 are background information for the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EXO 1 1 fxbx figs-go הַבָּאִ֖ים…בָּֽאוּ 1 The words translated as **came in** could also be translated as “went in.” Use whichever form is most natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ EXO 2 12 rmgn figs-explicit וַיַּךְ֙ 1 The context makes clear that
EXO 2 13 qn45 figs-go וַיֵּצֵא֙ 1 He went out See how you translated this in [Exodus 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 2 13 wqrm translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 The ordinal number here could mean “the next day” (UST) or simply on some day following the events of the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 2 13 rgn1 figs-exclamations וְהִנֵּ֛ה 1 behold Here, **behold** shows that Moses was surprised by what he saw. You can use a word in your language that will give this meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
-EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽרָשָׁ֔ע 1 the one who was in the wrong Based on Moses’s question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
+EXO 2 13 i4d6 לָֽרָשָׁ֔ע 1 the one who was in the wrong Based on Moses’ question, this means the aggressor or the man wrongfully attacking his neighbor. Alternate translation: “the man who was guilty of starting the fight”
EXO 2 13 duob figs-quotemarks לָ֥מָּה תַכֶּ֖ה רֵעֶֽךָ 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 2 14 qb2n figs-rquestion מִ֣י שָֽׂמְךָ֞ לְאִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְשֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ 1 Who made you a leader and judge over us? The man used this question to rebuke Moses for intervening in the fight. Alternate translation: “You are not our leader and have no right to judge us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EXO 2 14 afne figs-quotemarks מִ֣י שָֽׂמְךָ֞ לְאִ֨ישׁ שַׂ֤ר וְשֹׁפֵט֙ עָלֵ֔ינוּ הַלְהָרְגֵ֨נִי֙ אַתָּ֣ה אֹמֵ֔ר כַּאֲשֶׁ֥ר הָרַ֖גְתָּ אֶת־הַמִּצְרִ֑י 1 This is a direct quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ EXO 3 5 jg97 figs-quotemarks אַל־תִּקְרַ֣ב הֲלֹ֑ם שַׁל־
EXO 3 5 prv9 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י הַמָּק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר אַתָּה֙ עוֹמֵ֣ד עָלָ֔יו אַדְמַת־קֹ֖דֶשׁ הֽוּא 1 set apart This is the reason Moses must stop coming close to the burning bush and take off his sandals. Your language may need to put the reason before the commands, as in, “The place on which you are standing, it is holy ground, so you must not come close to here. Take your sandals off from on your feet.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 3 6 sxk8 אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔יךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob All of these men worshiped the same God. Alternate translation: “the God of your father, of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob”
EXO 3 6 fgym figs-quotemarks אָנֹכִי֙ אֱלֹהֵ֣י אָבִ֔יךָ אֱלֹהֵ֧י אַבְרָהָ֛ם אֱלֹהֵ֥י יִצְחָ֖ק וֵאלֹהֵ֣י יַעֲקֹ֑ב 1 This a direct quotation. The UST continues the quotation from verse 5 rather than including an additional “he said.” This may be more natural in some languages. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with first-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔יךָ 1 your father Possible meanings are (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’s own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’s father.
+EXO 3 6 l5sy אָבִ֔יךָ 1 your father This could mean: (1) “your ancestor” or (2) “your father.” If it means “your ancestor,” then the phrases following it clarify who “your father” refers to: it refers to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. If it means “your father,” then it refers to Moses’ own father. It most cases it will be best to translate it as “your father,” i.e. Amram, Moses’ father.
EXO 3 6 lfbb grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּסְתֵּ֤ר מֹשֶׁה֙ פָּנָ֔יו כִּ֣י יָרֵ֔א מֵהַבִּ֖יט אֶל־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Reason: **for he was afraid from staring toward God** Result: **And Moses hid his face** Some languages may need to put the reason before the result. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]] and [Exodus 33:20](../33/20.md))
EXO 3 7 nl33 figs-quotemarks וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוָ֔ה 1 After this phrase, a direct quote begins that continues through the end of [verse 10](../03/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with an opening first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the beginning of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 7 xoz0 figs-idiom רָאֹ֥ה רָאִ֛יתִי 1 The repetition of **see** expresses the intensity, certainty, or clarity of Yahweh’s seeing. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ EXO 3 13 ru0a figs-metonymy אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבוֹתֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here
EXO 3 13 vfsk figs-quotemarks מַה־שְּׁמ֔וֹ 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 3 13 bkei grammar-connect-logic-result מָ֥ה אֹמַ֖ר אֲלֵהֶֽם 1 Moses is asking God what he should do as a result of the hypothetical situation he presented. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 3 14 cli8 אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 God said to Moses, “I AM THAT I AM.” This is God’s response to Moses’ question about God’s name. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “God said to Moses, ‘Tell them that God says his name is “I AM THAT I AM.”’”
-EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM Possible meanings are (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
+EXO 3 14 b6vk אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה 1 I AM THAT I AM This could mean: (1) this whole sentence is God’s name or (2) God is not telling his name but something about himself. By saying this, God is teaching that he is eternal; he has always lived and always will live.
EXO 3 14 s62u אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֑ה…אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה 1 I AM Languages that do not have an equivalent to the verb “am” may need to render this as “I LIVE” or “I EXIST.”
EXO 3 14 t745 וַיֹּ֗אמֶר 1 This is still God speaking. It may make more sense to omit this in some languages.
EXO 3 14 vigc figs-quotesinquotes אֶֽהְיֶ֖ה שְׁלָחַ֥נִי אֲלֵיכֶֽם 1 This is a second-level quotation. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by marking it with second-level quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation inside a quotation. However, you may also choose to translate it as an indirect quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ EXO 3 18 ot9r figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֗יִם 1 Here, **Egypt** refers to th
EXO 3 18 idp7 figs-youdual וַאֲמַרְתֶּ֤ם 1 General Information: If your language uses different forms of “you” depending on the number of people addressed, use a plural form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
EXO 3 18 i47o figs-exclusive עָלֵ֔ינוּ…נֵֽלֲכָה…וְנִזְבְּחָ֖ה 1 These instances of **us** are exclusive; they include Moses, the elders, and all the Israelites, but exclude the king of Egypt. If your language makes this distinction, verify that you used the correct form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EXO 3 18 d85b translate-numbers שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְלֹ֖א בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. Possible meanings include: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
+EXO 3 19 qf46 figs-metonymy וְלֹ֖א בְּיָ֥ד חֲזָקָֽה 1 unless his hand is forced The word **hand** is a metonym for the power of the owner of the hand. This could mean: (1) “only if he sees that he has no power to do anything else,” where the **hand** belongs to Pharaoh (2) “only if I force him to let you go,” where the **hand** belongs to Yahweh (3) “not even if I force him to let you go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]
EXO 3 20 nuzx grammar-connect-logic-result וְשָׁלַחְתִּ֤י 1 God says this will be a result of the king of Egypt’s stubbornness. Alternate translation: “Therefore, I will send out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 3 20 yds5 figs-metonymy וְשָׁלַחְתִּ֤י אֶת־יָדִי֙ 1 I will reach out with my hand and attack Here, **hand** refers to God’s power. Alternate translation: “I will use my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 3 20 dzsp figs-metonymy מִצְרַ֔יִם 1 **Egypt** refers to both the land and the people group, and then, by extension, to Pharaoh as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ EXO 12 13 ox3l figs-metonymy בְּאֶ֥רֶץ מִצְרָֽיִם 1 Yahwe
EXO 12 14 fa9q וְהָיָה֩ הַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֤ה 1 Verses 14-[20](../12/20.md) are instructions for the Israelites’ future celebration of the Passover. If your language makes a distinction between near and far future events or between near and general commands, you may need to make clear that these verses primarily have a later application.
EXO 12 14 usns translate-hebrewmonths הַיּ֨וֹם הַזֶּ֤ה 1 Here, **this day** means the tenth day of the first month of every year. On this day every year, they must celebrate the Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
EXO 12 15 xsb9 אַ֚ךְ 1 Alternate translation: “Surely” or “Indeed”
-EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֞ה הַנֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַהִוא֙ מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor cut off could mean: (1) the person must leave. Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) the person is no longer an Israelite. Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) the person must die. Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO 12 15 i9n3 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֞ה הַנֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַהִוא֙ מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 that person must be cut off from Israel The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) the person must leave. Alternate translation: “he must be sent away” (2) the person is no longer an Israelite. Alternate translation: “he will no longer be considered to be one of the people of Israel” (3) the person must die. Alternate translation: “he must be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 12 15 enw3 figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֞ה הַנֶּ֤פֶשׁ הַהִוא֙ מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 As noted in the previous note, the metaphor **cut off** has at least three possible meanings. By whom that person will be cut off is not specified; it could be the Israelites or Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The following alternate translations express those: (1) “the people of Israel must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “the people of Israel must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 12 15 eqzu grammar-collectivenouns מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Israel** is a collective noun referring to the nation or people group. Alternate translation: “from the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
EXO 12 16 bzj6 figs-activepassive וּבַיּ֤וֹם הָרִאשׁוֹן֙ מִקְרָא־קֹ֔דֶשׁ וּבַיּוֹם֙ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י מִקְרָא־קֹ֖דֶשׁ יִהְיֶ֣ה לָכֶ֑ם 1 an assembly that is set apart to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And on the first day and on the seventh day, you shall have an assembly of holiness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ EXO 15 15 ya48 figs-metaphor נָמֹ֕גוּ 1 will melt away Moses uses the ph
EXO 15 16 nk67 figs-doublet תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָה֙ וָפַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** form a doublet meaning “very afraid.” If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “They will become very afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 15 16 kbt5 figs-metaphor תִּפֹּ֨ל עֲלֵיהֶ֤ם אֵימָ֨תָה֙ וָפַ֔חַד 1 Terror and dread will fall on them **Terror and dread** are pictured as physical objects that could **fall on** people. The image might be of them crushing people or being a heavy weight that people struggle under (however, the image is not specified). It means that the people will feel the emotions of terror and dread very strongly. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They will be overwhelmed with feelings of terror and dread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 15 16 t2yp figs-metonymy בִּגְדֹ֥ל זְרוֹעֲךָ֖ 1 Because of your arm’s power Yahweh’s **arm** represents his great strength. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Because of your great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּאָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone Possible meanings are (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+EXO 15 16 umm7 figs-simile יִדְּמ֣וּ כָּאָ֑בֶן 1 they will become as still as a stone This could mean: (1) “they will be silent like stone” or (2) “they will be motionless as stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 15 17 n5i5 figs-explicit תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ וְתִטָּעֵ֨מוֹ֙ 1 You will bring them Where God would bring them can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You will take your people to Canaan and plant them there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 15 17 u26j figs-go תְּבִאֵ֗מוֹ 1 You will bring them Since Moses was not already in Canaan, some languages would use “take” rather than **bring.** Alternate translation: “You will take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 15 17 t6wg figs-metaphor וְתִטָּעֵ֨מוֹ֙ בְּהַ֣ר 1 plant them on the mountain Moses speaks about God giving his people the land to live in as if they were a plant that God was planting. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and you will settle them on the mountain of” or “and you will let them live on the mountain of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1370,9 +1370,9 @@ EXO 17 16 lr14 כִּֽי־יָד֙ עַל־כֵּ֣ס יָ֔הּ 1 Amalek The
EXO 17 16 sw1q מִלְחָמָ֥ה לַיהוָ֖ה בַּֽעֲמָלֵ֑ק 1 Amalek This phrase has no verbs in Hebrew. You may need to translate the noun **war** as a verb. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will make war with Amalek” or “Yahweh will war against Amalek”
EXO 18 intro t8g2 0 # Exodus 18 General Notes\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Leadership lessons\n\nJethro taught Moses an important leadership lesson in this chapter. Many scholars look at this chapter for important leadership lessons. Moses delegated some of his responsibilities to other godly men so that he would not become worn out by all the demands made of him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties\n\n### Order of events\n\nThe timing of the events in [verse 2](../18/02.md) is not clear and, whatever their timing, may be difficult to translate. The question: Is Jethro’s **taking** Zipporah related to the past event of Moses sending her back to him at some otherwise unmentioned point in time, or is Jethro’s **taking** related to his coming to meet Moses in [verse 5](../18/05.md).\n\n### Verse 11\n\n[Verse 11](../18/11.md) is difficult in the original and requires interpretation.\n\n### God and Yahweh\n\nIn this chapter, God, who is named Yahweh in much of the rest of the book, is mostly referred to as God instead by his name as is usual. Translations should not suggest that they are not different beings.\n\n### Kinship: Father-in-law\n\nJethro is the father of Moses’ wife. Some languages may make a distinction between that and a woman’s father-in-law. If that is the case, note it in verses: 1-2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n\n\n### Participant reference\n\nJethro is often referred to simply as the father-in-law of Moses in this chapter. He is also named explicitly (referred to by name) an unusually high number of times (it would be more usual to have more pronouns referring to him). Frequent use of his name is likely to emphasize his familial ties and authority (or honored status). Some languages may need to alter the way he is referred to for naturalness or to convey the same sense of familial ties and authority (or honored status).
EXO 18 1 nl86 translate-kinship חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Moses’ father-in-law The label, **father-in-law of Moses** refers to the father of the wife of Moses. If your language uses a different term for a man’s father-in-law than for a woman’s father-in-law, choose the appropriate one here. Note the use of this term also in verses: 2, 5-8, 12, 14-15, 17, 24, and 27. Alternate translation: “the father of the wife of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-EXO 18 2 zw6h וַיִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
+EXO 18 2 zw6h וַיִּקַּ֗ח יִתְרוֹ֙ חֹתֵ֣ן מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶת־צִפֹּרָ֖ה אֵ֣שֶׁת מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 took Zipporah, Moses’ wife This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah.
EXO 18 2 chy6 figs-explicit אַחַ֖ר שִׁלּוּחֶֽיהָ 1 after he had sent her home This is something Moses had done earlier. The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “after Moses had sent her home to her father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO 18 3 khs1 וְאֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑יהָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). Possible meanings are (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
+EXO 18 3 khs1 וְאֵ֖ת שְׁנֵ֣י בָנֶ֑יהָ 1 and her two sons This is the ending of the sentence that begins with the words **Jethro … took Zipporah** in [verse 2](../18/02.md). This could mean: (1) Jethro took Zipporah and her two sons to Moses, or (2) Jethro had earlier welcomed back Zipporah and her two sons.
EXO 18 3 k4mb translate-names גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 Gershom **Gershom** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “foreigner.” See [2:22](../02/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 18 4 xi35 translate-names אֱלִיעֶ֑זֶר 1 Eliezer **Eliezer** is a son of Moses and Zipporah; his name means “God is the one who helps me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 18 4 z2km figs-metonymy מֵחֶ֥רֶב פַּרְעֹֽה 1 Pharaoh’s sword The phrase **from the sword of Pharaoh** represents being killed by Pharaoh or Pharaoh’s army. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “from being killed by Pharaoh” or “from being killed by Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1401,7 +1401,7 @@ EXO 18 20 w3vf figs-metaphor וְהוֹדַעְתָּ֣ לָהֶ֗ם אֶ
EXO 18 21 p5ap וְאַתָּ֣ה תֶחֱזֶ֣ה 1 Furthermore, you must choose Alternate translation: “As for you, search out” or “You must also search out”
EXO 18 21 n936 figs-metaphor וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Jethro speaks of giving them authority over people as putting them over people. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “You must give them authority over people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 18 21 xprc writing-pronouns וְשַׂמְתָּ֣ עֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 You must put them over people Here, **them** refers to the Israelites. Moses is advised to place good men in charge of groups of Israelites. Alternate translation: “And you must appoint these men over the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+EXO 18 21 d2hv translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and of tens This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 18 22 y5n2 figs-metaphor כָּל־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַגָּדֹל֙ יָבִ֣יאוּ אֵלֶ֔יךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro speaks of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the difficult cases they will tell you about” or “when there are difficult cases, they will tell you about them so you can judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 18 22 vnvh וְהָקֵל֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ 1 the difficult cases they will bring to you Jethro is ending his proposal with the good result that should come from it, less work for Moses. Alternate translation: “and make your work less” or “and lessen your work”
EXO 18 22 u42p figs-metaphor וְהָקֵל֙ מֵֽעָלֶ֔יךָ וְנָשְׂא֖וּ אִתָּֽךְ 1 they will carry the burden with you Jethro speaks of the hard work that they would do as if it were something that they would carry beside Moses and make lighter for Moses by helping him. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “and lessen your work by having them do the hard work with you” or “and make your work easier by having them help you do the hard work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1409,7 +1409,7 @@ EXO 18 23 wyq4 וְיָֽכָלְתָּ֖ עֲמֹ֑ד 1 endure Alternate tr
EXO 18 23 bt5p כָּל־הָעָ֣ם הַזֶּ֔ה עַל־מְקֹמ֖וֹ יָבֹ֥א בְשָׁלֽוֹם 1 endure Here, getting **to their place** could mean each person’s home tent or it could mean the whole group gets to the promised land. If you cannot leave it ambiguous, it would be best to indicate something like “harmony in the camp.” Alternate translation: “all these people will live in harmony”
EXO 18 25 n2ws figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֖ים עַל־הָעָ֑ם 1 heads over the people Moses writes of the leaders of people as if they were the **head** of a body. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “leaders over the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 18 25 tb18 figs-explicit אַנְשֵׁי־חַ֨יִל֙ 1 capable men What sort of ability they had can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “men who were able to lead” or “men who were able to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+EXO 18 25 iqn8 translate-numbers שָׂרֵ֤י אֲלָפִים֙ שָׂרֵ֣י מֵא֔וֹת שָׂרֵ֥י חֲמִשִּׁ֖ים וְשָׂרֵ֥י עֲשָׂרֹֽת 1 leaders in charge of thousands, hundreds, fifties, and tens This could mean: (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of people in each group. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of groups of 1,000 people, groups of 100 people, groups of 50 people, and groups of 10 people” or (2) these numbers are not exact, but represent groups of people of various sizes. Alternate translation: “leaders in charge of very small groups, small groups, large groups, and very large groups” See how you translated this in [Exodus 18:21](../18/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EXO 18 26 abx4 וְשָׁפְט֥וּ אֶת־הָעָ֖ם בְּכָל־עֵ֑ת 1 judged the people in normal circumstances Alternate translation: “They judged the people most of the time” or “They judged the people in all regular circumstances”
EXO 18 26 z7j4 figs-metaphor אֶת־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַקָּשֶׁה֙ יְבִיא֣וּן אֶל־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 The difficult cases they brought to Moses The author writes of telling Moses about the difficult cases as bringing him the difficult cases. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “They told Moses about the difficult cases” or “When there were difficult cases, they told Moses about them so that he would judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 18 26 ve8h הַדָּבָ֥ר הַקָּטֹ֖ן 1 the small cases Alternate translation: “easy case”
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ EXO 19 15 z0aq אִשָּֽׁה 1 do not go near your wives This word means bot
EXO 19 18 m1b5 יָרַ֥ד…יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh descended Alternate translation: “Yahweh came down”
EXO 19 18 a8p7 figs-simile כְּעֶ֣שֶׁן הַכִּבְשָׁ֔ן 1 like the smoke of a furnace This shows that it was a very large amount of smoke. Alternate translation: “like the smoke from a very large fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EXO 19 19 m8ae הוֹלֵ֖ךְ וְחָזֵ֣ק מְאֹ֑ד 1 grew louder and louder Alternate translation: “continued to become louder and louder”
-EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְקֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. Possible meanings are (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO 19 19 f5e6 figs-metonymy בְקֽוֹל 1 in a voice The word **voice** here refers to a sound that God made. This could mean: (1) “by speaking loudly like thunder” or (2) “by speaking” or (3) “by causing thunder to sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 19 20 zx5p figs-go וַיֵּ֧רֶד…וַיַּ֥עַל 1 in a voice You may need to consider your language’s rules for perspective regarding going or coming up or down in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
EXO 19 21 d2qm figs-metaphor פֶּן־יֶהֶרְס֤וּ 1 not to break through God spoke about walking past the boundary as if they might break down a barrier and walk through it. See how you translated “set bounds” in [Exodus 19:12](../19/12.md). If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “not to go beyond the boundary” or “not to go through the barrier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 19 21 oht2 figs-euphemism וְנָפַ֥ל 1 not to break through Here, **fall** is a euphemism for dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -1692,7 +1692,7 @@ EXO 23 29 wfdi figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֖יךָ 1 miscarry This means
EXO 23 29 i9aq figs-explicit פֶּן־תִּהְיֶ֤ה הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ שְׁמָמָ֔ה 1 or the land would become abandoned You could make the rest of the idea explicit if it would help. Alternate translation: “lest the land become desolate because no one would be living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 23 30 mne7 figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶ֑יךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 23 31 my2e figs-metonymy מִפָּנֶֽיךָ 1 miscarry This means “ahead of you.” Alternate translation: “from before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֖ לְמוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshipping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO 23 33 d1fp figs-metaphor כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה לְךָ֖ לְמוֹקֵֽשׁ 1 this will surely become a trap for you This means worshiping other gods will lead the people of Israel to certain destruction, as if they were an animal caught in a hunter’s trap. It could also be saying that leaving the other people around will make it so that the Israelites see the other people’s worship and are lured (like in a trap) into worshiping the other gods, which is a sin against Yahweh. If your readers would not understand what this image means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Worshiping them will surely destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 24 intro b83l 0 # Exodus 24 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n1. Yahweh summons Moses v. 1-2\n2. Moses reads the covenant and the people accept it; this is ritually marked by sacrifice and sprinkling of blood v. 3-8\n3. Moses and Israelite elders go up the mountain, see God and eat v. 9-11\n4. Yahweh summons Moses further up the mountain without the other elders, and he goes v. 12-15\n5. Description of Yahweh’s glory, and Moses is at the top of the mountain v. 16-18\n\n## Potential Translation Issues\n\n- there are a number of similes used to describe people’s encounter with God\n- “covenant” appears in a variety of ways\n- the mountain, the mountain of God, and Mount Sinai are all the same location\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Moses’ covenant\n\nThe people of Israel promise to obey the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. Their continued blessings were contingent upon their obedience to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])\n\n### God’s holiness\n\nBecause Yahweh is perfectly holy, he can only be approached in a certain way. Because of this, only Moses was allowed near Yahweh. This is also why Yahweh is described as a “devouring fire.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 24 1 hji6 writing-newevent 0 Nadab…Abihu A new scene begins here, which may need to be marked in a certain way in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 24 1 c97i translate-names נָדָ֣ב וַאֲבִיה֔וּא 1 Nadab…Abihu **Nadab and Abihu** are men’s names. See how you translated these names in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ EXO 25 2 ygtd figs-quotemarks דַּבֵּר֙ 1 who is motivated by a willing h
EXO 25 2 tktu figs-quotations דַּבֵּר֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְיִקְחוּ־לִ֖י תְּרוּמָ֑ה 1 who is motivated by a willing heart In some languages you may have to make **and they shall take a contribution for me** a direct quote. Note that this will make it a second-level quotation and you will need to mark it with second-level quotation marking if your language uses them. Alternate translation: “Say to the sons of Israel, ‘You shall take a contribution for me.’ ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
EXO 25 2 r5yr figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִדְּבֶ֣נּוּ לִבּ֔וֹ 1 who is motivated by a willing heart This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part may vary. Alternate translation: “who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 25 2 k78q figs-youdual תִּקְח֖וּ 1 You must receive The word **you** is plural and refers to Moses and the leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
-EXO 25 4 c1qn figs-explicit וּתְכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO 25 4 c1qn figs-explicit וּתְכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 25 4 c958 translate-unknown וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 scarlet A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 25 5 ayup translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 scarlet When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish in color. It is not clear whetherfff these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 25 5 va28 translate-unknown תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 1 scarlet The meaning of this word is not known. It may refer to some water mammal that has skin that can be made into a high-quality leather. [Sea cows on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sirenia) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ EXO 25 40 l7je figs-activepassive אַתָּ֥ה מָרְאֶ֖ה 1 you are bein
EXO 26 intro emw7 0 # Exodus 26 General Notes\n\n\n- The sacred tent has four layers (from inside to out): linen, goats’ hair, tanned rams’ skins, and fine leather.\n- There are multiple different curtains described using three different Hebrew words: one sort of curtains to make the walls of the tent ([verses 1-13](../26/01.md)), another to separate the Holy Place and Most Holy Place ([verses 31-34](../26/31.md)), and another for the entrance of the sacred tent ([verses 36-37](../26/36.md)). If there are words in your language that would make a distinction between these sorts of hanging cloths, it would be appropriate to make a distinction in your translation.\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.\n- v. 1-30: Instructions for constructing the exterior of the sacred tent\n * v. 1-6: Inner covering\n * v. 7-14: Outer covering layers\n * v. 15-30: Wooden framework\n- v. 31-35: Instructions for arranging the interior of the sacred tent\n- v. 36-37: Instructions for hanging the entrance curtain\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n\n### The tent of meeting\n\nThis chapter gives specific instructions regarding the building of a tent where Moses would meet Yahweh and the box would be stored. This would eventually become the tabernacle. Note: “tabernacle” is simply an English word transcribed from the Latin for “tent,” which translates the Hebrew for “dwelling place and which has taken on religious significance via the King James Version of the Bible. The terms “tabernacle” and “tent” should be considered interchangeable. It was to be considered a very holy place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EXO 26 1 ks8r figs-you תַּעֲשֶׂ֖ה 1 You must make Yahweh is speaking to Moses, so the word **you** is singular. Yahweh probably expected Moses to tell someone else to do the actual work, but Moses would be the one responsible for seeing that the work was done correctly. “Tell a craftsman to make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 26 1 iww4 translate-unknown יְרִיעֹ֑ת 1 curtains The **curtains** were large, heavy sections of woven cloth that were used to form the covering and dividing walls of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO 26 1 vre7 וּתְכֵ֤לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ וְתֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
+EXO 26 1 vre7 וּתְכֵ֤לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ וְתֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 curtains This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
EXO 26 1 xvs7 translate-unknown וְתֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 scarlet wool A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 26 1 ni5d translate-unknown שֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֗ר 1 scarlet wool This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 26 1 n2vm חֹשֵׁ֖ב 1 craftsman a person who is skilled in making beautiful objects by hand
@@ -1829,10 +1829,10 @@ EXO 26 30 csf9 figs-activepassive הָרְאֵ֖יתָ בָּהָֽר 1 you w
EXO 26 31 yqi6 0 General Information: See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
EXO 26 33 p2yq translate-unknown הַקְּרָסִים֒ 1 clasps The **clasps** fit into the loops to hold the curtains together. See how you translated these in [Exodus 26:6](../26/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 26 33 x28l figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. Alternate translation: “the most holy place” or “the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּקֹ֖דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extra-ordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+EXO 26 34 u3tu figs-possession בְּקֹ֖דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִֽׁים 1 clasps Here, **Holy of Holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy places. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “in the most holy place” or “in the extraordinarily holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 26 35 lv9e הַשֻּׁלְחָן֙…הַמְּנֹרָה֙ 1 The table must be on the north side This is the **table** Yahweh told Moses how to make in [25:23-30](../25/23.md) and the **lampstand** he told him how to make in [25:31-39](../25/31.md).
EXO 26 36 tiz7 0 The table must be on the north side See how you translated very similar text in [Exodus 26:1](../26/01.md).
-EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material Possible meanings are (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
+EXO 26 36 rr16 תְּכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, and scarlet material This could mean: (1) “yarn that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple, and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated this in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
EXO 26 36 f6td translate-unknown וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מָשְׁזָ֑ר 1 fine twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 26 36 r2fy translate-unknown רֹקֵֽם 1 an embroiderer Alternate translation: “a person who sews decorative designs into cloth” or “a person who embroiders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 26 37 av60 0 an embroiderer See how you translated very similar instructions in [verse 32](../26/32.md).
@@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@ EXO 28 3 wt7m figs-metonymy אֶל־כָּל־חַכְמֵי־לֵ֔ב אֲשׁ
EXO 28 4 tr5e וּכְתֹ֥נֶת תַּשְׁבֵּ֖ץ 1 a coat of woven work We do not know what word translated **of woven work** means, as it only occurs here and in [verse 39](../28/39.md) as a verb. Alternate translation: “and a checkered tunic” or "an embroidered garment"
EXO 28 4 dz5h translate-unknown מִצְנֶ֣פֶת 1 turban This is a head covering made from cloth wrapped around the head several times. You may translate it using a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 4 k184 translate-unknown וְאַבְנֵ֑ט 1 sash The **sash** is a piece of cloth that people wear around their waist or across their chest. You may translate it with a word commonly used for a similar item in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO 28 5 rxke translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַתְּכֵ֖לֶת וְאֶת־הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְאֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO 28 5 rxke translate-unknown וְאֶת־הַתְּכֵ֖לֶת וְאֶת־הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֑ן וְאֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 5 pfq5 translate-unknown תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י 1 sash A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 6 u3rx translate-unknown וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מָשְׁזָ֖ר 1 fine-twined linen This was cloth made from fine linen threads that someone twisted together to make a stronger thread. See how you translated this in [Exodus 26:36](../26/36.md). Alternate translation: “fine twined linen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 6 k3bj חֹשֵֽׁב 1 skillful craftsman The description **skillful craftsman** refers to a person who can make beautiful objects by hand.
@@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ EXO 28 32 x42n מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה אֹרֵ֗ג 1 This must be the work of a wea
EXO 28 32 rw96 translate-unknown אֹרֵ֗ג 1 a weaver Alternate translation: “a person who weaves” or “a person who creates cloth using thread, yarns and wool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 32 t60l translate-unknown תַחְרָ֛א 1 a weaver We do not know what this term means, but the implication seems to be that the collar should be made strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 32 ubhg figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִקָּרֵֽעַ 1 a weaver If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ וְתוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates Possible meanings are (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+EXO 28 33 qm1f translate-unknown תְּכֵ֤לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָן֙ וְתוֹלַ֣עַת שָׁנִ֔י 1 pomegranates This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. See how you translated this in [25:4](../25/04.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 28 34 kl55 פַּעֲמֹ֤ן זָהָב֙ וְרִמּ֔וֹן פַּֽעֲמֹ֥ן זָהָ֖ב וְרִמּ֑וֹן 1 a golden bell and a pomegranate This phrase is repeated to show the pattern of the design on the robe. Alternate translation: “alternate pomegranates and golden bells”
EXO 28 35 pf61 figs-activepassive וְנִשְׁמַ֣ע ק֠וֹלוֹ 1 so that its sound can be heard If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the bells make a sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 28 35 fmqu figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֧י יְהוָ֛ה 1 so that its sound can be heard Here, **face** figuratively represents the presence of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ EXO 30 10 san2 לְדֹרֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 throughout your generations
EXO 30 10 jxn0 figs-possession קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים 1 throughout your generations Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 30 10 uxb4 figs-quotemarks לַיהוָֽה 1 throughout your generations After **Yahweh**, the direct quote that began in [Exo 25:2](../25/02.md) ends. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this with a closing first-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
EXO 30 12 dprx figs-idiom תִשָּׂ֞א אֶת־רֹ֥אשׁ 1 When you take In this context, **lift up the head** means to take a census. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “take a census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take Possible meanings are (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+EXO 30 12 s73c figs-you תִשָּׂ֞א 1 When you take This could mean: (1) **you** refers to Moses and the leaders of Israel in future generations when they take a census or (2) **you** refers to just Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 30 12 k5p1 אִ֣ישׁ 1 a census of the Israelites The leaders only counted the Israelite men.
EXO 30 13 y1kn figs-idiom כָּל־הָעֹבֵר֙ עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֔ים 1 half a shekel of silver This is an idiom that suggests that the men were counted by walking past someone who was counting people as they walked by. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Everyone counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 30 13 i4wk translate-bweight הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל…בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל…גֵּרָה֙ הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל…הַשֶּׁ֔קֶל 1 half a shekel of silver The **shekel** and the **gerah** are units of weight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -2087,7 +2087,7 @@ EXO 30 32 it0x grammar-connect-logic-result קֹ֣דֶשׁ ה֔וּא קֹ֖דֶ
EXO 30 33 pa53 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated the metaphor **cut off** in [Exodus 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 30 33 yhgi figs-activepassive וְנִכְרַ֖ת מֵעַמָּֽיו 1 that person must be cut off from his people See how you translated **cut off** in [12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 30 34 uo57 translate-unknown נָטָ֤ף׀ וּשְׁחֵ֨לֶת֙ וְחֶלְבְּנָ֔ה…וּלְבֹנָ֣ה זַכָּ֑ה 1 General Information: Here is a brief description of these materials, though we really do not know exactly what they are: **stacte** is a resin from certain gum plants, **onycha** is from certain shellfish or mollusks, and **galbanum** is another kind of gum resin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-EXO 30 35 y8yj וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָהּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer Possible meanings are: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
+EXO 30 35 y8yj וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ אֹתָהּ֙ קְטֹ֔רֶת רֹ֖קַח מַעֲשֵׂ֣ה רוֹקֵ֑חַ 1 blended by a perfumer This could mean: (1) Moses was to have a perfumer do the work or (2) Moses was to do the work himself the way a perfumer would do it. See how you translated these words in [Exodus 30:25](../30/25.md).
EXO 30 36 nz2a figs-you וְשָֽׁחַקְתָּ֣…וְנָתַתָּ֨ה 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “You will crush” Here, **you** refers to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EXO 30 36 oj2r figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֤י 1 You will grind it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 30 36 mxww figs-metonymy הָעֵדֻת֙ 1 You will grind it Here, **testimony** probably refers to the sacred chest that contained the tablets of the law. See UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ EXO 34 1 s1kv לֻחֹ֥ת אֲבָנִ֖ים 1 tablets of stone Alternate tran
EXO 34 3 ck6d figs-metonymy וְגַם־אִ֥ישׁ אַל־יֵרָ֖א בְּכָל־הָהָ֑ר 1 Do not let anyone else be seen anywhere on the mountain Being seen doing something represents doing that. Alternate translation: “and do not let anyone else be anywhere on the mountain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 34 3 x3rx גַּם־הַצֹּ֤אן וְהַבָּקָר֙ אַל־יִרְע֔וּ אֶל־מ֖וּל הָהָ֥ר הַהֽוּא 1 No flocks or herds are even to graze in front of the mountain Alternate translation: “Even flocks or herds are not allowed to come near the mountain to eat.”
EXO 34 5 sp7f writing-pronouns וַיִּתְיַצֵּ֥ב עִמּ֖וֹ שָׁ֑ם וַיִּקְרָ֥א 1 stood with Moses there The pronouns are not clear here, but the referents are probably as in the following alternate translation: “and Yahweh stood with Moses there, and Yahweh proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַיִּקְרָ֥א בְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” Possible meanings include: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO 34 5 r9ey figs-metonymy וַיִּקְרָ֥א בְשֵׁ֖ם יְהוָֽה 1 he pronounced the name “Yahweh.” This could mean: (1) “he spoke the name ‘Yahweh’” (2) “he proclaimed who Yahweh is.” For the second meaning, **name** would represent who God is. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 34 6 fz1q figs-123person יְהוָ֣ה׀ יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֥ל רַח֖וּם וְחַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious God is speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh, am God, and I am merciful and gracious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EXO 34 6 t0kd figs-doublet רַח֖וּם וְחַנּ֑וּן 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious This is emphasizing that Yahweh cares for people and acts kindly toward them. If doubling would not strengthen the statement here in your language, consider another form that would. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 34 6 f7iq figs-idiom אֶ֥רֶךְ אַפַּ֖יִם 1 Yahweh, Yahweh, God is merciful and gracious The phrase **long of nostril** is an idiom that means Yahweh does not get angry easily or quickly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “slow to anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -2336,14 +2336,14 @@ EXO 34 15 udz0 figs-hypo פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְי
EXO 34 15 f1e3 פֶּן־תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית לְיוֹשֵׁ֣ב הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 Connecting Statement: This phrase is exactly the same as the second clause of [verse 12](../34/12.md). It serves as a reminder of the command Yahweh is giving as he begins to expand on the “trap” he mentioned in verse 12. Your language may need to mark this repetition in a particular way. Alternate translation: “Remember: keep yourself lest you cut a covenant with the inhabitant of the land”
EXO 34 15 n4nt figs-idiom תִּכְרֹ֥ת בְּרִ֖ית 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated this in [verse 12](../34/12.md). Alternate translation: “you make a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 34 15 gtd8 figs-metaphor וְזָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֗ם 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and they worship their gods” or “because they worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 34 15 d1m0 figs-metonymy וְזָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֗ם 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods This phrase may also be seen as a metonymy because sexual sin was a regular part of worshipping false gods. Alternate translation: “and they worship by fornicating with their gods’ cult prostitutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 34 15 vijl figs-ellipsis וְקָרָ֣א לְךָ֔ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshipping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO 34 15 d1m0 figs-metonymy וְזָנ֣וּ׀ אַחֲרֵ֣י אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶ֗ם 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods This phrase may also be seen as a metonymy because sexual sin was a regular part of worshiping false gods. Alternate translation: “and they worship by fornicating with their gods’ cult prostitutes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+EXO 34 15 vijl figs-ellipsis וְקָרָ֣א לְךָ֔ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods Here, what the inhabitant will invite the Israelite to is not stated, but can be inferred from context. At the most basic level it is an invitation to eat food the Israelites were forbidden to eat. It is unclear how much more participation in worshiping false gods is implied. If your language requires that you specify what the Israelite is being invited into you may have to add some information. Alternate translation: “and he will invite you to eat from his sacrifice” or “and he will invite you to a feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 34 15 ygd9 grammar-connect-logic-result וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ מִזִּבְחֽוֹ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods The first part of the sin Yahweh is warning against in this and the next verse is to **eat from his sacrifice**. This clause is the result of disobedience regarding the **covenant** and the logical conclusion of the series of hypothetical events Yahweh presents before this. Alternate translation: “as a result, you will eat from his sacrifice” or “then you will eat from his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 34 15 hhbc figs-synecdoche וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ מִזִּבְחֽוֹ 1 for they prostitute themselves to their gods Here, **and you eat from his sacrifice** may be a synecdoche for any and all parts of the worship of the other nations’ false gods. Alternate translation: “and you feast to honor his gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 34 15 bj2i figs-explicit וְאָכַלְתָּ֖ מִזִּבְחֽוֹ 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice The consequence of eating food that is sacrificed to another god can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and you will eat some of his sacrifice and become guilty of worshiping his gods” or “and you will prostitute yourself to his god by eating some of his sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 34 16 jaic grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The string of hypothetical actions, each with its logical result continues throughout this verse. Continue translating the transitions between clauses as you decided in verse 15. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
EXO 34 16 d4ma figs-metaphor וְזָנ֣וּ בְנֹתָ֗יו אַחֲרֵי֙ אֱלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. This metaphor is most often used regarding the unfaithfulness of the Israelites. The metaphor is not quite as clear with the other nations because while Yahweh is the only true God, he is not in special covenant with the other nations as their god. However, since the worship is still impurely following false gods, the metaphor is used here. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and his daughters worship their gods” or “and his daughters worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-EXO 34 16 k0lr figs-metaphor וְהִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔יךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshippers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO 34 16 k0lr figs-metaphor וְהִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔יךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice In this metaphor, Yahweh speaks of people worshiping other gods as if they were prostitutes going to other men. The metaphor is clear here since it is referring to Israelite men who should be Yahweh worshipers. This is an important Biblical metaphor that should be kept in translation if at all possible. Alternate translation: “and cause your sons to worship their gods” or “and cause your sons to worship their gods like prostitutes who go to other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EXO 34 16 p98a grammar-connect-logic-result וְהִזְנוּ֙ אֶת־בָּנֶ֔יךָ אַחֲרֵ֖י אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽן 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice This is the climatic consequence of living in peace the nations God is driving out before them: complete apostacy from Yahweh and loss of the next generation to wickedness. Specifically it is the result of intermarriage with the pagans, which God has explicitly forbidden for this very reason. If your language marks the final consequence of a string of actions in a particular way it may be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “and in the end, they will cause even your sons to prostitute after their gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
EXO 34 17 lgab 0 you will eat some of his sacrifice The prohibition here is focused on making gods. In your translation make sure that the focus is not on the method, but the god-making.
EXO 34 17 rux0 מַסֵּכָ֖ה 1 you will eat some of his sacrifice See how you translated **molten metal** in [Exodus 32:4](../32/04.md).
@@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ EXO 35 5 qq0a figs-ellipsis כֹּ֚ל 1 Take an offering for Yahweh Here, “fr
EXO 35 5 pqa2 figs-idiom כֹּ֚ל נְדִ֣יב לִבּ֔וֹ 1 General Information: This is an idiom that indicates a person’s desire to give an offering. Many languages will have a similar idiom, though the body part often varies. Alternate translation: “from everyone who wants to give one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 35 5 gx87 0 General Information: After this verse, a list begins. You may need to mark the end of this verse with punctuation or another way that your language marks the start of a list.
EXO 35 6 r12v 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
-EXO 35 6 g615 figs-explicit וּתְכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: Possible meanings are: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO 35 6 g615 figs-explicit וּתְכֵ֧לֶת וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. The original audience would have known what was meant. This material seems to have been used for embroidery later, so “yarn” or ”thread” may be the best understanding. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EXO 35 6 cad9 translate-unknown וְתוֹלַ֥עַת שָׁנִ֖י 1 General Information: A bright red color for dying cloth was extracted from these worms. Alternate translation: “and bright red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EXO 35 7 nmv4 0 General Information: This verse is identical to [Exodus 25:5](../25/05.md).
EXO 35 7 l5bq translate-unknown מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 1 ram skins dyed red and fine leather hides When animal skins are tanned (processed into usable leather), they become reddish. It is not clear if these hides are dyed red or simply reddened in the tanning process. Alternate translation: “tanned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ EXO 35 24 zk6i כָּל־מֵרִ֗ים 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here,
EXO 35 24 loob figs-hyperbole וְכֹ֡ל 1 Everyone who had…brought them The phrase **all** is used here without the restriction, “who were willing,” from previous verses. The exaggeration is used to emphasize what a large portion of the Israelites gave willingly. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that expresses a large number or a majority. Alternate translation: “and very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
EXO 35 24 bab9 figs-metonymy לְכָל־מְלֶ֥אכֶת הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה 1 Everyone who had…brought them Here, **service** refers to worshiping Yahweh, and the phrase **work of the service** refers to building the tabernacle as a place for worshiping Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for any of the building of a place for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 35 25 ae9d figs-metonymy חַכְמַת־לֵ֖ב 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Here, **heart** is referring to innate possession by a person, that is, traits of a person. The phrase essentially means “a talented craftswoman.” If this is unclear to your readers you may consider making it more explicit. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 28:3](../28/03.md). Alternate translation: “who possessed the skill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַתְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְאֶת־הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool Possible meanings are: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
+EXO 35 25 ebm5 אֶֽת־הַתְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וְאֶת־הָֽאַרְגָּמָ֔ן אֶת־תּוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י 1 blue, purple, or scarlet wool This could mean: (1) “material that is dyed blue, purple, and scarlet,” probably wool yarn, or (2) “blue, purple and scarlet dye” to dye the linen. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Exodus 25:4](../25/04.md).
EXO 35 26 k1gy figs-synecdoche אֲשֶׁ֨ר נָשָׂ֥א לִבָּ֛ן אֹתָ֖נָה 1 whose hearts stirred them up Here, **heart** refers to a persons’ will, their desire to do something. It is spoken of as causing a person to use her skills for Yahweh. This is the same as the first phrase in [verse 21](../35/21.md). Alternate translation: “whose wills impelled them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EXO 35 27 f13n 0 The leaders brought…breastpiece Beginning with **onyx**, this verse is almost identical to [Exodus 25:7](../25/07.md).
EXO 35 28 h3a1 0 they brought spices…fragrant incense [Exodus 25:6](../25/06.md) has almost identical words, arranged slightly differently.
@@ -2574,41 +2574,41 @@ EXO 38 15 dlq7 0 General Information This verse is very similar to [Exodus 27:
EXO 38 17 s5g5 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
EXO 38 18 hmi5 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:16 and 18](../27/16.md).
EXO 38 18 yf6z translate-bdistance וְעֶשְׂרִ֤ים…חָמֵ֣שׁ 1 cubits You can convert these lengths to a measurement system familiar to your people if that is the style of translation that you are using. A **cubit** is approximately 46cm. For your reference, a more precise conversion to metric is: 9.2m … 2.3m (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְקוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation, placed after first "cubits": “and the width which corresponded to the height”
+EXO 38 18 trz5 אֹ֔רֶךְ וְקוֹמָ֤ה 1 The curtain was made of This probably refers to the general dimensions (20 cubits long by 5 cubits wide) but clarifies that the **width** would become the **height** of the curtain when the craftsmen or Levites set up the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “and the width, which corresponded to the height”
EXO 38 19 fjw4 0 General Information See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
EXO 38 20 ye5c 0 General Information This verse is very similar to the second half of [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
EXO 38 21 k2ex figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֥ר פֻּקַּ֖ד 1 as it was taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which the Levites recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 38 21 qivw figs-idiom עַל־פִּ֣י מֹשֶׁ֑ה 1 Ithamar This is an idiom referring to Moses telling them to make these records. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “following Moses’ instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 38 21 op5h figs-metonymy בְּיַד֙ אִֽיתָמָ֔ר בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 Ithamar Here, **by the hand of** could mean: (1) Ithamar was in charge of the group that recorded these records (2) Ithamar was the scribe who actually wrote these records. Alternate translation: “under the direction of Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” or “written down by Ithamar son of Aaron the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 38 21 ex1t translate-names אִֽיתָמָ֔ר 1 Ithamar **Ithamar** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [Exodus 6:23](../06/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּבְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel Uri,** and **Hur** are the name of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO 38 22 d86g translate-names וּבְצַלְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אוּרִ֥י בֶן־ח֖וּר 1 Bezalel son of Uri son of Hur **Bezalel**, **Uri,** and **Hur** are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:2](../31/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 38 22 i4ha figs-ellipsis מֹשֶֽׁה 1 Yahweh had commanded Moses This sentence leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words. Alternate translation: “Moses to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak **Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated this in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+EXO 38 23 f93b translate-names אָהֳלִיאָ֞ב בֶּן־אֲחִיסָמָ֛ךְ 1 Oholiab son of Ahisamak **Oholiab** and **Ahisamak**are names of men. See how you translated these in [Exodus 31:6](../31/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EXO 38 23 wvw4 חָרָ֣שׁ וְחֹשֵׁ֑ב וְרֹקֵ֗ם בַּתְּכֵ֨לֶת֙ וּבָֽאַרְגָּמָ֔ן וּבְתוֹלַ֥עַת הַשָּׁנִ֖י וּבַשֵּֽׁשׁ 1 an engraver, as a skillful workman, and as an embroiderer This is very similar to part of [Exodus 35:35](../35/35.md).
EXO 38 24 tl4k figs-activepassive כָּל־הַזָּהָ֗ב הֶֽעָשׂוּי֙ 1 All the gold that was used for the project If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “All the gold that the craftsmen used” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-bweight תֵּ֤שַׁע וְעֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּשְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-bweight מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְאֶלֶף֩ וּשְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַחֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO 38 24 y7hy translate-bweight תֵּ֤שַׁע וְעֶשְׂרִים֙ כִּכָּ֔ר וּשְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֧וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 twenty-nine talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See how you translated this in [Exodus 30:13](../30/13.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO 38 25 ni5b translate-bweight מְאַ֣ת כִּכָּ֑ר וְאֶלֶף֩ וּשְׁבַ֨ע מֵא֜וֹת וַחֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וְשִׁבְעִ֛ים שֶׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 one hundred talents A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [the previous verse](../38/24.md). See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 38 26 rp46 0 one hundred talents See how you translated many of the same things in [Exodus 30:13-14](../30/13.md).
-EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַגֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time, **by the shekel of the sanctuary,** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+EXO 38 26 t2gi translate-bweight בֶּ֚קַע לַגֻּלְגֹּ֔לֶת מַחֲצִ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 one beka A beka is 1/2 a shekel. A shekel is 11 grams. There were evidently shekels of more than one weight at the time; **by the shekel of the sanctuary** specified which one was to be used. See [verse 24](../38/24.md).Alternate translation: “five and a half grams” or “5 1/2 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EXO 38 26 fyy5 translate-fraction מַחֲצִ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 half a shekel A **half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
EXO 38 26 nvf8 figs-ellipsis לְכֹ֨ל הָעֹבֵ֜ר עַל־הַפְּקֻדִ֗ים מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ וָמַ֔עְלָה לְשֵׁשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת אֶ֨לֶף֙ וּשְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 half a shekel Here the account leaves out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The idea that this silver was “received” **from** these “men” is left out. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “received from every passer over to the counted ones from a son of 20 years and older—received from 603,550 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 26 ll8b figs-idiom מִבֶּ֨ן עֶשְׂרִ֤ים שָׁנָה֙ 1 This figure was reached on the basis of every person who was counted in the census This is an idiom meaning 20 years old. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “from those 20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EXO 38 27 p7r5 translate-bweight מְאַת֙ כִּכַּ֣ר 1 One hundred talents of silver were cast A talent is about 34 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָאֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁבַ֤ע הַמֵּאוֹת֙ וַחֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְשִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** has been omitted because it is understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without it you may add it in. Alternate translation: “the 1775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO 38 28 nxf5 figs-ellipsis הָאֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁבַ֤ע הַמֵּאוֹת֙ וַחֲמִשָּׁ֣ה וְשִׁבְעִ֔ים 1 Bezalel Here the words **shekels of silver** have been omitted because they are understood from [verse 25](../38/25.md). If the text would not be understood without them, you may add them in. Alternate translation: “the 1,775 shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 38 28 rcda 0 Bezalel See how you translated some of these in [Exodus 27:17](../27/17.md).
EXO 38 29 p3mr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֣ים כִּכָּ֑ר וְאַלְפַּ֥יִם וְאַרְבַּע־מֵא֖וֹת שָֽׁקֶל 1 seventy talents and 2,400 shekels A talent is about 34 kilograms and a shekel is about 11 grams. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate This is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
+EXO 38 30 rck7 מִכְבַּ֥ר 1 grate A **grate** is a frame of crossed bars for holding wood when burning. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:4](../27/04.md).
EXO 38 31 bvr9 יִתְדֹ֧ת…יִתְדֹ֥ת 1 tent pegs These are sharp bronze stakes that were used to secure the corners of a tent to the ground. See how you translated this in [Exodus 27:19](../27/19.md).
-EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes
- This chapter continues record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced in this chapter to the correct specifications. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
Be sure to consult your previous work for consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).
- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+EXO 39 intro mll6 0 # Exodus 39 General Notes\n\n- This chapter continues the record of the construction in almost exact repetition of Yahweh’s instructions. The special, holy clothing mentioned in previous chapters is produced to the correct specifications in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\nBe sure to consult your previous work to maintain consistency. Verses 1-31 of this chapter follow [Exodus 28:1-37](../28/01.md) with some differences. Verses 33-41 follow [35:10-19](../35/10.md).\n- Throughout the chapter the people making the items are referred to interchangeably as **he** or **they**. Both are generic nouns referring to any of the team of skilled craftsmen. You could change all instances to “they” or “he” if that would be understood better in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
EXO 39 1 h8kg 0 as Yahweh had commanded Moses See how you translated similar instructions in [Exodus 28:4-5](../28/04.md).
EXO 39 1 e1xh figs-abstractnouns בִּגְדֵ֤י הַקֹּ֨דֶשׁ֙ 1 as Yahweh had commanded Moses If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **holiness** in another way. Alternate translation: “the holy clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EXO 39 2 b9mg 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:6](../28/06.md).
EXO 39 4 pq62 0 Connecting Statement: This verse is very similar to [28:7](../28/07.md).
EXO 39 5 g75w 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:8](../28/08.md).
-EXO 39 6 k7vw 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the **sons of Israel** literally means Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation.
+EXO 39 6 k7vw 0 General Information: See how you translated many of these words in [Exodus 28:9](../28/09.md) and especially [Exodus 28:11](../28/11.md). Here, as there, the **sons of Israel** literally means the twelve sons, Rueben through Benjamin, not the Israelite nation.
EXO 39 7 ize6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to the first half of [Exodus 28:12](../28/12.md).
-EXO 39 8 mlf6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md), a few words are omitted here.
-EXO 39 9 lkt1 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md), a few words are added or repeated here.
+EXO 39 8 mlf6 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:15](../28/15.md); a few words are omitted here.
+EXO 39 9 lkt1 0 General Information: This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:16](../28/16.md); a few words are added or repeated here.
EXO 39 10 m54c 0 They set in it This verse is almost identical to [Exodus 28:17](../28/17.md).
EXO 39 11 qx96 0 an emerald, a sapphire, and a diamond This verse is identical to [Exodus 28:18](../28/18.md).
EXO 39 12 kk8t 0 a jacinth, an agate, and an amethyst This verse is identical to [Exodus 28:19](../28/19.md).
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ EXO 39 31 fml2 0 General Information: This verse is very similar to [Exodus 28
EXO 39 32 jh64 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This verse marks the end of the narrative of the construction of the tabernacle. More precisely, it seems to mark the beginning of an ending section. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
EXO 39 32 z1z7 figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד 1 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing. The two interchangeable terms are brought together here in a poetic doubling to bring this part of the narrative to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST. Alternate translation: “holy meeting tent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EXO 39 32 et19 figs-parallelism וַֽיַּעֲשׂוּ֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל כְּ֠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֖ה כֵּ֥ן עָשֽׂוּ 1 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything Here, **thus they did** parallels the whole rest of the sentence. Like the doubling of the terms for **tabernacle** this brings the narrative of building to an emphatic conclusion. If this sort of parallelism would convey a meaning other than this emphatic conclusion in your language you may need to use another natural way to close the narrative with emphasis on the Israelites complete obedience. Alternate translation: “And the sons of Israel faithfully did exactly according to all that Yahweh had commanded Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-EXO 39 33 ri54 writing-newevent 0 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything This verse starts a short narrative of the Israelites bringing and presenting the items for the tabernacle to Moses for inspection. It is a summary of the construction and extended conclusion to the last few chapters. Your team may need to decide how to group verse 32 as it both closes the construction narrative and introduces this next section which ends with a very similar summary statement in [verses 42-43](../39/42.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+EXO 39 33 ri54 writing-newevent 0 So the work on the tabernacle, the tent of meeting, was finished. The people of Israel did everything This verse starts a short narrative of the Israelites bringing and presenting the items for the tabernacle to Moses for inspection. It is a summary of the construction and extended conclusion to the last few chapters. Your team may need to decide how to group verse 32, as it both closes the construction narrative and introduces this next section, which ends with a very similar summary statement in [verses 42-43](../39/42.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 39 33 y9ym 0 clasps This verse, especially the list of items, is very similar to [35:11](../35/11.md).
EXO 39 34 z6r6 וְאֶת־מִכְסֵ֞ה עוֹרֹ֤ת הָֽאֵילִם֙ הַמְאָדָּמִ֔ים וְאֶת־מִכְסֵ֖ה עֹרֹ֣ת הַתְּחָשִׁ֑ים 1 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases to this in [Exodus 26:14](../26/14.md).
EXO 39 34 l0fi פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַמָּסָֽךְ 1 the covering of ram skins dyed red, the covering of fine leather See how you translated similar phrases to this in [35:12](../35/12.md).
@@ -2648,31 +2648,31 @@ EXO 39 40 ajt4 figs-doublet הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן לְאֹ֥הֶל מ
EXO 39 41 z3ip 0 the tabernacle, the tent of meeting This verse is identical to [35:19](../35/19.md).
EXO 39 42 ct6k 0 Thus the people This verse is almost identical to the second half of [verse 32](../39/32.md).
EXO 39 43 t26m וְהִנֵּה֙ 1 behold Here, the word **behold** draws attention to the information that follows. Use a word or marking in your language that draws attention to the next information.
-EXO 39 43 z79s writing-endofstory 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses,** is repeated seven times as in the previous chapter to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.
- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel in an expanded way verses 2-8.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.
- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.
- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
+EXO 39 43 z79s writing-endofstory 0 As Yahweh had commanded, in that way they did it This (and really verse 42) is the end of the conclusion of the construction of materials portion of the story. The ending began in [verse 32](../39/32.md). If your language has specific features that should be part of the end of a section like this, consider using them here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+EXO 40 intro fa6e 0 # Exodus 40 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n- In this chapter, **just as Yahweh commanded Moses** is repeated seven times, as in the previous chapter, to show that Moses was obedient to every detail of Yahweh’s command.\n- This chapter is repetitive both internally and with other parts of the book. Verses 17-33 parallel verses 2-8 in an expanded way.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n\n- The **tabernacle** and **tent of meeting** are the same thing, but both appear next to each other many times in this chapter. The two interchangeable terms are brought together throughout this chapter in a poetic doubling to bring book to a close. If your readers would find this confusing, you may need to simplify to one or expand in explanation like in the UST.\n- This chapter says that Moses did all these things. Just like with Bezalel in earlier chapters, it would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit.\n- “Yahweh’s glory filled the tabernacle”: This phrase indicates that Yahweh began to dwell within the tabernacle, among Israel, in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
EXO 40 1 ea7j writing-newevent 0 There is a transition to a new event at the beginning of this chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EXO 40 2 bgv1 translate-ordinal בְּיוֹם־הַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן בְּאֶחָ֣ד לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 Alternate translation: “On day one of the month, in month one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EXO 40 2 gzk3 figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֖ן אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד 1 the first day of the first month of the new year These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EXO 40 2 clkf figs-ellipsis לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 the first day of the first month of the new year Here, the new or next year omitted because it can be inferred from context. However, if that would be misunderstood by your readers (perhaps they would think it just meant ”next month” or something) you could add a phrase making it clear that it is the first month of the year. This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+EXO 40 2 clkf figs-ellipsis לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 the first day of the first month of the new year Here, the new or next year is omitted because it can be inferred from context. However, if that would be misunderstood by your readers (perhaps they would think it just meant ”next month” or something), you could add a phrase to make it clear that it is the first month of the year. This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md). Alternate translation: “month of the year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
EXO 40 3 l7fp וְסַכֹּתָ֥ עַל 1 place the ark of the testimony in it Alternate translation: “and you shall conceal”
EXO 40 5 b3ct figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י 1 place the ark of the testimony in it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 40 6 o5sz figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֕י 1 place the ark of the testimony in it Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 40 6 nqha figs-doublet מִשְׁכַּ֥ן אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵֽד 1 place the ark of the testimony in it These refer to the same place. See how you translated the doubling in [39:32](../39/32.md). Alternate translation: “the tabernacle, that is the tent of meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-EXO 40 10 yiq8 figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים 1 General Information: Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extra-ordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+EXO 40 10 yiq8 figs-possession קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִֽׁים 1 General Information: Here, **holy of holies** means extremely holy, as in, the holiest of the holy things. If doubling the words like this would not create this strengthening and marking as exclusive meaning in your language, you may need to find another way to express that this item would become uniquely holy. See how you translated this in [Exodus 29:37](../29/37.md). Alternate translation: “a most holy thing” or “extraordinarily holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
EXO 40 12 gqld 0 General Information: Verses 12-15 are similar to [Exodus 29:4-9](../29/04.md).
-EXO 40 16 xl61 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things, **just as Yahweh had commanded**, the poetic obedience statement seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-EXO 40 17 r6pc figs-activepassive הוּקַ֖ם הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 So the tabernacle was set up The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+EXO 40 16 xl61 writing-newevent 0 General Information: This statement starts a new section in which Moses does all the things **just as Yahweh had commanded**; this poetic obedience statement was seen so often in the previous chapter. You may wish to mark this transition and poetic statement in a particular way in your language that is similar to how you did in the last chapter. See [39:32](../39/32.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+EXO 40 17 r6pc figs-activepassive הוּקַ֖ם הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 So the tabernacle was set up The use of the passive here indicates that the important thing is the completion of the task of setting up the tent on the specific date Yahweh had commanded. If your language would show that focus in a different way, use a natural form to do that. Alternate translation: “that they set up the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 40 17 gzu5 בַּחֹ֧דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּאֶחָ֣ד לַחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 the first day of the first month This refers to exactly one year after God rescued his people from Egypt. See [Exodus 12:2](../12/02.md).
EXO 40 17 wnh8 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֧דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֛וֹן בַּשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשֵּׁנִ֖ית בְּאֶחָ֣ד 1 in the second year Alternate translation: “in month one, year two, on day one of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-EXO 40 18 kk4n figs-explicit וַיָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַיִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔יו 1 Moses set up Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally. The people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-EXO 40 20 chx4 writing-pronouns וַיִּקַּ֞ח…וַיָּ֥שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the next there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-EXO 40 21 yhbs writing-pronouns וַיָּבֵ֣א…וַיָּ֗שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the previous there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+EXO 40 18 kk4n figs-explicit וַיָּ֨קֶם מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּ֗ן וַיִּתֵּן֙ אֶת־אֲדָנָ֔יו 1 Moses set up Moses was the leader. It would have been impossible for him to do all this personally; the people helped him set up the tabernacle. In many translations this will more more clear if you make this explicit. This applies from here to all the tabernacle assembly listing through [verse 33](../40/33.md). Alternate translation: “And Moses directed the people to raise up the tabernacle, and they placed its bases”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+EXO 40 20 chx4 writing-pronouns וַיִּקַּ֞ח…וַיָּ֥שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the next, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+EXO 40 21 yhbs writing-pronouns וַיָּבֵ֣א…וַיָּ֗שֶׂם 1 Moses set up In this verse and the previous verse, there may be an exception to **he** meaning someone who was helping Moses, because these items were especially sacred. If you have been using a form that indicates that people are helping Moses construct the tabernacle, you may consider switching to “Moses” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
EXO 40 23 b3pp figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Moses set up Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 40 25 t2o2 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י 1 Moses set up Alternate translation: “in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 40 26 i5gg figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֖י 1 in front of the curtain Alternate translation: “in front of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EXO 40 27 iwuo 0 in front of the curtain See [30:7](../30/07.md).
-EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְלֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָבוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖יו הֶעָנָ֑ן וּכְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 Yahweh’s glory filled If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.”
+EXO 40 35 ysd8 וְלֹא־יָכֹ֣ל מֹשֶׁ֗ה לָבוֹא֙ אֶל־אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֔ד כִּֽי־שָׁכַ֥ן עָלָ֖יו הֶעָנָ֑ן וּכְב֣וֹד יְהוָ֔ה מָלֵ֖א אֶת־הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן 1 Yahweh’s glory filled If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because the cloud had settled on it and the glory of Yahweh had filled the tabernacle, Moses was not able to go into the tent of meeting.”
EXO 40 36 ak35 figs-activepassive וּבְהֵעָל֤וֹת הֶֽעָנָן֙ 1 was taken up from over If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Whenever Yahweh’s cloud moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 40 37 s8y2 figs-activepassive וְאִם־לֹ֥א יֵעָלֶ֖ה הֶעָנָ֑ן וְלֹ֣א יִסְע֔וּ עַד־י֖וֹם הֵעָלֹתֽוֹ 1 that it was lifted up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but if Yahweh did not take up the cloud, then they would not set out until the day he took it up.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EXO 40 38 i8hu figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֥י כָל־בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **before the eyes of** refers to being able to see. All the Israelites could see the cloud and fire. Alternate translation: “and all the house of Israel could see it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+EXO 40 38 bhi5 figs-metaphor בֵּֽית־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 that it was lifted up Here, **house** represents a people group, the Israelites, who were descended from Jacob, who was also named Israel. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could use a metaphor from your language or translate the meaning. This is a common biblical metaphor, so you may want to check other places this occurs. The **house of Israel** is equivalent to “sons of Israel” or “Israelites.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
diff --git a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
index 0127fb466a..8f08745d1f 100644
--- a/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of Leviticus\n\n1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)\n * Burnt offerings (1:1–17)\n * Grain offerings (2:1–16)\n * Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)\n * Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)\n * Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)\n2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)\n * Burnt offerings (6:8-13)\n * Grain offerings (6:14-23)\n * Sin offerings (6:24-30)\n * Guilt offerings (7:1-10)\n3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)\n * Peace offerings (7:11–21)\n * Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)\n * The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)\n4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)\n * Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)\n * Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)\n * Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)\n5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)\n * Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)\n * Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)\n * Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)\n * Bodily fluids (15:1–33)\n6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)\n7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)\n8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)\n9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)\n10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)\n\n### What is the book of Leviticus about?\n\nIn the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\n“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?\n\nThe writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.\n\n### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?\n\nThese terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.\n\nAnyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.\n\nIn the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.\n\nSome people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.\n\nIt is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.\n\nBecause God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.\n\n### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?\n\nOn seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?\n\nLeviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?\n\nPriests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.\n\n### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?\n\nIt was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?\n\nOil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.\n\n### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”\n\nThis phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”
+LEV front intro nxz4 0 # Introduction to Leviticus
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Leviticus
1. Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
* Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
* Grain offerings (2:1–16)
* Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
* Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1-5:13)
* Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
2. Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
* Burnt offerings (6:8-13)
* Grain offerings (6:14-23)
* Sin offerings (6:24-30)
* Guilt offerings (7:1-10)
3. Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
* Peace offerings (7:11–21)
* Eating fat and blood forbidden (7:22-27)
* The share for the priests (7:28–7:38)
4. Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
* Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
* Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
* Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
5. Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
* Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
* Women purified after giving birth to a child (12:1–8)
* Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
* Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
6. Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
7. Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
8. The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
9. Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
10. Gifts to God (27:1–34)
### What is the book of Leviticus about?
In the Book of Leviticus, God continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. The people were to obey all of these laws to honor their covenant with God.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers in the tabernacle. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests” or “The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
### Who wrote the book of Leviticus?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the book of Leviticus. Since ancient times, both Jews and Christians have thought that Moses wrote Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy.
### What is the meaning of “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?
These terms concern separating someone or something from the rest of the people, from the world, or from ordinary use. God separated these people or things so they would belong only to him. The people were to consider the places for worshiping God or for honoring him in any way as separate. The people could not use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.
Anyone or anything that was acceptable to God or “holy” was spoken of as if they were physically clean.
In the same way, anyone or anything that was not acceptable to God or not holy was spoken of if they were physically unclean.
Some people and some things could be made clean or “cleansed,” that is, acceptable to God. People or things were made clean if the people performed the right sacrifices and ceremonies. For example, some foreigners who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him.
It is important to know that not all unclean things or conditions were sinful. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for thirty-three days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The flow of blood made the woman unclean ([Leviticus 12:7](../../lev/12/07.md)). But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, God did not allow Israelites to eat many kinds of animals, as one way of setting his people apart.
Because God does not sin, the terms “holy” and “holiness” often suggest this same idea. Something belonging to God is holy. Because people must respect God, they must respect the things that belong to him.
### What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?
On seventeen occasions, the phrase “The Lord said to Moses” (and sometimes Aaron) is often used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “speak” is used thirty-eight times.
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?
Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being “cleansed.” The many kinds of sacrifices were meant to make people and things acceptable to God. However, the people had to continue making animal sacrifices so that they would continue to be acceptable to God. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better sacrifice. They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be acceptable to God forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?
Priests were individuals who went to God on behalf of the people. God authorized the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.
### How did the Israelite’s rules for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from the other nations at that time?
It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. But, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Also, people of other nations would sometimes offer human sacrifices to their gods. The God of Israel did not allow his people to do these kinds of things.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?
Oil was poured on someone or something meant to be set apart for Yahweh. Water was used to symbolize the cleansing of someone or something so God could accept them. Blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things. This is because blood represented life that needed to be shed in order for God to forgive people for sinning.
### Why do many sections begin with the phrase “Yahweh said to Moses?”
This phrase shows the reader that these rules come from God and must be obeyed. You could also translate this as “God told Moses.”
LEV 1 intro ecv8 0 # Leviticus 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “and” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). The first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Atonement
In order to offer a sacrifice for the people, the priest first had to make an atonement for himself, in order to make himself clean. Only then would he be clean and be allowed to perform a sacrifice. These sacrificed animals had to be perfect, the best of all of the animals. A person was not allowed to bring an inferior animal to be sacrificed to Yahweh. These sacrifices also had to be offered in a very specific way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
LEV 1 1 j8us יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh **Yahweh** is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
LEV 1 2 yiq7 אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־ יַקְרִ֥יב מִכֶּ֛ם 1 When any man from among you Alternate translation: “When any one of you offers” or “When any of you offers”
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ LEV 1 9 zgz6 figs-metaphor רֵֽיחַ־ נִיח֖וֹחַ לַֽיהוָֽ
LEV 1 11 k2uc לִפְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
LEV 1 12 q6a3 figs-123person וְנִתַּ֤ח אֹתוֹ֙ 1 And he is to cut it Here, **he** refers to the person offering the sacrifice. It can be stated in second person. Alternate translation: “And you must cut it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LEV 1 12 kx1v לִנְתָחָ֔יו וְאֶת־ רֹאשׁ֖וֹ וְאֶת־ פִּדְר֑וֹ…עַל־ הָֽעֵצִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־ הָאֵ֔שׁ אֲשֶׁ֖ר עַל־ הַמִּזְבֵּֽחַ 1 pieces … head … fat … on the wood that is on the fire that is on the altar See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 1:7-9](./07.md).
-LEV 1 13 ekd2 וְהַקֶּ֥רֶב וְהַכְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּמָּ֑יִם…עֹלָ֣ה…אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 inner parts … legs he must wash with water … burnt offering … sweet aroma … made … by fire See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 1:9](./09.md).
+LEV 1 13 ekd2 וְהַקֶּ֥רֶב וְהַכְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּמָּ֑יִם…עֹלָ֣ה…אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 inner parts … legs he must wash with water … burnt offering … sweet aroma … made … by fire See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md).
LEV 1 13 zf3d figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh Yahweh being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 1 13 tij4 figs-activepassive אִשֵּׁ֛ה 1 an offering made by fire Yahweh tells Moses that the priests must burn their offerings with **fire**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 1 15 hs4d וּמָלַק֙ אֶת־ רֹאשׁ֔וֹ 1 and wring off its head Alternate translation: “and twist off its head”
@@ -49,10 +49,10 @@ LEV 2 7 l1pm translate-unknown מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת 1 in a pan A **pan** is a
LEV 2 7 s232 figs-activepassive תֵּעָשֶֽׂה 1 it must be made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 2 8 vy42 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵאֵ֖לֶּה 1 that is made from these things If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you made from the flour and oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 2 8 j9l1 figs-activepassive וְהִקְרִיבָהּ֙ 1 And it will be presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you will present it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 2 9 t1ms וְהֵרִ֨ים הַכֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַמִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔הּ וְהִקְטִ֖יר הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חָה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](./02.md).
+LEV 2 9 t1ms וְהֵרִ֨ים הַכֹּהֵ֤ן מִן־ הַמִּנְחָה֙ אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔הּ וְהִקְטִ֖יר הַמִּזְבֵּ֑חָה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ 1 And the priest will take from the grain offering its memorial portion, and he will burn it on the altar. It is an offering made by fire, a sweet aroma See how you translated many of these words in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md).
LEV 2 9 qgm4 אֶת־ אַזְכָּ֣רָתָ֔הּ 1 its memorial offering The handful of the grain is a **memorial offering** that represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:2](../02/02.md).
LEV 2 9 a7ye figs-metaphor רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַיהוָֽה 1 a sweet aroma to Yahweh **Yahweh** being pleased with the sincere worshiper who offered the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the **aroma** of the burning sacrifice. See how you translated this in [Leviticus 1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV 2 10 c6hv מֵאִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](./03.md).
+LEV 2 10 c6hv מֵאִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh See how you translated this in [Leviticus 2:3](../02/03.md).
LEV 2 10 y8u4 figs-activepassive מֵאִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 from the offerings made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “from the burnt offerings to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 2 11 r3y3 figs-activepassive כָּל־ הַמִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַיהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ 1 Every grain offering that you offer to Yahweh must not be made with yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not use yeast in a grain offering that you offer to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 2 12 b9d5 תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖ם 1 You will offer them Alternate translation: “You will offer the grain offerings made with leaven or honey”
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ LEV 6 25 cq5t figs-explicit תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽחַטָּאת֙ ל
LEV 6 25 zni8 figs-activepassive תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽחַטָּאת֙ 1 the sin offering must be slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must kill the sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 6 25 a3q6 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָעֹלָ֜ה 1 where the burnt offering is slaughtered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “where you kill the animal for the burnt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 6 26 eaw2 figs-activepassive תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל 1 It must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 6 27 is2v כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּבְשָׂרָ֖הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ 1 All that touches its meat will become holy See how you translated a similar sentence in [6-18](../06/18.md).
+LEV 6 27 is2v כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בִּבְשָׂרָ֖הּ יִקְדָּ֑שׁ 1 All that touches its meat will become holy See how you translated a similar sentence in [6:18](../06/18.md).
LEV 6 27 vj7x figs-activepassive וַאֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִדָּמָהּ֙ 1 And if some of the blood is sprinkled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the blood sprinkles” or “And if you sprinkle some of the blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 6 28 f316 figs-activepassive וּכְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר 1 And the pot of clay in which it is boiled must be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And you must break the clay pot in which you boiled the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 6 28 e4tz figs-activepassive וְאִם־ בִּכְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה וּמֹרַ֥ק וְשֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּמָּֽיִם 1 And if it is boiled in a pot of bronze, then it must be scrubbed and rinsed in water If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if you boiled the meat in a bronze pot, then you must scrub the pot and rinse it with clean water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ LEV 7 32 f116 שׁ֣וֹק הַיָּמִ֔ין 1 the right thigh The **thig
LEV 7 34 sns3 לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ 1 I have taken Here, **I** refers to Yahweh.
LEV 7 36 mag4 בְּיוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣וֹ אֹתָ֔ם 1 on the day of his anointing them Alternate translation: “on the day Moses anointed them as priests”
LEV 7 36 sb6p לְדֹרֹתָֽם 1 throughout their generations See how you translated these words in [Leviticus 3:17](../03/17.md).
-LEV 7 37 duq2 1 Connecting Statement: Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md).
+LEV 7 37 duq2 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 37-38 are the end of a speech started in verse [Leviticus 7:29](../07/29.md).
LEV 8 intro d9y6 0 # Leviticus 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
In this chapter, Moses set apart, or consecrated, the sons of Aaron to be priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LEV 8 1 n6q2 0 General Information: In chapter 8 Moses ordains Aaron and his sons as priests according to the commands of Yahweh that Moses recorded in the book of Exodus.
LEV 8 2 i9xv הַבְּגָדִ֔ים 1 the garments Alternate translation: “the priestly garments” or “the clothes that the priests wore”
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ LEV 10 1 afy8 לִפְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה 1 befo
LEV 10 2 et86 וַתֵּ֥צֵא אֵ֛שׁ מִלִּפְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 And fire went out from before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “So Yahweh sent out fire”
LEV 10 2 f9fy figs-metaphor וַתֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑ם 1 and it devoured them The fire completely burning the men up is spoken of as if the fire **devoured** or completely used them up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 10 2 c893 וַיָּמֻ֖תוּ לִפְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה 1 And they died before the face of Yahweh Alternate translation: “And they died in the presence of Yahweh”
-LEV 10 3 pl7g figs-quotesinquotes הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵאמֹר֙ בִּקְרֹבַ֣י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְעַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָעָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 This is what Yahweh spoke, saying,
‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+LEV 10 3 pl7g figs-quotesinquotes הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵאמֹר֙ בִּקְרֹבַ֣י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְעַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָעָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 This is what Yahweh spoke, saying, ‘Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart. And on the faces of all the people I will be glorified This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This is what Yahweh was talking about when he said that he would reveal his holiness to those who come near him, and that he will be glorified on the faces of the people.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LEV 10 3 c9g1 בִּקְרֹבַ֣י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ 1 Among those who come near me I will show myself as set apart The phrase **those who come near me** refers to the priests that serve Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will show those that come near to serve me that I am holy” or “Those who come near to serve me must treat me as holy”
LEV 10 3 py8y figs-activepassive וְעַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָעָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד 1 I will be glorified before all the people This second part of Yahweh’s statement still concerns the priest, who are the ones who come near to Yahweh. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And they must glorify me before all the people” or “And they must honor me in the presence of all the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 10 4 qzy6 translate-names מִֽישָׁאֵל֙…אֶלְצָפָ֔ן…בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל 1 Mishael … Elzaphan … Uzziel **Mishael**, **Elzaphan**, and **Uzziel** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ LEV 11 43 fzj2 figs-parallelism אַל־ תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־ נ
LEV 11 43 hj9h figs-metaphor וְלֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ 1 And you must not make yourselves unclean A person who is unacceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 11 47 x81a figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ין הַטָּמֵ֖א וּבֵ֣ין הַטָּהֹ֑ר 1 between the unclean and the clean Animals that God declared to be unfit for the people to touch or eat are spoken of as if they were physically **unclean**, and those which he declared to be acceptable for the people to touch and eat are spoken of as if they were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 11 47 e7h6 figs-activepassive הַֽנֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת…אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל 1 that may be eaten … that may not be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may eat … that you may not eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Menstruation\n\nA woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
+LEV 12 intro p2iu 0 # Leviticus 12 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Menstruation
A woman was considered to be unclean after she began to bleed from her womb every month and after having a baby. This was because all blood was considered to be unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
LEV 12 2 wr5g figs-metaphor אִשָּׁה֙ כִּ֣י תַזְרִ֔יעַ וְיָלְדָ֖ה זָכָ֑ר וְטָֽמְאָה֙ 1 If a woman bears seed and gives birth to a male child, then she will be unclean A woman whom other people must not touch because she is bleeding from her womb is spoken of as if she were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 12 2 tuc3 figs-euphemism כִּימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖הּ 1 as at the time of the bleeding of her menstruation This refers to the time of the month when a woman bleeds from her womb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LEV 12 3 rcr8 figs-activepassive יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽוֹ 1 the flesh of his foreskin must be circumcised Only the priest could perform this action. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a priest must circumcise the baby boy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ LEV 13 2 ukq4 אַחַ֥ד מִבָּנָ֖יו 1 one of his sons Alterna
LEV 13 3 xqd3 מֵע֣וֹר בְּשָׂר֔וֹ 1 on the skin of his body Here, **his** refers to the person with the skin disease.
LEV 13 3 k3cb figs-metaphor וְטִמֵּ֥א אֹתֽוֹ 1 and will pronounce him unclean The man whom other people must not touch is spoken of as if he were physically **unclean**. Alternate translation: “must pronounce the man unclean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 13 5 g2eb וְרָאָ֣הוּ הַכֹּהֵן֮ 1 And the priest must look at him Here, **him** refers to the person with the skin disease.
-LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LEV 13 5 a6bj translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי֒ 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh** is the ordinal form of “seven.” Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LEV 13 5 z468 וְהִנֵּ֤ה הַנֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד בְּעֵינָ֔יו לֹֽא־ פָשָׂ֥ה הַנֶּ֖גַע בָּע֑וֹר 1 and if the skin disease has stayed unchanged in his eyes and the skin disease has not spread on the skin This means if the skin disease has not increased in size or moved to other parts of the body.
LEV 13 6 cx9z figs-metaphor וְטִהֲר֤וֹ הַכֹּהֵן֙…וְטָהֵֽר 1 then the priest will pronounce him clean … and then he will be clean The man whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically **clean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 13 6 wn1f מִסְפַּ֣חַת 1 a rash A **rash** is an area of the skin that is irritated.
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ LEV 13 47 yjv7 וְהַבֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖
LEV 13 48 ww38 figs-activepassive בְּכָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר 1 in anything made with leather If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in anything that someone has made from leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 13 49 bk97 וְהָיָ֨ה הַנֶּ֜גַע יְרַקְרַ֣ק׀ א֣וֹ אֲדַמְדָּ֗ם בַּבֶּגֶד֩ 1 if the infection is greenish or reddish in the garment Alternate translation: “if there is greenish or reddish infection in the garment”
LEV 13 49 xcr7 figs-activepassive וְהָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־ הַכֹּהֵֽן 1 And it must be shown to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And he owner must show it to a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for "seven." Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+LEV 13 51 b5hr translate-ordinal בַּיּ֣וֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִ֗י 1 on the seventh day The word **seventh” is the ordinal number for “seven.” Alternate translation: “on day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LEV 13 51 n4xg figs-activepassive לְכֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָע֖וֹר לִמְלָאכָ֑ה 1 whatever the work for which the leather is used If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “anything in which a person uses leather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 13 51 b3jb figs-metaphor טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא 1 it is unclean Something that God has declared to be unfit for people to touch is spoken of as if it were physically **unclean**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 13 52 r25j figs-activepassive בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף 1 In the fire it must be burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must burn the item in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ LEV 18 9 u8th figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְךָ֤ בַת־
LEV 18 9 i3mf בַת־ אָבִ֨יךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔ךָ 1 the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father.
LEV 18 10 hn2p כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה 1 for they are your nakedness Alternate translation: “for you will dishonor yourself as well as them”
LEV 18 11 g9ak בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨יךָ֙ 1 your father’s wife’s daughter This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.
-LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖יךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father's sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+LEV 18 12 pz5f figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖יךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your father’s sister you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your father’s sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LEV 18 14 pwu9 figs-explicit אֶל־ אִשְׁתּוֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב 1 to his wife you must not come near You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: “do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 18 15 dj86 figs-euphemism עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה 1 The nakedness of your daughter-in-law you must not uncover This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in [Leviticus 18:7](../18/07.md). Alternate translation: “Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
LEV 18 15 c463 figs-euphemism לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽהּ 1 You must not uncover her nakedness This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: “you must not have sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ LEV 20 intro tvf2 0 # Leviticus 20 General Notes
## Structure and form
LEV 20 2 b75v figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן מִזַּרְע֛וֹ לַמֹּ֖לֶךְ 1 who gives any of his offspring to Molech Those who worshiped **Molech** sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “who kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 20 2 wp2c figs-activepassive מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת 1 must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the people in the land must certainly stone him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 20 3 h93p figs-idiom וַאֲנִ֞י אֶתֵּ֤ן אֶת־ פָּנַי֙ בָּאִ֣ישׁ הַה֔וּא 1 I also will set my face against that man The idiom ***set me face** means he “firmly decided.” Alternate translation: “And I have made up my mind to oppose that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-LEV 20 3 t5xb כִּ֤י מִזַּרְעוֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַמֹּ֔לֶךְ 1 For he has given his offspring to Molech Se how you translated a similar phrase in [20:2](. /20/02.md). Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child”
+LEV 20 3 t5xb כִּ֤י מִזַּרְעוֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַמֹּ֔לֶךְ 1 For he has given his offspring to Molech Se how you translated a similar phrase in [20:2](../20/02.md). Alternate translation: “he has sacrificed his child”
LEV 20 3 blk3 לְמַ֗עַן טַמֵּא֙ אֶת־ מִקְדָּשִׁ֔י וּלְחַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁי 1 so as to make my holy place unclean and to profane my holy name Alternate translation: “and by doing that, he has defiled my holy place and profaned my holy name”
LEV 20 3 qcs4 figs-metonymy וּלְחַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁי 1 profane my holy name Here God’s **name** represents God and his reputation. Alternate translation: “and to dishonor my reputation” or “and to dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 20 4 u6g4 figs-metonymy הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָאָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵיהֶם֙ מִן־ הָאִ֣ישׁ הַה֔וּא 1 the people of the land cause their eyes to be hidden at all from that man The phrase **to cause their eyes to be hidden** implies they do not see that thing. This speaks of ignoring something as closing the eyes. Alternate translation: “the people of the land disregard that man at all” or “the people of the land even partially ignore that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ LEV 22 7 w1dk figs-metaphor וְטָהֵ֑ר 1 then he will be clean A person
LEV 22 8 tve2 figs-activepassive נְבֵלָ֧ה וּטְרֵפָ֛ה 1 an animal found dead or killed by wild animals If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an animal that someone found dead or that a wild animal has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LEV 22 12 dg4g figs-abstractnouns בִּתְרוּמַ֥ת הַקֳּדָשִׁ֖ים 1 the holy contribution offerings If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **contributions**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the holy offerings which people have contributed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LEV 22 14 rd8r וְיָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁיתוֹ֙ עָלָ֔יו וְנָתַ֥ן לַכֹּהֵ֖ן אֶת־ הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 then he must add its fifth on it and give the holy thing to the priest This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten.
-LEV 22 14 kg3k translate-fraction 1 one-fifth The term **one-fifth** refers to one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
+LEV 22 14 kg3k translate-fraction חֲמִֽשִׁיתוֹ֙ 1 its fifth The term **its fifth** refers to one part out of five equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
LEV 22 15 qr33 translate-symaction אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ 1 that they lifted up Here the phrase **lifted up** refers to a symbolic gesture of respect that represents offering something to Yahweh. It means basically the same thing as “presented.” Alternate translation: “that they offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LEV 22 16 dbv5 figs-metaphor וְהִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה 1 and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering Here, **guilt** is spoken of as if it were an object that people can carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LEV 22 16 t742 figs-metonymy וְהִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה 1 and cause themselves to bear the guilt of the guilt offering This could mean: (1) they would be responsible for their sin and so become guilty. Alternate translation: “they would be guilty for the sin that they committed” or (2) the word **guilt** is a metonym for punishment for the sin that they committed. Alternate translation: “they would receive the punishment because they are guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ LEV 24 7 ixi1 figs-explicit וְנָתַתָּ֥ עַל־ הַֽמַּעֲ
LEV 24 7 v5k2 figs-explicit וְהָיְתָ֤ה לַלֶּ֨חֶם֙ לְאַזְכָּרָ֔ה 1 and it will be a memorial portion for the bread What the incense would represent can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “and it will represent the loaves as an offering” or “and it will be an offering that represents the loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LEV 24 9 x294 וְהָֽיְתָה֙ 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “And this bread that is offered will be”
LEV 24 9 c8b1 מֵאִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָ֖ה 1 from Yahweh’s offerings made by fire Alternate translation: “fro the burnt offerings to Yahweh” or “from the offerings that you burn to Yahweh”
-LEV 24 10 v13h וַיֵּצֵא֙ 1 Now … went out This phrase marks a new section of the book.
+LEV 24 10 v13h וַיֵּצֵא֙ 1 Now … went out This phrase marks a new section of the book.
LEV 24 11 uzp5 figs-parallelism וַ֠יִּקֹּב בֶּן־ הָֽאִשָּׁ֨ה הַיִּשְׂרְאֵלִ֤ית אֶת־ הַשֵּׁם֙ וַיְקַלֵּ֔ל 1 And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed the Name and cursed The words **blasphemed** and **cursed** mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “And the son of the Israelite woman blasphemed Yahweh by cursing him” or “And the son of the Israelite woman said terrible things about Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LEV 24 11 x1rf translate-names שְׁלֹמִ֥ית 1 Shelomith **Shelomith** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LEV 24 11 y53u translate-names בַּת־ דִּבְרִ֖י 1 the daughter of Dibri ** Dibri** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ LEV 26 5 unad figs-abstractnouns וַאֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם לַחְמְכ
LEV 26 6 m5jk וְנָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ בָּאָ֔רֶץ 1 And I will give peace in the land Alternate translation: “And I will cause there to be peace in the land”
LEV 26 6 s3gb figs-metonymy וְחֶ֖רֶב לֹא־ תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּאַרְצְכֶֽם 1 and the sword will not pass through your land Here the word **sword** represents enemy armies or enemy attacks. Alternate translation: “and no armies will attack you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 26 7 xxd1 figs-metonymy וְנָפְל֥וּ לִפְנֵיכֶ֖ם לֶחָֽרֶב 1 and they will fall before your face by the sword Here, **fall** represents dying, and **the sword** represents either attacking people with a sword or battle in general. Alternate translation: “and they will die when you attack them with the sword” or “and you will kill them in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV 26 8 nd6t וְרָדְפ֨וּ מִכֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּמֵאָ֥ה מִכֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ 1 And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.
+LEV 26 8 nd6t וְרָדְפ֨וּ מִכֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּמֵאָ֥ה מִכֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ 1 And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand This means the Israelites will have victory against larger armies.
LEV 26 9 p7zz וּפָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵיכֶ֔ם 1 And I will turn to you Alternate translation: “And I will show you favor” or “And I will bless you”
LEV 26 9 fq7x figs-doublet וְהִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְכֶ֔ם וְהִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְכֶ֑ם 1 and make you fruitful and multiply you These two phrases refer to God causing them to have many descendants so they become a large group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LEV 26 9 l7q1 figs-metaphor וְהִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְכֶ֔ם 1 and make you fruitful God speaks of them having many children as if they were trees that bear a lot of fruit. Alternate translation: “and cause you to have many children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1130,60 +1130,52 @@ LEV 26 45 x7p9 figs-metonymy וְזָכַרְתִּ֥י לָהֶ֖ם בּ
LEV 26 45 b2vu figs-metonymy לְעֵינֵ֣י הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 1 in the eyes of the nations Here , **eyes** represents the knowledge of the nations. Alternate translation: “in the knowledge of the nations” or “and the nations knew about it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 26 45 js1r figs-metonymy הַגּוֹיִ֗ם 1 the nations Here, **nations** represents the people of the nations. Alternate translation: “the people of the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LEV 27 intro u6u9 0 # Leviticus 27 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Dedicated to Yahweh
This chapter records the manner in which people make vows of dedication to Yahweh. There are many reasons why a person would dedicate something to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
-LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit 1 If anyone makes a special vow to Yahweh In this case the vow would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit 1 use the following valuations Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. AT “use the following values as your gift to the Lord in place of the person” or “give the Lord the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV 27 3 dj1b 1 Your standard value Alternate translation: “The amount to pay” or “You must pay”
-LEV 27 3 ju46 translate-numbers 1 twenty … sixty … fifty Alternate translation: “20…60…50” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-LEV 27 3 hy8z translate-bweight 1 fifty shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “five hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 3 fr3t translate-bweight 1 after the shekel of the sanctuary There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “Use the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “When you weigh the silver, use the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 4 mcw3 translate-bweight 1 thirty shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “thirty pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “three hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 5 pit4 1 your standard value Alternate translation: “the amount to pay” or “you must pay”
-LEV 27 5 e8ag translate-bweight 1 twenty shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “twenty pieces of silver” or “two hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 5 y1cx figs-ellipsis 1 for the female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LEV 27 5 z1uc translate-bweight 1 ten shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “one hundred grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 6 r5vd translate-bweight 1 five shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “fifty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 6 r13l translate-bweight 1 three shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “thirty grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 7 cry4 1 sixty years old and up Alternate translation: “sixty years old and older”
-LEV 27 7 xmg4 translate-numbers 1 sixty … fifteen … ten Alternate translation: “60…15…10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-LEV 27 7 n5vt translate-bweight 1 fifteen shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “fifteen pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 7 wau8 figs-ellipsis 1 for a female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-LEV 27 8 ucc6 figs-activepassive 1 the person being given must be presented to the priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. AT “he must present to the priest the person he is giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 9 ax5s 1 set apart to him Alternate translation: “set apart to Yahweh”
-LEV 27 10 a66v figs-activepassive 1 both it and the one for which it is exchanged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “both it and the one he exchanges it for” or the animals can be referred to simply as “both animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 11 dz9h figs-metaphor 1 is in fact unclean, so that Yahweh will not accept it If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV 27 12 yzw5 1 market value This is the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it.
-LEV 27 13 f9my 1 wishes to redeem it Alternate translation: “wishes to buy it back”
-LEV 27 15 ugc7 translate-fraction 1 he must add a fifth of its value to its redemption price A “fifth” is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
-LEV 27 16 l7we figs-metonymy 1 a homer of barley will be valued at Here “a homer of barley” represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it will be valued at” or ‘the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV 27 16 ub6b translate-bvolume 1 homer A homer is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
+LEV 27 2 ds9v figs-explicit אִ֕ישׁ כִּ֥י יַפְלִ֖א נֶ֑דֶר בְּעֶרְכְּךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת לַֽיהוָֽה 1 If a man vows a vow according to your valuation of persons to Yahweh In this case the **vow** would involve giving oneself or another person to God. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “If anyone vows to give someone to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV 27 2 w962 figs-explicit בְּעֶרְכְּךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת 1 according to your valuation of persons Instead of giving the person, he would give the Lord a certain amount of silver. Alternate translation: “according to the following values for the person” or “according to the following amounts of silver instead of the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV 27 3 dj1b עֶרְכְּךָ֙…עֶרְכְּךָ֗ 1 your valuation … your valuation Alternate translation: “the amount … the amount”
+LEV 27 3 hy8z translate-bweight חֲמִשִּׁ֛ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כֶּ֖סֶף 1 50 shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 3 fr3t translate-bweight בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 according to the shekel of the holy place There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “the kind of shekel that is used in the sanctuary” or “the weight that is used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 4 mcw3 translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים שָֽׁקֶל 1 30 shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “30 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “300 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 5 pit4 עֶרְכְּךָ֛ 1 your valuation Alternate translation: “the amount you must pay”
+LEV 27 5 e8ag translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שְׁקָלִ֑ים 1 20 shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “20 pieces of silver” or “200 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 5 y1cx figs-ellipsis וְלַנְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים 1 and for the female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for the female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LEV 27 5 z1uc translate-bweight עֲשֶׂ֥רֶת שְׁקָלִֽים 1 ten shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “ten pieces of silver” or “100 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 6 r5vd translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּ֑סֶף 1 five shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver” or “50 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 6 r13l translate-bweight שְׁלֹ֥שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים כָּֽסֶף 1 three shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “three pieces of silver” or “30 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 7 cry4 שִׁשִּׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה וָמַ֨עְלָה֙ 1 60 years and up Alternate translation: “60 years old and older”
+LEV 27 7 n5vt translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה עָשָׂ֖ר שָׁ֑קֶל 1 fifteen shekels If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “15 pieces of silver” or “150 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 7 wau8 figs-ellipsis וְלַנְּקֵבָ֖ה עֲשָׂרָ֥ה שְׁקָלִֽים 1 and for the female ten shekels The phrases “of that age” and “your standard value must be” are left out, but are meant to be understood. Alternate translation: “for a female of that age your standard value must be ten shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+LEV 27 10 a66v figs-activepassive וְהָֽיָה־ ה֥וּא וּתְמוּרָת֖וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 then it will be and the exchanged one will be set apart If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will set apart both it and the one he exchanges it for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 11 dz9h figs-metaphor וְאִם֙ כָּל־ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה אֲ֠שֶׁר לֹא־ יַקְרִ֧יבוּ מִמֶּ֛נָּה קָרְבָּ֖ן לַֽיהוָ֑ה 1 And if any animal is unclean from which an offering must not be offered to Yahweh If Yahweh will not accept a certain animal as an offering, the animal is spoken of as if it were physically dirty. It may be unclean because it is a certain kind of animal or because it has a defect. Alternate translation: “And if it is in fact one that Yahweh will not accept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LEV 27 12 yzw5 כְּעֶרְכְּךָ֥ 1 According to the valuation of you This refers to the value the animal is normally worth when someone buys or sells it.
+LEV 27 13 f9my גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑נָּה 1 he ever redeems it Alternate translation: “he every buys it back”
+LEV 27 15 ugc7 translate-fraction וְ֠יָסַף חֲמִישִׁ֧ית כֶּֽסֶף־ עֶרְכְּךָ֛ עָלָ֖יו 1 then he must add a fifth of the silver of your valuation to it A **fifth** is a part of something that is divided into five equal parts. Alternate translation: “then he must divide the value of the house into five equal parts, add the amount equal to one of those parts, and pay all of it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
+LEV 27 16 l7we figs-metonymy וְהָיָ֥ה עֶרְכְּךָ֖ לְפִ֣י זַרְע֑וֹ זֶ֚רַע חֹ֣מֶר שְׂעֹרִ֔ים בַּחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף 1 then your valuation will be in proportion to its seed—a homer of barley seed for 50 shekels of silver Here, **a homer of barley seed** represents a piece of land that would need one homer of barley in order to plant on all of it. Alternate translation: “then you will value a piece of land that requires one homer of barley in order to plant all of it at 50 shekels of silver” or ‘then the value of land that requires one homer of barley will be 50 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LEV 27 16 ub6b translate-bvolume חֹ֣מֶר 1 a homer of A **homer** is 220 liters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
LEV 27 16 pve5 translate-bweight בַּחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים שֶׁ֥קֶל כָּֽסֶף 1 for fifty shekels of silver If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two way of doing it. Alternate translation: “50 pieces of silver, each of which weighs ten grams” or “500 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 17 b2qb 1 the year of Jubilee This occurs every 50 years. See how you translated “Jubilee” in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md).
-LEV 27 17 wa1x figs-metaphor 1 the valuation of it will stand Here, **Stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-LEV 27 18 as3z figs-activepassive 1 the valuation of it must be reduced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 20 kl7j figs-activepassive 1 it cannot be redeemed any more If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 20 grb9 figs-explicit 1 If he does not redeem the field The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: If he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV 27 21 ip9r 1 in the year of Jubilee This was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:13](../25/13.md) Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves”
-LEV 27 21 nx1t figs-activepassive 1 that has been completely given to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 24 aiu1 1 the man from whom it was bought … the land’s owner These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner.
-LEV 27 24 dd64 figs-activepassive 1 the man from whom it was bought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man who sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 25 kd47 figs-activepassive 1 All the valuations must be set If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The priests must determine the estimated values” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 25 sj13 translate-bweight 1 by the weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 25 y6zj translate-bweight 1 Twenty gerahs must be the equivalent of one shekel The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “One shekel must equal twenty gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 17 b2qb מִשְּׁנַ֥ת הַיֹּבֵ֖ל 1 during the year of Jubilee The **Jubilee** occurs every 50 years. See how you translated **Jubilee** in [Leviticus 25:10](../25/10.md).
+LEV 27 17 wa1x figs-metaphor כְּעֶרְכְּךָ֖ יָקֽוּם 1 according to your valuation it will stand Here, **stand** represents “remain” or “remain the same.” Alternate translation: “its value will remain the same” or “its value will be the full amount” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+LEV 27 18 as3z figs-activepassive וְנִגְרַ֖ע מֵֽעֶרְכֶּֽךָ 1 and it must be reduced from your valuation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and he must reduce the estimated value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 20 grb9 figs-explicit וְאִם־ לֹ֤א יִגְאַל֙ אֶת־ הַשָּׂדֶ֔ה 1 And if he does not redeem the field The time for redeeming the field can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “And if he does not redeem the field before the year of Jubilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV 27 20 kl7j figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד 1 it cannot be redeemed again If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he can no longer buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 21 ip9r בַיֹּבֵ֗ל 1 in the Jubilee The **Jubilee** was a year when the Jews had to return land to its original owners and set slaves free. See how you translated it in [Leviticus 25:13](../25/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the year of restoration” or “the year for you to return land and free slaves”
+LEV 27 21 nx1t figs-activepassive הַחֵ֑רֶם 1 that has been dedicated by ban If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone has completely given to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 24 aiu1 לַאֲשֶׁ֥ר קָנָ֖הוּ מֵאִתּ֑וֹ לַאֲשֶׁר־ ל֖וֹ אֲחֻזַּ֥ת הָאָֽרֶץ 1 to whom he bought it from, to whom belongs the possession of the land These two phases refer to the same person. Normally the land would be bought from its owner.
+LEV 27 25 sj13 translate-bweight בְּשֶׁ֣קֶל הַקֹּ֑דֶשׁ 1 by the shekel of the holy place There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+LEV 27 25 y6zj translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַשָּֽׁקֶל 1 20 gerahs must be the shekel The purpose of this sentence is to tell how much the sanctuary shekel weighs. The gerah was the smallest unit of weight that the Israelites used. Alternate translation: “one shekel must equal 20 gerahs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
LEV 27 25 b3gq translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה יִהְיֶ֥ה הַשָּֽׁקֶל 1 20 gerahs must be the shekel If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here is a way to do it. Alternate translation: “one shekel must weigh ten grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-LEV 27 26 pji9 1 No one may set apart Alternate translation: “No one may set apart to Yahweh”
-LEV 27 27 snk3 figs-activepassive 1 a fifth must be added to that value If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he must add a fifth to that value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 27 ng2y figs-activepassive 1 If the animal is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “If the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 27 vfw8 figs-activepassive 1 it is to be sold at the set value If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 28 adb4 figs-activepassive 1 nothing that a man devotes to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, may be sold or redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “If a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 28 yy2u 1 Everything that is devoted is very holy to Yahweh Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh”
-LEV 27 29 k4sd figs-activepassive 1 No ransom may be paid If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “No one may pay a ransom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 29 epj5 figs-activepassive 1 for the person who is devoted for destruction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “for any person whom Yahweh has devoted to destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 29 i8d2 figs-explicit 1 for the person who is devoted for destruction Why a person would be devoted to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “for any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-LEV 27 29 uj9k figs-activepassive 1 That person must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must put that person to death” or “you must kill that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 31 n1ly 1 If a man redeems any of his tithe Alternate translation: “If a man wants to buy back any of his tithe”
-LEV 27 32 h1au figs-metonymy 1 whatever passes under the shepherd’s rod This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “when you count your animals by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “when you count the animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LEV 27 32 y6be figs-activepassive 1 one-tenth must be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 32 rzb2 1 one-tenth Alternate translation: “every tenth animal”
-LEV 27 33 j4n9 1 then both it and that for which it is changed Alternate translation: “then both animals”
-LEV 27 33 f56x figs-activepassive 1 It cannot be redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-LEV 27 34 dxq6 1 These are the commandments This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters.
+LEV 27 26 pji9 לֹֽא־ יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑וֹ 1 a man must not set it apart Alternate translation: “no one may set it apart to Yahweh”
+LEV 27 27 ng2y figs-activepassive וְאִם־ לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל 1 And if it is not redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And if the person does not buy back the animal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 27 vfw8 figs-activepassive וְנִמְכַּ֥ר בְּעֶרְכֶּֽךָ 1 then it will be sold at your valuation If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “then the priest must sell it at the set value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 28 adb4 figs-activepassive כָּל־ חֵ֡רֶם אֲשֶׁ֣ר יַחֲרִם֩ אִ֨ישׁ לַֽיהוָ֜ה מִכָּל־ אֲשֶׁר־ ל֗וֹ מֵאָדָ֤ם וּבְהֵמָה֙ וּמִשְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֔וֹ לֹ֥א יִמָּכֵ֖ר וְלֹ֣א יִגָּאֵ֑ל 1 any dedicated thing that a man dedicates to Yahweh, from all that belongs to him, from human or animal, or from the field of his property, must not be sold and must not be redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one may sell or redeem anything a man has devoted to Yahweh, from all that he has, whether it is a human, an animal, or his family land” or “if a man devotes to Yahweh anything he has, whether human or animal, or his family land, no one may sell or redeem it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 28 yy2u כָּל־ חֵ֕רֶם קֹֽדֶשׁ־ קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים ה֖וּא לַיהוָֽה 1 Every dedicated thing, it is the holiest holy thing to Yahweh Alternate translation: “Everything that anyone devotes to Yahweh is very holy to Yahweh”
+LEV 27 29 i8d2 figs-explicit כָּל־ חֵ֗רֶם אֲשֶׁ֧ר יָחֳרַ֛ם 1 Every dedicated one who is dedicated Why a person would be dedicated to destruction can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Any person whom Yahweh has determined should die because of his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+LEV 27 29 k4sd figs-activepassive לֹ֣א יִפָּדֶ֑ה 1 must not be ransomed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “no one may pay a ransom for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 29 epj5 figs-activepassive מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת 1 He must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 31 n1ly וְאִם־ גָּאֹ֥ל יִגְאַ֛ל אִ֖ישׁ מִמַּֽעַשְׂר֑וֹ 1 And if a man ever redeems some of his tenth Alternate translation: “And if a man wants to buy back any of his tithe”
+LEV 27 32 h1au figs-metonymy כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־ יַעֲבֹ֖ר תַּ֣חַת הַשָּׁ֑בֶט 1 anything that passes under the rod This refers to the way they would count their animals. Alternate translation: “any animals you count by raising your shepherd rod and having them walk under it to the other side” or “any animals you count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+LEV 27 32 y6be figs-activepassive הָֽעֲשִׂירִ֕י יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹּ֖דֶשׁ לַֽיהוָֽה 1 the tenth must be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must set apart one-tenth to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 32 rzb2 הָֽעֲשִׂירִ֕י 1 the tenth Alternate translation: “every tenth animal”
+LEV 27 33 j4n9 וְהָֽיָה־ ה֧וּא וּתְמוּרָת֛וֹ יִֽהְיֶה־ קֹ֖דֶשׁ 1 then it will be and its substitute will be set apart Alternate translation: “then you will set apart both animals”
+LEV 27 33 f56x figs-activepassive לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵֽל 1 It must not be redeemed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He cannot redeem it” or “He cannot buy it back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+LEV 27 34 dxq6 אֵ֣לֶּה הַמִּצְוֺ֗ת 1 These are the commandments This is a summary statement. It refers to the commandments that were given in the past chapters.
diff --git a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
index c7e095e91d..6e57c8044f 100644
--- a/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
@@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of Numbers
1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)
* Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)
* Regulations (5:1–6:27)
* Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)
* Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)
* Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)
* Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)
1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)
* Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)
* The quails (11:16–35)
* Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)
* The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)
* Commands (15:1-41)
* Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)
1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)
* Priests and Levites (18:1–32)
* The law about purifying (19:1–22)
1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)
* Miriam’s death (20:1–13)
* Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)
* Journey to Moab (21:1–35)
1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)
* Balaam (22:1–24:25)
* Baal Peor (25:1–18)
* The second counting (26:1-65)
* Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)
* Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)
* Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)
* Midianite war (31:1–54)
* Across the Jordan (32:1–42)
* The people set up camp (33:1–56)
* Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)
* Female heirs marry (36:1-13)
### What is the Book of Numbers about?
The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])
### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?
The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?
The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?
When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
### Census
They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
-NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֩ לַחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י 1 on 1 of the second month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 1 1 owqr translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִ֜י…הַשֵּׁנִ֗ית 1 Both occurrences of the word **second** are the ordinal forms of “two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year Alternate translation: “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 2 m9tq figs-explicit 0 Count them by name This means to count the men by recording their names. Alternate translation: “Count them, recording each man’s name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 1 3 p8dc translate-numbers 0 twenty years old Alternate translation: “20 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -11,13 +12,11 @@ NUM 1 4 y2qy 0 a clan head Alternate translation: “a leader of a clan”
NUM 1 4 dd67 0 serve with you Alternate translation: “help you”
NUM 1 5 gs4a translate-names 0 Elizur … Shedeur These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 6 m6h9 translate-names 0 Shelumiel … Zurishaddai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 1 7 v2h6 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 1 10 s2ix translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 1 12 qi27 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to list the leaders of the tribes to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 1 16 r5lf figs-activepassive 0 the men appointed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the men whom Yahweh appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 1 17 g4kg 0 took these men Alternate translation: “gathered these men together”
NUM 1 17 tgy4 figs-activepassive 0 who were recorded by name If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whose names they had recorded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 1 18 me3i translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 1 18 me3i translate-hebrewmonths בְּאֶחָד֙ לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 on 1 of the second month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
+NUM 1 18 o6il translate-ordinal הַשֵּׁנִ֔י 1 second The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:1](../01/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 18 nt8v figs-parallelism 0 Then each man … identified his ancestry. He had to name the clans and families descended from his ancestors The second sentence means basically the same thing as the first and is added for clarification. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 1 18 l763 figs-idiom 0 He had to name Here “name” means to “say.” Alternate translation: “Each man had to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 1 20 n9s3 figs-activepassive 0 were counted all the names If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they counted all the names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -68,55 +67,57 @@ NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
NUM 2 3 s1br 0 under their standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together, and was represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
NUM 2 3 d4r5 0 Nahshon son of Amminadab See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
NUM 2 4 wg38 translate-numbers 0 74,600 Alternate translation: “seventy-four thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 2 5 rk8k translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 5 su53 0 Nethanel son of Zuar See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
NUM 2 6 pvl6 0 division This is a military term for a large group of soldiers. Each tribe was its own “division.”
NUM 2 6 s8hf translate-numbers 0 54,400 men Alternate translation: “fifty-four thousand four hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 2 7 zmt1 translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 7 a457 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
-NUM 2 8 fgs1 translate-numbers 0 57,400 Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 9 p866 translate-numbers 0 All the number … is 186,400 Alternate translation: “All the number … is one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Judah. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Judah is 186,400” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 2 8 fgs1 translate-numbers שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 57,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “fifty-seven thousand four hundred.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 8 kceb figs-ellipsis שִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 57,400 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 57,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM 2 9 p866 translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וּשְׁמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְשֵֽׁשֶׁת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֖וֹת 1 are 186,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eighty-six thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 9 e32j 0 the camp of Judah This refers to the three tribes that camp east of the tent of meeting: the tribes of Judah, Issachar, and Zebulun.
-NUM 2 9 za2y translate-ordinal 0 They will set out first This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 2 10 c4fu translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 9 za2y figs-explicit רִאשֹׁנָ֖ה יִסָּֽעוּ 1 They will set out first This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Judah will start walking out before the other tribes do. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Judah will start walking first” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 10 c8p1 0 under their standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
NUM 2 10 pe8q 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
-NUM 2 11 nq5x translate-numbers 0 46,500 Alternate translation: “forty-six thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 12 vte5 translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 11 nq5x translate-numbers שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 46,500 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-six thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 11 r0p4 figs-ellipsis שִׁשָּׁ֧ה וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 46,500 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 46,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 12 xc17 0 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
-NUM 2 13 qb5q translate-numbers 0 59,300 Alternate translation: “Fifty-nine thousand three hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 14 udg7 translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 13 qb5q translate-numbers תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 59,300 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-nine thousand three hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 13 d1eo figs-ellipsis תִּשְׁעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 59,300 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “59,300 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 14 uxf8 0 Eliasaph son of Deuel See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
-NUM 2 15 cd9v translate-numbers 0 45,650 Alternate translation: “forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 16 sz9m translate-numbers 0 The number of all the men … is 151,450 Alternate translation: “The number of all the men … is one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Reuben. Alternate translation: “The number of all the men camped under the standard of Reuben, according to their divisions, is 151,450” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 2 16 ti9z translate-ordinal 0 They will set out second This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 2 15 cd9v translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 are 45,650 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-five thousand six hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 15 j539 figs-ellipsis חֲמִשָּׁ֤ה וְאַרְבָּעִים֙ אֶ֔לֶף וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וַחֲמִשִּֽׁים 1 are 45,650 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 45,650 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM 2 16 sz9m translate-numbers מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 are 151,450 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-one thousand four hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 16 etwk figs-explicit מְאַ֨ת אֶ֜לֶף וְאֶחָ֨ד וַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים אֶ֛לֶף וְאַרְבַּע־ מֵא֥וֹת וַחֲמִשִּׁ֖ים 1 are 151,450 This refers to the men. Alternate translation: “ are 151,450 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 2 16 ti9z translate-ordinal וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out second This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Reuben will start walking out after the camp of Judah goes out. Alternate translation: “When traveling, the camp of Reuben will start walking second” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 2 16 yg28 translate-ordinal וּשְׁנִיִּ֖ם יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out second The word **second** is the ordinal form of “two.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 2 17 a2em 0 the tent of meeting must go out … in the middle of all the camps This means that the tent of meeting must be carried by the Levites in the middle of the tribes as they travel.
NUM 2 17 b2zi 0 They must go out Alternate translation: “They” refers to the twelve tribes.
NUM 2 17 hja8 figs-synecdoche 0 by his banner Each man does not have his own personal banner; rather, this refers to the banner belonging to his tribe. Alternate translation: “by his tribe’s banner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM 2 18 kr3c translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 18 y3jf 0 under their standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards were represented by a banner. See how you translated “standards” in [Numbers 2:2](../02/02.md).
-NUM 2 19 ai8d translate-numbers 0 40,500 Alternate translation: “Forty thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “40,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 20 g8a1 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 19 ai8d translate-numbers אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 40,500 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 19 r0cu figs-ellipsis אַרְבָּעִ֥ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 40,500 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 40,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 20 yw3b 0 Next to them This means that the tribe of Manasseh will set out next, after the tribe of Ephraim.
-NUM 2 21 jw5g translate-numbers 0 32,200 Alternate translation: “Thirty-two thousand two hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 22 px3h translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 21 jw5g translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 are 32,200 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-two thousand two hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 21 k0sv figs-ellipsis שְׁנַ֧יִם וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 are 32,200 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 32,200 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 22 v4w1 0 Abidan son of Gideoni See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
-NUM 2 23 w7su translate-numbers 0 35,400 Alternate translation: “Thirty-five thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 24 b3xs translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 2 24 ft3h translate-numbers 0 All those numbered…108,100 Alternate translation: “All those numbered … one hundred and eight thousand one hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Ephraim. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Ephraim is 108,100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 2 24 jd35 translate-ordinal 0 They will set out third This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “When travelling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 2 25 rxq5 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 23 w7su translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 35,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are thirty-five thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 23 ls5e figs-ellipsis חֲמִשָּׁ֧ה וּשְׁלֹשִׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 35,400 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 35,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM 2 24 ft3h translate-numbers מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 are 108,100 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and eight thousand one hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 24 sh4p figs-explicit מְאַ֥ת אֶ֛לֶף וּשְׁמֹֽנַת־ אֲלָפִ֥ים וּמֵאָ֖ה 1 are 108,100 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 108,100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 2 24 jd35 translate-ordinal וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out third The word **third** is the ordinal form of “three.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 2 24 bpqv figs-explicit וּשְׁלִשִׁ֖ים יִסָּֽעוּ 1 And they will set out third This means that when the Israelite camp moves, the camp of Ephraim will start walking out after the camp of Judah and the camp of Reuben go out. Alternate translation: “And when traveling, the camp of Ephraim will start walking third” or “When the Israelites leave, those tribes will leave next” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 25 c897 figs-explicit 0 the divisions of the camp of Dan The this refers to the divisions of Dan, Asher, and Naphthali that are under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “the divisions that camp under the standard of Dan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 25 x5gy 0 Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
-NUM 2 26 bk5e translate-numbers 0 62,700 Alternate translation: “Sixty-two thousand seven hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 27 ku8j translate-numbers 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 26 bk5e translate-numbers שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 62,700 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are sixty-two thousand seven hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 26 qyui figs-ellipsis שְׁנַ֧יִם וְשִׁשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וּשְׁבַ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 62,700 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 62,700 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 27 f852 0 Pagiel son of Okran See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
-NUM 2 28 ye8h translate-numbers 0 41,500 Alternate translation: “forty-one thousand five hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 29 ij6h translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 28 ye8h translate-numbers אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 41,500 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are forty-one thousand five hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 28 wyu0 figs-ellipsis אֶחָ֧ד וְאַרְבָּעִ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 41,500 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 41,500 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 2 29 g9h9 0 Ahira son of Enan See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
-NUM 2 30 n9ns translate-numbers 0 53,400 Alternate translation: “fifty-three thousand four hundred.” This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “53,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 2 31 wj9y translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where each tribe and its army will camp around the tent of meeting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 2 31 m5mk translate-numbers 0 All those numbered…157,600 Alternate translation: “All those numbered … one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred.” This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “The number of the men camped under the standard of Dan is 157,600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 2 30 n9ns translate-numbers שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 53,400 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are fifty-three thousand four hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 30 l1yo figs-ellipsis שְׁלֹשָׁ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְאַרְבַּ֥ע מֵאֽוֹת 1 are 53,400 This refers to the number of men. Alternate translation: “are 53,400 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM 2 31 m5mk translate-numbers מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 are 157,600 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “are one hundred and fifty-seven thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 2 31 y0ue figs-explicit מְאַ֣ת אֶ֗לֶף וְשִׁבְעָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֛ים אֶ֖לֶף וְשֵׁ֣שׁ מֵא֑וֹת 1 are 157,600 This number includes all of the men in the tribes that camped under the standard of Dan. Alternate translation: “are 157,600 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 Alternate translation: “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -180,17 +181,18 @@ NUM 3 43 rk27 translate-numbers 0 22,273 men Alternate translation: “twenty-t
NUM 3 46 k7c3 figs-abstractnouns 0 for the redemption of The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 3 46 asd9 translate-numbers 0 273 firstborn Alternate translation: “two hundred and seventy-three firstborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 3 46 g2tq 0 firstborn people of Israel Alternate translation: “firstborn sons of Israel”
-NUM 3 46 vgw3 translate-bweight 0 five shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 3 46 cyy4 0 who exceed the number of the Levites This means that there are 273 more firstborn males among the other tribes of the Israelites than there are total number of Levite males.
+NUM 3 47 vgw3 translate-bmoney חֲמֵ֛שֶׁת שְׁקָלִ֖ים 1 five shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 55 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 3 47 ijv4 figs-explicit 0 You must use the shekel of the sanctuary as your standard weight This means that the shekel must weight the same as those in the sanctuary. Alternate translation: “You must use the weight of the shekels in the sanctuary as your stand weight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 3 47 djw5 translate-numbers 0 twenty gerahs Alternate translation: “20 gerahs.” A gerah is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 3 47 djw5 translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים גֵּרָ֖ה 1 20 gerahs A **gerah** is a unit of weight equal to about .57 kilograms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 3 48 yj2l figs-metonymy 0 the price of redemption that you paid Here the word “price” refers to the shekels that Moses collected. Alternate translation: “the money that you collected for their redemption” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 3 49 qw8t figs-abstractnouns 0 of redemption from The noun “redemption” can be translated with the verb “redeem.” Alternate translation: “to redeem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-NUM 3 50 h971 translate-numbers 0 1,365 shekels Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels.” A shekel is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+NUM 3 50 h971 translate-numbers חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 1,365 by the shekel of the holy place You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “one thousand three hundred and sixty-five shekels of the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 3 50 gkvu translate-bweight חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה וְשִׁשִּׁ֜ים וּשְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֛וֹת וָאֶ֖לֶף בְּשֶׁ֥קֶל הַקֹּֽדֶשׁ 1 1,365 by the shekel of the holy place A **shekel** is 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 15 kilograms of silver according to the weight of the sanctuary shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses collected.
NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
-NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֛ר צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־ מֹשֶֽׁה 1 in accordance with the mouth of Yahweh, just as Yahweh had commanded Moses These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM 3 51 n8sz figs-metonymy עַל־ פִּ֣י יְהוָ֑ה 1 in accordance with the mouth of Yahweh Here, **the mouth of Yahweh** represents what Yahweh said. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “just as Yahweh had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 4 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Counting the Levites by clans
Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -220,7 +222,8 @@ NUM 4 15 v6kc 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:
NUM 4 15 qmf7 0 the holy instruments Alternate translation: “the holy equipment”
NUM 4 16 u5dz figs-metonymy 0 the oil for the light Here the word “light” is used to refer to the “lamps.” Alternate translation: “the oil for the lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 16 f9nu figs-abstractnouns 0 the care of Here If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **care**, you could express the same idea with a verb. Alternate translation: “those who care for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-NUM 4 18 aq3k figs-activepassive 0 to be removed from among the Levites This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to do anything that will cause me to completely remove them from among the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 4 18 aq3k figs-explicit אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֑י מִתּ֖וֹךְ הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be cut off from the midst of the Levites This phrase refers to the death of the Kohathites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 4 18 nvnd figs-activepassive אַל־ תַּכְרִ֕יתוּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֖בֶט מִשְׁפְּחֹ֣ת הַקְּהָתִ֑י מִתּ֖וֹךְ הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Do not let the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite be cut off from the midst of the Levites If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Do not do anything that will cause me to completely remove the tribe of the clans of the Kohathite from among the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 19 tb7z 0 by doing this This phrase refers to what Yahweh says next. Moses will protect the Kohathites by not allowing them to go in and see the holy place.
NUM 4 20 lz4b 0 Kohathites This refers to the descendants of Kohath. See how you translated this in [Numbers 3:27](../03/27.md).
NUM 4 20 mv2t figs-parallelism 0 to his work, to his special tasks These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -259,7 +262,8 @@ NUM 4 39 vg68 translate-numbers 0 from thirty to fifty years old Alternate tran
NUM 4 39 zr98 figs-explicit 0 everyone who would join the company Here the word “would” does not mean that the men “chose” to join the company but rather that they were “assigned” to the company. Alternate translation: “everyone who was assigned to join the company” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 4 39 tm83 0 join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 4 40 hqz7 figs-activepassive 0 counted by their clans If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Moses and Aaron counted by their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 4 40 sjj3 translate-numbers 0 2,630 Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty.” This refers to 2,630 men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM 4 40 sjj3 figs-ellipsis אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 2,630 This refers to 2,630 men. Alternate translation: “2,630 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+NUM 4 40 uktq translate-numbers אַלְפַּ֕יִם וְשֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וּשְׁלֹשִֽׁים 1 2,630 You can state this in words. Alternate translation: “two thousand six hundred and thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 4 41 h4xt 0 they obeyed The word “they” refers to Moses and Aaron.
NUM 4 42 pq72 figs-activepassive 0 The descendants of Merari were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses and Aaron counted the descendants of Merari” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 43 s8f4 translate-numbers 0 from thirty to fifty years old Alternate translation: “from 30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -296,21 +300,19 @@ NUM 5 10 lhj2 figs-parallelism 0 The offerings of every person will be for the
NUM 5 11 abw4 figs-hypo 0 The words “Suppose that a man’s wife turns away” begin a long description of a hypothetical situation, something that has not happened but might happen. Yahweh tells Moses what to do if it does happen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
NUM 5 12 k4g2 figs-idiom 0 a man’s wife turns away This means that she goes away from him and is unfaithful to him. Alternate translation: “a man’s wife is unfaithful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 12 q94c figs-explicit 0 sins against her husband This means that she is unfaithful to her husband and sins against him by sleeping with another man. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “sins against her husband by sleeping with another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 5 13 m1gc 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md).
NUM 5 13 g1e7 figs-euphemism 0 If a man lies with her This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “If a man has sexual relations with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 5 13 zj57 0 her the woman who turns away and sins against her husband ([Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md))
NUM 5 13 wj6d figs-explicit 0 in the act This refers to the act of adultery. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “in the act of adultery” or “sleeping with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 14 w516 figs-activepassive 0 his wife is defiled … his wife is not defiled These phrases can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife has defiled herself … his wife has not defiled herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 5 14 tk8e figs-metonymy 0 a spirit of jealousy might still inform the husband Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. His “jealously” is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-NUM 5 14 b5q4 figs-metonymy 0 a spirit of jealousy might falsely come on a man Here the word “spirit” refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “a man might feel jealous for no reason” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 5 14 tk8e figs-metonymy וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙ 1 and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s attitude and emotions. Alternate translation: “the husband might feel jealous and become suspicious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 5 14 vitt figs-personification וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙ 1 and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him The man's **jealously** is spoken of as if it were a person who spoke to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+NUM 5 14 b5q4 figs-idiom וְעָבַ֨ר עָלָ֧יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָ֛ה…עָבַ֨ר עָלָ֤יו רֽוּחַ־ קִנְאָה֙ 1 and a spirit of jealousy passes over upon him … a spirit of jealousy comes over upon him The idea of the spirit “coming on him” means that he began to have these jealous feelings. Alternate translation: “and a man might feel jealous … a man might feel jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 15 n2k7 0 Connecting Statement: Moses begins to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 15 cpv6 translate-fraction 0 a tenth This is one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
NUM 5 15 h7qc translate-bvolume 0 a tenth of an ephah This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” or “2 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 5 15 rqv9 0 a grain offering of jealousy Alternate translation: “a grain offering for jealousy”
NUM 5 15 hlz4 0 a reminder of the iniquity A “reminder” is something that shows evidence that something had occurred that required justice. In this case, he made the offering to determine whether his wife had committed adultery or not.
-NUM 5 16 x3rd 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 16 b35g figs-explicit 0 near and place her before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh.” The priest would bring her near the altar. Alternate translation: “near the altar and place her in the presence of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 5 18 yt9w 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 18 nx25 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 18 pji2 0 grain offering of suspicion See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 5:15](../05/15.md).
NUM 5 19 hjz9 figs-euphemism 0 no other man has lain with you This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “no other man has had sexual relations with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@@ -318,21 +320,17 @@ NUM 5 19 xw4y figs-idiom 0 if you have not gone astray The words “gone astray
NUM 5 19 t3qy 0 and committed impurity Alternate translation: “by committing impurity.” This phrase refers to committing adultery.
NUM 5 19 e97n figs-idiom 0 you will be free from this bitter water The phrase to “be free” from something means to not be harmed by it. Alternate translation: “this bitter water will not harm you, though it is able to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 19 tdr3 figs-personification 0 this bitter water that can bring a curse Here the bitter water is described as being able to bring a curse. This means that when the woman drinks the water it cause her to be unable to bear children, if she is guilty. Alternate translation: “this bitter water can be a curse to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-NUM 5 20 i4xw 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 20 ulh8 figs-idiom 0 have gone astray The words “gone astray” is an idiom that means “to be unfaithful.” Alternate translation: “have been unfaithful to your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 21 p7jm figs-idiom 0 that can bring down a curse on her The phrase “bring down a curse” is an idiom meaning for a curse to come upon her. Alternate translation: “that can cause a curse to come upon her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 21 z7wf figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will make you into a curse … your people to be such Here the author speaks about the woman bearing the curse that Yahweh gives her, which causes other people to curse her. This is spoken of as if the woman herself becomes a curse. Alternate translation: “Because Yahweh curses you, other people will curse you as well, and Yahweh will show people that you are truly cursed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 5 21 d46k figs-activepassive 0 that will be shown to your people to be such If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he will show to your people as a curse” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 21 qcf7 0 your thigh to waste away and your abdomen to swell This could mean: (1) that the woman will become unable to have children or (2) that the woman’s pregnancy will end too early and the baby will die.
NUM 5 21 b27i figs-euphemism 0 your thigh to waste away Here the word “thigh” is a polite way of referring to the woman’s womb or her private parts. Alternate translation: “your womb to be useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-NUM 5 23 lqe7 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 23 rp5w 0 he must wash away the written curses This means that he is to wash the ink off of the scroll.
NUM 5 23 k7qn figs-activepassive 0 the written curses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the curses he has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 24 wm1q 0 General Information: Verse 24 explains in a general way what the priest must do and what is expected to happen when the woman drinks the water. Verse 25 and 26 explains in detail how the priest is to do this work. The priest gives the water to the woman and she drinks it only once.
-NUM 5 24 h9gn 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 25 kuh3 0 grain offering of jealousy Alternate translation: “a grain offering for jealousy.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 5:15](../05/15.md).
NUM 5 26 tvx7 0 a representative offering The handful of the grain offering represents the whole grain offering. This means the whole offering belongs to Yahweh.
-NUM 5 27 jf5e 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 27 eld4 figs-activepassive 0 if she is defiled because she has committed This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “if she has defined herself by committing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 27 dzq6 figs-explicit 0 committed a sin Here the “sin” refers specifically to committing adultery. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “committed adultery” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 27 c4b4 figs-euphemism 0 Her abdomen will swell and her thigh will waste away This could mean: (1) that the woman will become unable to have children or (2) that the woman’s pregnancy will end too early and the baby will die. Here the word “thigh” is a polite way of referring to the woman’s womb or her private parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) See how you translated these concepts in [Numbers 5:21](../05/21.md).
@@ -341,14 +339,12 @@ NUM 5 28 y738 figs-activepassive 0 is not defiled If your language does not use
NUM 5 28 g4sp figs-metaphor 0 if she is clean Here “being innocent” is spoken of as “being clean.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 5 28 qh3a figs-explicit 0 then she must be free This could mean: (1) “then she will not be cursed” or (2) “then she is free from guilt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 5 28 ud3t 0 conceive children Alternate translation: “become pregnant”
-NUM 5 29 r1im 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 29 l3rj 0 the law of jealousy Alternate translation: “the law for dealing with jealousy”
NUM 5 29 eb5l figs-idiom 0 who strays away from her husband The words “strays away” is an idiom that means “to be unfaithful.” Alternate translation: “who is unfaithful to her husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 29 a7s5 figs-activepassive 0 is defiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “defiles herself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 5 30 qqc6 figs-metonymy 0 a spirit of jealousy This phrase refers to the man’s attitude and emotions of jealousy. See how you translated this in [Numbers 5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “who is jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 5 30 in48 figs-idiom 0 when he is jealous of his wife This is an idiom that means that he suspects that his wife has been unfaithful to him by sleeping with another man. Alternate translation: “and suspects that his wife has been unfaithful to him” or “and suspects that his wife has slept with another man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh Alternate translation: “in the presence of Yahweh”
-NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest Alternate translation: “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear Alternate translation: “must endure”
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 6 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Nazirite vow
The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
@@ -364,7 +360,8 @@ NUM 6 4 up7t figs-activepassive 0 nothing that is made from grapes If your lang
NUM 6 4 clz1 figs-merism 0 from the seeds to their skins These two extremes are given to emphasize the entire grape may not be eaten. Alternate translation: “from any part of a grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NUM 6 5 tyv2 figs-idiom 0 vow of separation This is an idiom. Here “separation” means “dedication” Alternate translation: “vow of dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 5 nb5a figs-activepassive 0 no razor is to be used on his head If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one is to use a razor on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 6 5 izs6 figs-abstractnouns 0 the days of his separation to Yahweh The word “separation” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Here “separation” is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days that he has separated himself to Yahweh” or “the days that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 6 5 izs6 figs-idiom יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of the vow of his separation Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days of the vow of his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 6 5 zvr4 figs-abstractnouns יְמֵי֙ נֶ֣דֶר נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of the vow of his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days that he has promised to dedicated himself to Yahweh” or “the days that he has promised to serve Yahweh”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 5 qjl8 figs-activepassive 0 to Yahweh are fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to Yahweh are complete” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 5 mba5 figs-activepassive 0 He must be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must set himself apart to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 6 jjz3 figs-idiom 0 separates This is an idiom for dedication. Alternate translation: “dedicates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -381,7 +378,8 @@ NUM 6 12 afu4 0 for the days of his consecration Alternate translation: “dur
NUM 6 12 mf7y figs-explicit 0 He must bring a male lamb … as a guilt offering The man is to bring the lamb to the priest so that it can be sacrificed. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “He must bring a male lamb one year old to the priest as a guilt offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 12 kt7i figs-activepassive 0 The days before he defiled himself must not be counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He must not count the days before he defiled himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 12 da8t figs-activepassive 0 his consecration was defiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he defiled himself” or “he made himself unacceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 6 13 q7eh figs-idiom 0 of his separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “of his dedication” or “that he has dedicated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] or [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+NUM 6 13 siwl figs-idiom יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of his separation Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “the days of his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 6 13 q7eh figs-abstractnouns יְמֵ֣י נִזְר֔וֹ 1 the days of his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the days when he dedicates himself to Yahweh” or “the period when he has served Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 13 k6an figs-activepassive 0 He must be brought If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone must bring him” or “He must go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 14 p848 figs-explicit 0 He must present his offering to Yahweh He must bring his offering to the priest to be sacrificed to Yahweh. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “He must present his offering to Yahweh by bringing it to the priest to be sacrificed” or “He must present his offering to Yahweh by bringing it to the priest who will sacrifice it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 15 xq3r figs-activepassive 0 bread made without yeast If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “bread he made without yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -392,14 +390,16 @@ NUM 6 15 msp8 figs-explicit 0 together with their grain offering and drink offe
NUM 6 16 f2x5 0 He must offer his sin offering Alternate translation: “He” refers to the priest and “his” refers to the man who took a vow.
NUM 6 17 ge1q 0 the fellowship offering Alternate translation: “as the fellowship offering”
NUM 6 17 d7zf figs-ellipsis 0 The priest must present also … drink offering You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “The priest must present also … the drink offering to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-NUM 6 18 x9jb figs-idiom 0 indicating his separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication” or “indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+NUM 6 18 x9jb figs-idiom נִזְר֑וֹ…נִזְר֔וֹ 1 his separation … his separation Here, **his separation** is an idiom that means “his dedication.” Alternate translation: “indicating his dedication … indicating his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 6 18 rrkq figs-abstractnouns נִזְר֑וֹ…נִזְר֔וֹ 1 his separation … his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind both instances of the word **separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “indicating how he has separated himself … indicating how he has separated himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 19 h5f8 figs-activepassive 0 the boiled shoulder of the ram This means that he had boiled the ram’s shoulder. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the shoulder of the ram that he boiled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 19 ia1k figs-idiom 0 indicating separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun can be expressed with the verb “separated.” Alternate translation: “indicating dedication” or “indicating that he has dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 20 izv4 figs-explicit 0 The priest must wave them After handing the items to the Nazirite, the priest takes them back to offer them to Yahweh. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Then the priest must take them back and wave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 20 vm26 0 together with Alternate translation: “as well as”
NUM 6 20 nr52 figs-activepassive 0 that was waved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the priest waved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 6 20 bvx2 figs-activepassive 0 that was presented If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he presented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 6 21 bzm4 figs-idiom 0 his separation Here “separation” means “dedication.” Also, this abstract noun may be written as a verb. Alternate translation: “his dedication” or “for having dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+NUM 6 21 bzm4 figs-idiom נִזְר֔וֹ…נִזְרֽוֹ 1 his separation … his separation Here, **separation** is an idiom that means “dedication.” Alternate translation: “his dedication … his dedication” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 6 21 cz8k figs-abstractnouns נִזְר֔וֹ…נִזְרֽוֹ 1 his separation … his separation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **separation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “having dedicated himself to Yahweh … having dedicated himself to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 6 21 emt3 figs-explicit 0 Whatever else he may give This refers to the Nazirite deciding to give other offering beyond what he has been commanded to give. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “If he decides to give any additional offerings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 6 21 ngu2 0 he must keep the obligations of the vow he has taken Alternate translation: “he must still obey the requirements of the vow he has taken”
NUM 6 21 vb7m figs-parallelism 0 he must keep the obligations … to keep the promise indicated by the law for the Nazirite These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that he must obey the obligations of his vow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ NUM 7 10 rb3w 0 offered their goods Alternate translation: “offered gifts”
NUM 7 11 lk14 0 Each leader must offer on his own day his sacrifice Alternate translation: “Each day, one leader must offer his sacrifice”
NUM 7 12 wdb3 translate-ordinal 0 the first day Alternate translation: “day 1” or “day number 1” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 12 jd7k 0 Nahshon son of Amminadab These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md)
-NUM 7 13 fr64 translate-numbers 0 weighing 130 shekels Alternate translation: “weighing one hundred and thirty shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-NUM 7 13 j1gr translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 13 fr64 translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 If necessary, this weight can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 13 j1gr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels If necessary, this weight can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 13 rk4y translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. If you are converting the weights to modern measures, here is another way to translate this phrase. Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 13 ymy3 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 14 h5g8 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish that weighed ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “one gold dish that weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish that weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -445,7 +445,8 @@ NUM 7 17 qye7 0 This was the sacrifice of Nahshon son of Amminadab Alternate t
NUM 7 17 q99s 0 Nahshon son of Amminadab See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:7](../01/07.md).
NUM 7 18 k818 translate-ordinal 0 the second day Alternate translation: “day 2” or “day number 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 18 s55k 0 Nethanel son of Zuar See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
-NUM 7 19 fv6a translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 19 fv6a translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 19 xung translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 19 hdb1 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 19 m81x translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 19 tdm6 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -455,8 +456,8 @@ NUM 7 23 j6wy 0 This was the sacrifice of Nethanel son of Zuar Alternate trans
NUM 7 23 vbr4 0 Nethanel son of Zuar See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:8](../01/08.md).
NUM 7 24 nuy5 translate-ordinal 0 the third day Alternate translation: “day 3” or “day number 3” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 24 f2sl 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
-NUM 7 25 p6jj translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 25 dxz3 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 25 p6jj translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 25 dxz3 translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 25 jbg9 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 25 c6eu figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 26 e1hp translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -465,8 +466,8 @@ NUM 7 29 u9we 0 This was the sacrifice of Eliab son of Helon Alternate transla
NUM 7 29 m62d 0 Eliab son of Helon See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:9](../01/09.md).
NUM 7 30 g7np translate-ordinal 0 the fourth day Alternate translation: “day 4” or “day number 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 30 i4g9 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
-NUM 7 31 z13a translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 31 x59n translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 31 z13a translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 31 x59n translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels \nSee how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 31 ccm9 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 31 xme1 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 32 ce94 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -475,8 +476,8 @@ NUM 7 35 axj1 0 This was the sacrifice of Elizur son of Shedeur Alternate tran
NUM 7 35 dp1x 0 Elizur son of Shedeur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:5](../01/05.md).
NUM 7 36 t1iw translate-ordinal 0 the fifth day Alternate translation: “day 5” or “day number 5” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 36 vd7n 0 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
-NUM 7 37 l2gt translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 37 ui86 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 37 l2gt translate-bweight ֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 37 ui86 translate-bweight בְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 37 kj44 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 37 ekt1 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 38 d1vh translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -485,8 +486,8 @@ NUM 7 41 p15a translate-names 0 This was the sacrifice of Shelumiel son of Zuri
NUM 7 41 xhm1 0 Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:6](../01/06.md).
NUM 7 42 uxi5 translate-ordinal 0 the sixth day Alternate translation: “day 6” or “day number 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 42 h5ih 0 Eliasaph son of Deuel See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
-NUM 7 43 e7hj translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 43 dv3m translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 43 e7hj translate-bweight ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 43 dv3m translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 43 ms6n translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 43 b9rg figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 44 dg5u translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -495,8 +496,8 @@ NUM 7 47 xa33 0 This was the sacrifice of Eliasaph son of Deuel Alternate tran
NUM 7 47 ypc1 0 Eliasaph son of Deuel See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:14](../01/14.md).
NUM 7 48 s1nr translate-ordinal 0 the seventh day Alternate translation: “day 7” or “day number 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 48 v3m7 0 Elishama son of Ammihud See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
-NUM 7 49 kx1k translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 49 rk8e translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 49 kx1k translate-bweight ִ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 49 rk8e translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 49 jyg2 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 49 is9v figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 50 jad5 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -505,8 +506,8 @@ NUM 7 53 f8vp 0 This was the sacrifice of Elishama son of Ammihud Alternate tr
NUM 7 53 e3cx 0 Elishama son of Ammihud See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
NUM 7 54 n5zk translate-ordinal 0 the eighth day Alternate translation: “day 8” or “day number 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 54 qnm9 0 Gamaliel son of Pedahzur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
-NUM 7 55 guv1 translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 55 acb7 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 55 guv1 translate-bweight ם וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 55 acb7 translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 55 qj3k translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 55 w1s9 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 56 m26n translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -515,8 +516,8 @@ NUM 7 59 z3ed 0 This was the sacrifice of Gamaliel son of Pedahzur Alternate t
NUM 7 59 ixg3 0 Gamaliel son of Pedahzur See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:10](../01/10.md).
NUM 7 60 d8hi translate-ordinal 0 the ninth day Alternate translation: “day 9” or “day number 9” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 60 h4gl 0 Abidan son of Gideoni See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
-NUM 7 61 wl2g translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 61 gv7x translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 61 wl2g translate-bweight ֣ים וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 61 gv7x translate-bweight ְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 61 r94v translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 61 aq7k figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mingled with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 62 c8nr translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -525,8 +526,8 @@ NUM 7 65 c2xx 0 This was the sacrifice of Abidan son of Gideoni Alternate tran
NUM 7 65 m2n5 0 Abidan son of Gideoni See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:11](../01/11.md).
NUM 7 66 dcq5 translate-ordinal 0 the tenth day Alternate translation: “day 10” or “day number 10” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 66 k329 0 Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
-NUM 7 67 mjj5 translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 67 xch4 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 67 mjj5 translate-bweight וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 67 xch4 translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 67 c418 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 67 z7wh figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 68 vq1y translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -535,8 +536,8 @@ NUM 7 71 p2p9 0 This was the sacrifice of Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai Alternate
NUM 7 71 k6u1 0 Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:12](../01/12.md).
NUM 7 72 k86c translate-ordinal 0 the eleventh day Alternate translation: “day 11” or “day number 11” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 72 sk51 0 Pagiel son of Okran See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md).
-NUM 7 73 tj2a translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 73 jnf2 translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 73 tj2a translate-bweight וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 73 jnf2 translate-bweight ִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 73 bxh3 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 73 vra2 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mingled with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 74 s3qc translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -544,8 +545,8 @@ NUM 7 77 h23u 0 that were a year old Alternate translation: “that were each
NUM 7 77 ql5z translate-names 0 This was the sacrifice of Pagiel son of Okran Alternate translation: “This was what Pagiel son of Okran gave as a sacrifice.” “Pagiel” and “Okran” were names of men. See how you translated their names in [Numbers 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 7 78 ki2v translate-ordinal 0 the twelfth day Alternate translation: “day 12” or “day number 12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 7 78 ge9i 0 Ahira son of Enan See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
-NUM 7 79 hn31 translate-bweight 0 one silver platter weighing 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver platter weighing nearly one and a half kilograms” or “one silver platter weighing one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 79 k7zr translate-bweight 0 one silver bowl weighing seventy shekels Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “one silver bowl weighing nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “one silver bowl weighting 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 79 hn31 translate-bweight וּמֵאָה֮ מִשְׁקָלָהּ֒ 1 its weight was 130 See how you translated **its weight was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 79 k7zr translate-bweight שִׁבְעִ֥ים שֶׁ֖קֶל 1 70 shekels See how you translated **70 shekels** in [7:13](../07/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 79 dle1 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 79 bkj8 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour that he had mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 7 80 sw79 translate-bweight 0 one gold dish weighing ten shekels If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “one gold dish weighing one tenth of a kilogram” or “one gold dish weighting 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
@@ -554,14 +555,14 @@ NUM 7 83 aeg9 0 This was the sacrifice of Ahira son of Enan Alternate translat
NUM 7 83 k2xr 0 Ahira son of Enan See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 1:15](../01/15.md).
NUM 7 84 r8s7 figs-idiom 0 set all these apart The phrase “set apart” means to be dedicated to a specific purpose. In this case, the offerings were dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 7 84 m93s 0 on the day that Moses anointed the altar Here the word “day” refers to a general period of time. The leaders of Israel dedicated these things over the course of 12 days. Alternate translation: “when Moses anointed the altar”
-NUM 7 85 mxb7 translate-bweight 0 Each silver platter weighed 130 shekels If necessary, these weights can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated this same weight in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “each silver platter weighed nearly one and a half kilograms” or “each silver platter weighed one kilogram and 430 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 7 85 f75w translate-bweight 0 each bowl weighed seventy shekels Alternate translation: “each bowl weighted 70 shekels.” If necessary, these weight can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated this same weight in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “each bowl weighed nearly eight tenths of a kilogram” or “each bowl weighed 770 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 85 mxb7 translate-bweight שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וּמֵאָ֗ה 1 was 130 See how you translated **was 130** in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “was 130 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+NUM 7 85 f75w translate-bweight וְשִׁבְעִ֖ים הַמִּזְרָ֣ק הָאֶחָ֑ד 1 and one bowl was 70 See how you translated “70 shekels” in [7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “was 70 shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 85 byk4 translate-numbers 0 2,400 shekels Alternate translation: “two thousand four hundred shekels” or “twenty-four hundred shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 85 wul3 translate-bweight 0 by the standard weight of the sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 7:13](../07/13.md). Alternate translation: “measured by the standard weights used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 85 dg3s 0 All the silver vessels weighed Alternate translation: “All the silver vessels together weighed”
NUM 7 85 y3m8 0 the silver vessels This refers to all of the offerings that were made of silver, both the platters and the bowls.
NUM 7 86 c3sw 0 All the gold dishes weighed Alternate translation: “All the gold dishes together weighed”
-NUM 7 86 ww9i translate-bweight 0 Each of the twelve gold dishes … weighed ten shekels Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 10 shekels.” If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. See how you translated these same weights in [Numbers 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed one tenth of a kilogram” or “Each of the 12 gold dishes … weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 7 86 ww9i translate-bweight עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּמֵאָֽה 1 was 120 If necessary, this can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “was one tenth of a kilogram” or “weighed 110 grams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 7 86 pb2y translate-numbers 0 120 shekels Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty shekels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 87 vdl4 translate-numbers 0 twelve Alternate translation: “12.” This number may be written with a numeral instead of with a word. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 7 88 xp2v translate-numbers 0 twenty-four … sixty Alternate translation: “24…60.” These numbers may be written with numerals instead of with words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@@ -606,9 +607,9 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites Alternate translation: “All o
NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old Alternate translation: “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years Alternate translation: “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Passover ==
This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
+NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 9 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Passover\n\nThis chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הָרִאשׁ֖וֹן 1 in the first month This is the **first month** of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 2 c6gr figs-explicit 0 Let the people … at its fixed time of year The word “fixed” means “previously set.” This means that this is when the observe it every year. Alternate translation: “Let the people … at the time of year they currently observe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 9 3 vk82 figs-explicit 0 On the fourteenth day … at its fixed time of year This is the set time of year that they celebrate the Passover. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “On the fourteenth day … and observe it, for this is the time you do celebrate it every year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -616,7 +617,7 @@ NUM 9 3 an5n translate-ordinal 0 the fourteenth day Alternate translation: “d
NUM 9 3 bb9q figs-parallelism 0 follow all the regulations, and obey all the decrees These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize that they needed to obey the commands. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 9 3 p35m figs-idiom 0 You must keep it Here the phrase “keep it” is an idiom which means to observe it. Alternate translation: “You must observe it” or “You must celebrate it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 4 zr42 figs-idiom 0 keep the Festival of the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Festival of the Passover” or “celebrate the Festival of the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM 9 5 q5mv translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month Alternate translation: “on day 14 of the first month.” This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 9 5 q5mv translate-hebrewmonths בָּרִאשׁ֡וֹן בְּאַרְבָּעָה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֥וֹם לַחֹ֛דֶשׁ 1 in the first, on day 14 of the month This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 9 6 n99k figs-explicit 0 became unclean by the body of a dead man This implies that they touched the dead man, which made them unclean. You can make clear the full meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “became unclean because they touched the body of a dead man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 9 6 fh1w figs-metaphor 0 unclean A person who God considers spiritually unacceptable or defiled is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 6 uhc8 figs-idiom 0 keep the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -627,14 +628,15 @@ NUM 9 10 t4tm figs-metaphor 0 unclean A person who God considers spiritually un
NUM 9 10 z9zw figs-explicit 0 because of a dead body This refers to someone touching a dead body. Alternate translation: “because you have touched a dead body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 9 10 r2yt figs-idiom 0 keep the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 9 11 y3qa figs-idiom 0 eat the Passover Here the word “eat” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM 9 11 s5xb translate-hebrewmonths 0 the second month on the fourteenth day Alternate translation: “day 14 of month 2.” This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 9 11 s5xb translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֨דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֜י בְּאַרְבָּעָ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר י֛וֹם 1 in the second month on day 14 This refers to time in the Jewish calendar. Alternate translation: “day 14 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 9 11 mks7 0 at evening Alternate translation: “at sunset”
NUM 9 11 jjy6 0 with bread that is made without yeast Alternate translation: “with bread that contains no yeast”
NUM 9 11 p8in 0 bitter herbs These are small plants that have a strong and usually bad taste.
NUM 9 12 p3rh 0 or break any of its bones Alternate translation: “and they must not break any of its bones”
NUM 9 13 w4fs figs-metaphor 0 any person who is clean A person who God considers spiritually acceptable is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 13 we52 figs-idiom 0 keep the Passover Here the word “keep” means to observe. Alternate translation: “observe the Passover” or “celebrate the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM 9 13 vx69 figs-metaphor 0 that person must be cut off Here the phrase “cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM 9 13 vx69 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא 1 and that person shall be cut off Here the phrase **cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. Alternate translation: “and that person must be sent away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 9 13 h37g figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא 1 and that person shall be cut off If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 13 n841 0 fixed set or predetermined
NUM 9 13 j8p3 figs-metaphor 0 That man must carry his sin Here the concept of the man having to bear the consequences of his sin is spoken of as if his sin were a heavy object that he had to carry. Alternate translation: “That man must bear the punishment for his sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 9 14 ln14 figs-you 0 lives among you Here “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -661,8 +663,10 @@ NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh c
NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you Alternate translation: “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
NUM 10 4 c73m figs-parallelism 0 the leaders, the heads of the clans of Israel These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Here the second phrase is used to describe the first phrase. Alternate translation: “the leaders, who are the heads of the clans of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM 10 5 vt88 figs-you 0 When you blow a loud signal Here the word “you” is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “When they blow a loud signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 10 6 m9ab figs-you 0 When you blow a loud signal Here the word “you” is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he is referring to the priests. The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “When they blow a loud signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 10 5 vt88 figs-you וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה 1 And you shall blow a blast Here the word **you** is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+NUM 10 5 a48l figs-metonymy וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם תְּרוּעָ֑ה 1 And you shall blow a blast The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “And they shall blow a blast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 10 6 m9ab figs-you וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית 1 And you shall blow a second blast Here the word **you** is plural. Yahweh is speaking to Moses, but he his referring to the priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+NUM 10 6 huyc figs-you וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם תְּרוּעָה֙ שֵׁנִ֔ית 1 And you shall blow a second blast The priests will blow the trumpets, Moses will not. Alternate translation: “And they shall blow a second blast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 6 hik8 translate-ordinal 0 the second time Alternate translation: “time number 2” or “again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 10 6 bv3w 0 They must blow a loud signal for their journeys Alternate translation: “They” refers to the priests and the word “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 10 7 cga9 0 When the community gathers together Alternate translation: “To gather the community together”
@@ -678,7 +682,8 @@ NUM 10 10 fs2w 0 over the sacrifices Alternate translation: “in honor of the
NUM 10 10 ii25 figs-abstractnouns 0 will act as a reminder of you to me Alternate translation: “will act as a memorial for you of me.” The word “reminder” can be expressed with the verb “remind.” Alternate translation: “will always remind you of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 10 10 da3q 0 These will act The word “these” refers to the trumpets and the sacrifices.
NUM 10 11 g9q8 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year Alternate translation: “In year 2.” This refers to the second year after Yahweh brought the Israelites out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-NUM 10 11 etr3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the second month, on the twentieth day of the month Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2.” This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 10 11 etr3 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 in the second month, on 20 in the month The word **second** is the ordinal form of "two." Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+NUM 10 11 obou translate-hebrewmonths בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשֵּׁנִ֖י בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 in the second month, on 20 in the month This is the **second month** of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “on day 20 of month 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 10 11 be2g figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was lifted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh lifted the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 10 11 gt38 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
NUM 10 13 qmj1 figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the commands that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -723,7 +728,8 @@ NUM 11 7 wpg9 0 coriander seed Coriander is also known as cilantro. This seed
NUM 11 7 y9r3 0 resin This is a sticky substance with a pale yellow color.
NUM 11 10 uu2r figs-metaphor 0 in Moses’ eyes he eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in Moses’ opinion” or “in Moses’ judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 11 zm5k figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Moses complains to Yahweh using several rhetorical questions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-NUM 11 11 qg3b figs-rquestion 0 Why have you treated your servant so badly? Why are you not pleased with me? Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me!” or “I, your servant, have done nothing wrong for you to treat me so badly!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+NUM 11 11 qg3b figs-123person לָמָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֨תָ֙ לְעַבְדֶּ֔ךָ 1 Why do you do evil to your servant? Moses speaks of himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Why do you do evil to me?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+NUM 11 11 eej5 figs-rquestion לָמָ֤ה הֲרֵעֹ֨תָ֙ לְעַבְדֶּ֔ךָ וְלָ֛מָּה לֹא־ מָצָ֥תִי חֵ֖ן בְּעֵינֶ֑יךָ לָשׂ֗וּם אֶת־ מַשָּׂ֛א כָּל־ הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּ֖ה עָלָֽי 1 Why do you do evil to your servant? And why have I not found favor in your eyes, by putting the burden of all this people on me? Moses used these questions to complain about the way God was treating him. They can be expressed as statements. Alternate translation: “You should not treat me, your servant, so badly. You should not be angry with me by making me responsible for what all these people have done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 11 jll4 figs-metaphor 0 You make me carry the load of all these people Moses complains and speaks of leading the people and providing for them as if he were carrying a heavy load. Alternate translation: “You make me responsible for all these people, but it’s too hard for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 12 hah2 figs-rquestion 0 Did I conceive all these people? Moses used this question to remind God that Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I am not the father of all these people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 12 iw91 figs-rquestion 0 Have I given them birth so that you should say to me, ‘Carry … baby?’ Moses wants God to remember that God told him to take care of the Israelites even though Moses was not their father. Alternate translation: “I have not given them birth, so you have no right to say to me, ‘Carry … baby’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -735,7 +741,6 @@ NUM 11 14 x4d7 figs-idiom 0 They are too much for me This is an idiom. Alternat
NUM 11 17 tp3h figs-metonymy 0 some of the Spirit that is on you The “Spirit” here represents the power that God’s Spirit had given to Moses so that Moses could do what God told him to do. Alternate translation: “some of the power that the Spirit has given you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 11 17 dz3z figs-metaphor 0 They will bear the burden of the people with you God speaks of the responsibility of leading and providing for the people as if it were a burden that Moses and the leaders would carry. Alternate translation: “They will help you care for the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 17 qll3 figs-metaphor 0 You will not have to bear it alone God speaks of the responsibility of leading and providing for the people as if it were a burden that Moses and the leaders would carry. Alternate translation: “You will not care for them alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 11 18 l15u 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 11 18 mc86 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites had asked this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 20 mhi2 figs-metaphor 0 until it comes out of your nostrils This could mean: (1) God speaks of vomiting as if the food would come out through their nostrils. Alternate translation: “until you are sick and vomit” or (2) they would eat so much meat that it would be as if it would come out of their nostrils. Alternate translation: “until it feels like it would have to come out of your nostrils” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 20 r2iy figs-rquestion 0 Why did we leave Egypt? The people had used this question to express regret and to complain. Alternate translation: “We never should have left Egypt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -744,7 +749,8 @@ NUM 11 22 tbn5 figs-rquestion 0 Should we kill flocks and herds to satisfy them
NUM 11 22 xap3 figs-doublet 0 flocks and herds These two words mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize a great number of animals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 11 22 c3w9 figs-hyperbole 0 all the fish in the sea The word “all” is an exaggeration to show how impossible it was to provide food for all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NUM 11 22 u4s6 0 to satisfy them Alternate translation: “to satisfy their hunger”
-NUM 11 23 ky75 figs-metonymy 0 Is my hand short? Here the word “hand” represents God’s power. God uses this question to rebuke Moses for thinking that God did not have the power to provide enough meat for the people. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I am not powerful enough to do this?” or “You should know I am more than strong enough to do this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+NUM 11 23 ky75 figs-metonymy הֲיַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר 1 Is the hand of Yahweh short? Here the word **hand** represents God’s power. Alternate translation: “Do you think that I am not powerful enough to do this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 11 23 wp9r figs-rquestion הֲיַ֥ד יְהוָ֖ה תִּקְצָ֑ר 1 Is the hand of Yahweh short? God uses this question to rebuke Moses for thinking that God did not have the power to provide enough meat for the people. Alternate translation: “You should know I am more than strong enough to do this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 11 24 qz74 0 Yahweh’s words Alternate translation: “what Yahweh had said”
NUM 11 25 c9s5 figs-metonymy 0 some of the Spirit that was on Moses The “Spirit” here represents the power that God’s Spirit had given to Moses. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 11:17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “some of the power that the Spirit had given to Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 11 25 g325 figs-metaphor 0 put it on the seventy elders Giving power to the elders is spoken of as putting the Spirit on them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 11:17](../11/17.md). Alternate translation: “gave it to the seventy elders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -757,11 +763,11 @@ NUM 11 29 sl5x figs-explicit 0 Are you jealous for my sake? What Joshua might h
NUM 11 29 nm1s figs-metaphor 0 that he would put his Spirit on them all Moses speaks of God’s Spirit giving people power as if God were to put his Spirit on them. Alternate translation: “that God’s Spirit would give them all power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 11 31 esv9 translate-unknown 0 quail a small bird (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NUM 11 31 k1e2 0 about a day’s journey on one side and a day’s journey on the other side Alternate translation: “in each direction for as far as a person could walk in one day”
-NUM 11 31 w6al translate-bdistance 0 about two cubits A cubit is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 92 centimeters” or “about 1 meter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 11 31 w6al translate-bdistance וּכְאַמָּתַ֖יִם 1 and like two cubits A **cubit** is a unit of measurement equal to about 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “and about 92 centimeters” or “and about 1 meter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
NUM 11 32 t6d9 figs-doublenegatives 0 No one gathered less than ten homers of quail This is a double negative which can be expressed as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Everyone gathered at least ten homers of quail” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 11 32 r8bg translate-bvolume 0 ten homers A homer is a unit of volume equal to about 220 liters. Alternate translation: “2,200 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+NUM 11 34 xkj8 translate-names וַיִּקְרָ֛א אֶת־ שֵֽׁם־ הַמָּק֥וֹם הַה֖וּא קִבְר֣וֹת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה 1 And he called the name of that place Kibroth Hattaavah This was the same **place** that was formerly called, “Taberah” in [11:3](../11/03.md). Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -775,7 +781,7 @@ NUM 12 8 f9rh figs-parallelism 0 against my servant, against Moses The phrase
NUM 12 9 b7b8 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s anger burned against them Yahweh’s anger is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “Yahweh became very angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 12 10 e5f3 figs-simile 0 was as white as snow Leprosy turned Miriam’s skin white. Alternate translation: “became very white” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 12 11 e1yt figs-metonymy 0 do not hold this sin against us To hold people’s sin against them is to say that they are guilty for their sin. Here it represents punishing them for their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 12 12 ml35 figs-simile 0 Please do not let her be like a dead newborn whose flesh is half consumed Miriam’s leprosy would cause her body to decay until she died. The flesh being decayed is spoken of as if it were eaten. Alternate translation: “Please do not let her be like a dead newborn baby whose flesh is half decayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 12 12 ml35 figs-simile אַל־ נָ֥א תְהִ֖י כַּמֵּ֑ת 1 Please do not let her be like the dead one Aaron compares the deadly leprosy of Miriam to a stillborn baby who has begun to decompose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 12 13 tf8r 0 Please heal her, God, please Here “please” is repeated for emphasis.
NUM 12 14 f2gq figs-hypo 0 If her father had spit in her face This describes something that could have happened but did not. Spitting in someone’s face was a terrible insult. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -803,7 +809,7 @@ NUM 13 19 x34f 0 Are they like camps, or are they fortified cities Fortified c
NUM 13 21 t6ca translate-names 0 Zin … Rehob These are names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 21 ubr4 translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
NUM 13 22 f2ju translate-names 0 Zoan This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 13 22 vki3 figs-activepassive 0 Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan in Egypt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites had built Hebron 7 years before the Egyptians built Zoan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
+NUM 13 22 vki3 figs-activepassive וְחֶבְר֗וֹן שֶׁ֤בַע שָׁנִים֙ נִבְנְתָ֔ה לִפְנֵ֖י צֹ֥עַן מִצְרָֽיִם 1 And Hebron had been built seven years before Zoan of Egypt If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And the Canaanites had built Hebron seven years before the Egyptians built Zoan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 13 22 z3rn translate-names 0 Ahiman … Sheshai … Talmai These are names of clans that were named after their ancestors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 22 i3ei translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 23 hg6e translate-names 0 Eshkol This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -811,7 +817,7 @@ NUM 13 23 th6k 0 between two of their group Alternate translation: “between
NUM 13 24 rxd9 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 13 25 ky7r translate-numbers 0 After forty days Alternate translation: “After 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 13 26 kr4l figs-metonymy 0 They brought back word Here “word” refers to a report. Alternate translation: “They brought back their report” or “They reported what they had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 13 27 id7v figs-metaphor 0 It certainly flows with milk and honey Alternate translation: “Milk and honey certainly flow there.” They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “It is certainly excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “It is certainly very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 13 27 id7v figs-metaphor וְ֠גַם זָבַ֨ת חָלָ֥ב וּדְבַ֛שׁ הִ֖וא 1 And it is certainly flowing with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. Alternate translation: “And it is certainly excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “And it is certainly a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 13 27 q2as figs-metonymy 0 milk Since milk comes from cows and goats, it represents livestock and the food produced from the livestock. Alternate translation: “food from livestock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 13 27 qn6h figs-metonymy 0 honey Since honey is produced from flowers, it represents crops and the food produced from the crops. Alternate translation: “food from crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 13 32 du7c 0 they spread around … They said Here “they” refers to all of the men who examined the land except for Caleb and Joshua.
@@ -830,8 +836,7 @@ NUM 14 6 p2vs translate-names 0 Nun … Jephunneh These are names of men. (See:
NUM 14 6 d9ig figs-activepassive 0 who were some of those sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “who were some of those whom Moses sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 14 6 s58b translate-symaction 0 tore their clothes Tearing one’s clothes was a gesture indicating the person is very troubled and is mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 14 8 nc38 figs-metaphor 0 The land flows with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants flowed through it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:27](../13/27.md). Alternate translation: “It is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “It is very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 14 9 qgd7 0 Connecting Statement: Joshua and Caleb continue speaking to the people of Israel.
-NUM 14 9 yk5g figs-metaphor 0 for they are bread to us Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “We will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+NUM 14 9 yk5g figs-metaphor כִּ֥י לַחְמֵ֖נוּ הֵ֑ם 1 for they are our food Joshua and Caleb speak of destroying their enemies as easily as if they were eating bread. Alternate translation: “for we will destroy them as easily as we can eat food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 9 en4q figs-activepassive 0 Their protection will be removed from them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove their protection from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 14 9 z1a2 figs-abstractnouns 0 Their protection If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **protection**, you could express the same idea with “protect.” Alternate translation: “Anyone that might protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 14 11 g9t8 figs-rquestion 0 How long must this people despise me? How long must they fail to trust me, despite all the signs … them? Yahweh uses these questions to show that he was angry and had lost patience with the people. They can be translated as statements. Alternate translation: “This people has despised me for too long. They have failed to trust me for too long, despite all the signs … them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -846,8 +851,7 @@ NUM 14 21 ft8l figs-activepassive 0 all the earth will be filled with my glory
NUM 14 22 nu5r 0 they have still tempted me Alternate translation: “they have continued to test me”
NUM 14 22 ksb4 figs-idiom 0 these ten times Here the number 10 represents too many times. Alternate translation: “too many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 14 22 hz59 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to my voice Here “listened” represents obedience, and God’s voice represents what he said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 14 23 jnd2 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
-NUM 14 24 n5dj figs-metonymy 0 because he had another spirit Here “spirit” represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he had a different attitude” or “because he was willing to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+NUM 14 24 n5dj figs-metonymy עֵ֣קֶב הָֽיְתָ֞ה ר֤וּחַ אַחֶ֨רֶת֙ עִמּ֔וֹ 1 because another spirit is with him Here, **spirit** represents his attitude. Caleb was willing to obey God. What his attitude was can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “because he has a different attitude” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 27 tw5b figs-rquestion 0 How long must I tolerate this evil community that criticizes me? Yahweh asks this question because he has lost patience with the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I have tolerated this evil community who has criticized me long enough.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 14 27 xx71 figs-abstractnouns 0 I have heard the complaining of the people of Israel The word “complaining,” an abstract noun, can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “I have heard the people of Israel complain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 14 28 l1fy 0 as you have spoken in my hearing Alternate translation: “as I have heard you say”
@@ -897,7 +901,6 @@ NUM 15 20 i3c9 0 a loaf Calling it a loaf implies that they would cooked the d
NUM 15 20 huf4 figs-idiom 0 to raise it up as a raised offering This idiom “raise it up” refers to offering it as a gift. Alternate translation: “to offer it as a gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 20 hum8 0 a raised offering from the threshing floor The offering is spoken of as being from the threshing floor because this is where they would separate the grain from the other parts of the plant.
NUM 15 22 pp7r 0 General Information: The word “you” here refers to Israelite people.
-NUM 15 22 xs3r 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what he must tell the people.
NUM 15 24 mua7 figs-metaphor 0 to produce a sweet aroma for Yahweh Alternate translation: “to produce a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord being pleased with the sincere worshipers who offer the sacrifice is spoken of as if God were pleased with the aroma of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 24 l26t figs-activepassive 0 must be made a grain offering and drink offering If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must make a grain offering and drink offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 24 w7mx figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by the decree If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the decree commands” or “as I commanded when I made the decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -906,16 +909,19 @@ NUM 15 25 gs8c figs-activepassive 0 made by fire If your language does not use
NUM 15 26 scd4 figs-activepassive 0 all the community of the people of Israel will be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will forgive all the community of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 27 de37 0 a female goat a year old Alternate translation: “a 1-year-old female goat”
NUM 15 28 xn5j figs-activepassive 0 That person will be forgiven when atonement has been made If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will forgive that person when the priest has made atonement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 15 30 i7a8 figs-metaphor 0 That person must be cut off from among his people The metaphor “cut off” has at least three possible meanings. They can be expressed in active form: (1) “his people must send him away” or (2) “I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or (3) “his people must kill him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 15 31 jjv8 figs-metonymy 0 has broken my commandment Not obeying a commandment is spoken of as breaking it. Alternate translation: “has disobeyed my commandment” or “has not obeyed what I commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 15 31 d6w9 figs-metonymy 0 His sin will be on him Here, **sin** could mean: (1) punishment for that sin or (2) guilt of that sin. Sin being on him is a metaphor that could mean: (1) being punished or (2) being guilty. Alternate translation: (1) “I will punish him because of his sin” or (2) “I will consider him guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 15 30 i7a8 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ 1 And that person shall be cut off from the midst of his people The metaphor **cut off** could mean: (1) he must be sent away from Israel. (2) he must not be considered a member of the people of Israel anymore. (3) he must be killed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 15 30 x0ia figs-activepassive וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽהּ 1 And that person shall be cut off from the midst of his people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “And his people must send him away” or “And I will no longer consider him to be one of the people of Israel” or “And you must kill him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM 15 31 jjv8 figs-metonymy מִצְוָת֖וֹ הֵפַ֑ר 1 has broken his commandment Not obeying a **commandment** of Yahweh is spoken of as breaking it. Alternate translation: “has disobeyed my commandment” or “has not obeyed what I commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 15 31 d6w9 figs-metonymy עֲוֺנָ֥ה בָֽהּ 1 His iniquity shall be on him Here, **iniquity** could refer to: (1) the punishment for that sin or (2) the guilt of that sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 15 31 dzls figs-metaphor עֲוֺנָ֥ה בָֽהּ 1 His iniquity shall be on him Here, **iniquity** being **on him** is a metaphor that could mean: (1) he is being punished. Alternate translation: “I will punish him because of his sin” (2) he is guilty. Alternate translation: “I will consider him guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 34 rs36 figs-activepassive 0 it had not been declared what should be done with him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had not declared what they should do with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 35 hw5x figs-activepassive 0 The man must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must surely put the man to death” or “The man must surely die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 15 38 k8rm 0 the descendants of Israel Alternate translation: “the people of Israel”
NUM 15 39 hl7a 0 to carry them out Alternate translation: “to obey them”
-NUM 15 39 gwl3 figs-metaphor 0 so that you do not look to your own heart and your own eyes Alternate translation: “Look to” here is a metaphor for think about. The heart represents what a person wants, and the eyes represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor 0 prostitute yourselves to them Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
+NUM 15 39 gwl3 figs-metaphor וְלֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְכֶם֙ וְאַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵיכֶ֔ם 1 And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes Here, **explore after** is a metaphor for thinking about something. Alternate translation: “so that you do not think about whatever your heart and eyes want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 15 39 iqf7 figs-metonymy וְלֹֽא־ תָתֻ֜רוּ אַחֲרֵ֤י לְבַבְכֶם֙ וְאַחֲרֵ֣י עֵֽינֵיכֶ֔ם 1 And you shall not explore after your heart and after your eyes Here the **heart** represents what a person wants, and the **eyes** represent what a person sees and wants. Alternate translation: “And you must not think about whatever you want” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם 1 them which you are prostituting after Being unfaithful to God by choosing to do whatever they want is spoken of as if they were women who were unfaithful to their husband by choosing to have sinful relationships with other men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 15 39 bbvk figs-explicit אֲשֶׁר־ אַתֶּ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵיהֶֽם 1 them which you are prostituting after It can be stated clearly that this was a shameful thing to do. Alternate translation: “and be shamefully unfaithful to me” or “and do those things instead of obeying me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Rebellion and punishment
A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
@@ -928,7 +934,6 @@ NUM 16 3 d8ny figs-rquestion 0 Why do you lift up yourselves above the rest of
NUM 16 3 df9e figs-metaphor 0 lift up yourselves above the rest Considering someone to be important is spoken of as lifting it up. Alternate translation: “consider yourselves more important than the rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 4 srs6 translate-symaction 0 he lay facedown This indicates that Moses was humbling himself before God. He was afraid that God would punish the people for rebelling against God and his chosen leaders. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 16 5 fhi5 figs-activepassive 0 who is set apart to him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Yahweh has set apart for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 16 6 q4mg 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues speaking to Korah and the men who were with Korah.
NUM 16 6 gjn6 0 censers containers in which to burn incense
NUM 16 7 ch73 figs-idiom 0 before Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in Yahweh’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 16 7 mzq8 figs-activepassive 0 that man will be set apart to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will set apart that man for himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -939,7 +944,7 @@ NUM 16 10 l58j figs-metaphor 0 you are seeking the priesthood also Wanting to h
NUM 16 11 lf5d figs-rquestion 0 Who is Aaron that you grumble against him? Moses uses this question to show them that when they complain about what Aaron does, they are really complaining against Yahweh, because Aaron was doing what Yahweh told him to do. Alternate translation: “You are not really complaining about Aaron, but about Yahweh, whom Aaron obeys!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 16 13 mx6i figs-rquestion 0 Is it a small thing that you have brought us … to kill us in the wilderness? Dathan and Abiram use this question to rebuke Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You behave as though it was a small thing for you to bring us … and kill us in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 16 13 pgv9 0 a small thing Alternate translation: “not enough” or “unimportant”
-NUM 16 13 gs63 figs-metaphor 0 a land flowing with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the milk and honey from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 16 13 gs63 figs-metaphor מֵאֶ֨רֶץ זָבַ֤ת חָלָב֙ וּדְבַ֔שׁ 1 from a land flowing with milk and honey They spoke of the land being good for animals and plants as if the **milk and honey** from those animals and plants were flowing through the land. See how you translated this in [Numbers 14:8](../14/08.md). Alternate translation: “from a land that is excellent for raising livestock and growing crops” or “from a very fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 13 v8lm figs-hyperbole 0 to kill us The people exaggerate because they will hold Moses responsible if any of them die. Alternate translation: “to have us die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NUM 16 14 bm99 figs-metaphor 0 as an inheritance They spoke of what God would give them to be theirs forever as if it were an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 14 vux9 figs-rquestion 0 Now do you want to blind us with empty promises? The people used this question to accuse Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Now you want to blind us with empty promises.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -978,7 +983,6 @@ NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped If your language doe
NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number Alternate translation: “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Which tribe should be special workers for God?
God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve Alternate translation: “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
NUM 17 3 w59t 0 for each leader from his ancestors’ tribe Here “his” refers to “each leader.”
NUM 17 4 hr73 figs-synecdoche 0 the covenant decrees The phrase “the covenant decrees” refers to the box that held the tablets that the covenant decrees were written on. Alternate translation: “the ark of the covenant” or “the box that holds the covenant decrees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -995,30 +999,25 @@ NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes
## Special concepts in
NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood Alternate translation: “any priest”
-NUM 18 3 gbu1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 3 gri8 figs-you 0 They must serve you Alternate translation: “They” refers to members of the tribe of Levi; the word “you” is singular and refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 3 yig6 figs-pronouns 0 or they and also you will die Here “they” refers to any member of the tribe of Levi who comes “near to anything in the sanctuary;” the word “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites who are serving in approved roles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
NUM 18 4 b6pc figs-you 0 They must join you Alternate translation: “They” refers to members of the tribe of Levi; the word “you” is singular and refers to Aaron. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 4 nn6e figs-you 0 not come near you Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 5 zaj3 figs-you 0 You must take responsibility Here “you” is plural and refers to both Aaron and the rest of the Levites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 5 lc1d figs-metonymy 0 so that my anger does not come on the people of Israel again This could mean: (1) this represents God being extremely angry with his people. Alternate translation: “so that I do not become very angry with the people of Israel again” or (2) this represents God punishing them because of his anger. Alternate translation: “so that I do not punish the people of Israel again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 18 6 ken5 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 6 y9nk figs-metaphor 0 They are a gift to you Yahweh appointing the Levites to help Aaron is spoken of as if they were a gift that Yahweh were giving to Aaron. Alternate translation: “They are like a gift to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 18 6 h66d figs-metonymy 0 given to me Here “given” to God represents being set apart to serve God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM 18 6 h66d figs-metonymy נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 ones given to Yahweh Here, **given to Yahweh** represents being set apart to serve God. Alternate translation: “who have been set apart to serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 18 6 kxwa figs-activepassive נְתֻנִים֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה 1 ones given to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which I have set apart for myself” or “and I have set them apart for myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 7 eda8 figs-you 0 only you and your sons Here “you” and “your” are singular and refer to Aaron. Other occurrences of “you” and “your” are plural and refer to Aaron and his sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 18 7 vju4 0 exercise the priesthood Alternate translation: “do the work of priests”
NUM 18 7 j8mn figs-metonymy 0 everything inside the curtain Being inside the curtain represents being inside the room behind the curtain. Alternate translation: “everything in the room behind the curtain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 18 7 w3i9 figs-activepassive 0 Any foreigner who approaches must be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Any foreigner who approaches must die” or “You must put to death any foreigner who approaches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 7 ctt4 figs-explicit 0 who approaches What they should not approach can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “who approaches the sacred things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 18 8 ua7z figs-idiom 0 the offerings raised up to me Here “raised up to me” represents giving or offering something to God. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the offerings that people give to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 8 jdj3 0 I have given these offerings to you God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give these offerings to you”
NUM 18 8 x3sq 0 as your ongoing share A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
NUM 18 9 c2dd figs-activepassive 0 kept from the fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you do not completely burn on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 18 10 smj2 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
-NUM 18 12 k3q5 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 12 d7gf 0 the firstfruits This refers to the first of the best oil, wine, and grain that they harvest.
NUM 18 13 urx1 figs-metaphor 0 Everyone who is clean in your family Being acceptable to God is spoken of as if they were clean. Alternate translation: “Everyone in your family who is acceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 18 14 ri2f 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 15 ym9k figs-parallelism 0 Everything that opens the womb, all the firstborn These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Every firstborn male” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 18 15 axb3 figs-idiom 0 Everything that opens the womb The idiom “opens the womb” means to be the first male that a mother gives birth to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 18 15 a5y8 0 the people must certainly buy back every firstborn son Instead of sacrificing their firstborn sons, people had to pay the priests for their sons.
@@ -1027,31 +1026,25 @@ NUM 18 16 vr57 0 Those that are to be bought back Most likely this refers only
NUM 18 16 xet4 translate-bweight 0 five shekels … which equals twenty gerahs If it is necessary to use modern weight units, here are two ways of doing it. Alternate translation: “five pieces of silver … each of which equals ten grams” or “fifty grams of silver, using the standard weights that are used in the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
NUM 18 16 t62u figs-explicit 0 five shekels A shekel is a unit of weight. What was weighed can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “five shekels of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 18 16 r9ci translate-bweight 0 sanctuary shekel There were shekels of different weights. This is the one that people had to use in the sanctuary of the sacred tent. It weighed twenty gerahs, which was about 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-NUM 18 17 r3d6 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 17 s5mf figs-explicit 0 You must sprinkle their blood That he must kill the animals first can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “You must kill them and sprinkle their blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 18 17 rqa6 figs-activepassive 0 made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you make by fire” or “that you burn with fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 17 dth7 figs-metaphor 0 an aroma pleasing to Yahweh The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “and Yahweh will be pleased with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 18 maz6 figs-activepassive 0 the raised breast and the right thigh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the breast and the right thigh that you lift up as a gift to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 18 19 h1fp 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 19 a4zb 0 I have given to you God speaks as if he had already done this because it is a decision that he had already made. Alternate translation: “I give to you”
NUM 18 19 he1c 0 as a continual share A share is a portion of something that someone receives. Alternate translation: “as the portion that you will continually receive”
NUM 18 19 a21e figs-parallelism 0 an everlasting covenant of salt … a binding covenant forever The two phrases refer to the same thing. Together they emphasize that the covenant will endure forever. Alternate translation: “an agreement forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 18 19 y9je translate-symaction 0 an everlasting covenant of salt Alternate translation: “a covenant made with salt.” Salt represented permanence and was used in offerings and covenant meals. Alternate translation: “a permanent covenant” or “an everlasting covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 18 20 hmh1 figs-metaphor 0 You will have no inheritance in the people’s land God speaks of the land that the other people will possess as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “You will not possess any of the people’s land” or “You will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 20 l9jb figs-metaphor 0 I am your share and inheritance God speaks of the great honor that Aaron and his descendants will have by serving him as priests as if God were something that they will inherit. Alternate translation: “Instead, I am what you will have” or “Instead, I will allow you to serve me and I will provide for you through that service” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 18 21 t638 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 21 b9ib 0 look, I have given The word “look” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed, I have given”
NUM 18 21 c1zk figs-metaphor 0 as their inheritance God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as their portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 18 23 eq2i 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Aaron.
NUM 18 23 g23k figs-metaphor 0 Among the people of Israel they must have no inheritance God speaks of the land that the other people of Israel will possess as if they will inherit it. The Levites would not receive any of the land. Alternate translation: “they must not have any of the land that the other people of Israel receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 24 wik9 figs-metaphor 0 as their inheritance God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as their portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 26 j6qu 0 When you receive from the people of Israel the tenth that I have given to you from them The people of Israel would offer Yahweh a tenth of their crops and animals, and Yahweh would give that to the Levites.
NUM 18 26 wkn9 figs-metaphor 0 for your inheritance God speaks of what Aaron and his descendants will receive as if they will inherit it. Alternate translation: “as your portion of what I give to all Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 18 27 cx1b figs-activepassive 0 Your contribution must be considered by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must consider your contribution” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 18 28 nd9b 0 Connecting Statement: God continues tell Moses what he must tell the Levites.
NUM 18 28 k8mw 0 you must give his contribution to Aaron the priest Here “his” refers to Yahweh. It was Yahweh’s contribution in the sense that they had to give it to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you must give Aaron the priest the contribution that you owe Yahweh”
NUM 18 29 g53l figs-activepassive 0 that have been given to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the people of Israel give to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 18 30 c3xf 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it Alternate translation: “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it Alternate translation: “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
@@ -1068,11 +1061,11 @@ NUM 19 9 a8bf figs-metaphor 0 Someone who is clean Being acceptable to God and
NUM 19 9 nn8t figs-activepassive 0 These ashes must be kept If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must keep these ashes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 9 wn85 figs-metaphor 0 in a clean place Being acceptable to God is spoken of as being clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 10 t9bq figs-metaphor 0 He will remain unclean Being unacceptable to God or unfit to do any sacred work is spoken of as not being clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 19 11 k7e9 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” “impurity,” and “uncleanness” represent not being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 19 11 k7e9 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” “impurity,” and “uncleanness” represent not being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 11 n7ev 0 the dead body of any man Alternate translation: “the dead body of any person”
NUM 19 12 d2fz figs-metonymy 0 purify himself The person would ask someone who is clean to purify him by sprinkling on him some water mixed with the cows ashes. Asking someone to purify him is spoken of as if he were to purify himself. Alternate translation: “ask someone to purify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 19 12 jjk6 figs-doublenegatives 0 if he does not purify himself the third day, then he will not be clean on the seventh day This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “he will be clean on the seventh day only if he purifies himself the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-NUM 19 13 fvi7 figs-metaphor 0 That person must be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM 19 13 fvi7 figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 And that person shall be cut off from Israel Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “And that person must be sent away” or “And you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 13 f6bq figs-activepassive 0 the water for impurity was not sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 13 t2p6 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure”
NUM 19 13 i3uy figs-parallelism 0 He will remain unclean; his uncleanness will remain on him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@@ -1081,8 +1074,8 @@ NUM 19 15 aj43 figs-doublenegatives 0 Every open container with no cover become
NUM 19 16 kwe8 figs-activepassive 0 someone who has been killed with a sword If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone whom someone else has killed with a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 17 j1j3 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The idea of “unclean” represents not being acceptable to God or fit for use. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 17 j1j4 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” here represent being acceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God and making something acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” and “impurity,” represent not being acceptable to God, making something unacceptable to God, and the state of being unacceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” and “purify” represent being acceptable to God and making something acceptable to God. The ideas of “unclean,” “defile,” and “impurity,” represent not being acceptable to God, making something unacceptable to God, and the state of being unacceptable to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]))
+NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor וְנִכְרְתָ֛ה הַנֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַהִ֖וא 1 that person shall be cut off Here the phrase **be cut off** means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “that person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity Alternate translation: “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Moses’ sin
God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”
It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Wilderness of Sin
Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
@@ -1110,7 +1103,8 @@ NUM 20 16 kh3u 0 Look The word “look” here shows that they have stopped sp
NUM 20 17 p7ra 0 Connecting Statement: The messengers continue speaking to the king of Edom.
NUM 20 17 udz8 figs-metonymy 0 We will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left Here “turn aside” represents leaving the road. Alternate translation: “We will not leave the road in any direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 20 17 mcu3 0 the king’s highway This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south.
-NUM 20 18 dk9l figs-you 0 You may not pass … to attack you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses, who represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass … to attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+NUM 20 18 dk9l figs-you לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑י פֶּן־ בַּחֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִקְרָאתֶֽךָ 1 You may not pass through me, lest I go out to meet you with the sword Here, **You** and **you** are singular and refer to Moses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+NUM 20 18 g6q4 figs-synecdoche לֹ֥א תַעֲבֹ֖ר בִּ֑י פֶּן־ בַּחֶ֖רֶב אֵצֵ֥א לִקְרָאתֶֽךָ 1 You may not pass through me, lest I go out to meet you with the sword Here Moses represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Your people may not pass through me, or i will go out to meet them with the sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 20 18 cw7v figs-metonymy 0 I will come with the sword Here the sword represents the king’s army. Alternate translation: “I will send my army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 20 19 y3fv 0 the people of Israel This phrase refers to the Israelite messengers.
NUM 20 19 fp34 figs-idiom 0 walk through on foot This idiom means that they would simply travel through the area by walking. They would not come in chariots to attack the people of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1119,8 +1113,8 @@ NUM 20 21 l8p8 0 cross over their border Here “their” refers to the Edomit
NUM 20 22 l1w6 figs-doublet 0 The people of Israel, the whole community The phrase “the whole community” emphasizes that every person who was a part of “the people of Israel” was present, without exception. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 20 24 eh14 figs-euphemism 0 Aaron must be gathered to his people This is a gentle way to say that Aaron must die. It means that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. Alternate translation: “Aaron must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 24 z598 0 rebelled against my word Alternate translation: “refused to do what I said”
-NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
-NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism יֵאָסֵ֖ף וּמֵ֥ת שָֽׁם 1 shall be gathered and die there These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM 20 26 yzob figs-euphemism יֵאָסֵ֖ף 1 shall be gathered The phrase **shall be gathered** means that it is time for Aaron’s spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. This is a polite way of speaking about his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days Alternate translation: “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ungrateful
The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1142,12 +1136,14 @@ NUM 21 14 r97m translate-names 0 Waheb in Suphah These are both names of places
NUM 21 15 i244 0 the slope of the valleys that lead toward the town of Ar and lie along the border of Moab Alternate translation: “the valleys that go downhill to the town of Ar and lie along the border of Moab”
NUM 21 16 s994 0 to Beer, the well This can be stated as two sentences. Alternate translation: “to Beer. There was a well there”
NUM 21 16 hnm3 figs-quotations 0 where Yahweh said to Moses, “Gather the people together for me to give them water.” This can be stated as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “where Yahweh told Moses to gather the people together for him to give them water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-NUM 21 17 g2jm figs-metonymy 0 Spring up, well Here “well” represents the water in the well. The Israelites are speaking to the water as if it were a person who could hear them, and they are asking for it to fill the well. Alternate translation: “Water, fill up the well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+NUM 21 17 g2jm figs-metonymy עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר 1 Rise up, well Here, **well** represents the water in the well. Alternate translation: “Water, fill up the well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+NUM 21 17 lb1s figs-personification עֲלִ֥י בְאֵ֖ר 1 Rise up, well The Israelites are speaking to the water in the well as if it were a person who could hear them, and they are asking for it to fill the well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 21 18 ms4y figs-parallelism 0 the well that our leaders dug, the well the nobles of the people dug These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the role of the leaders in digging the well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 18 mvp6 figs-explicit 0 with the scepter and their staffs A scepter was carried by those with authority, and the staff was carried by everyone. Neither of these are digging tools. These two items emphasize that they were not too proud to use any means available. Alternate translation: “using even their scepter and staffs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 21 19 lgf8 translate-names 0 Nahaliel … Bamoth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 21 20 uv3q translate-names 0 Mount Pisgah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 21 20 s19q figs-idiom 0 looks down on the wilderness This is an idiom. It is a way of saying that the mountain is high, and speaks of the mountain as if it were a person who looks down to see the wilderness below him. Alternate translation: “rises above the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+NUM 21 20 s19q figs-idiom וְנִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַיְשִׁימֹֽן 1 and is looking down on the face of the wasteland Here, **looking down** is an idiom. It is a way of saying that the mountain is high. Alternate translation: “and rises above the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+NUM 21 20 exou figs-personification וְנִשְׁקָ֖פָה עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַיְשִׁימֹֽן 1 and is looking down on the face of the wasteland This speaks of the mountain as if it were a person who looks down to see the wilderness below him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 21 21 mqq6 figs-metonymy 0 Then Israel Here “Israel” refers to the people of Israel, and especially to their leaders. Alternate translation: “Then the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 22 en73 0 We will not turn into any field or vineyard Alternate translation: “We will not go into any of your fields or vineyards”
NUM 21 22 rgg6 0 the king’s highway This is the main road that connects Damascus in the north to the Gulf of Aqabah in the south. See how you translated this in [Numbers 20:17](../20/17.md).
@@ -1163,14 +1159,16 @@ NUM 21 26 v9rj 0 Sihon had taken all his land Here “his” refers to the kin
NUM 21 27 bf5s figs-parallelism 0 Heshbon … city of Sihon These are two names that refer to the same city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 27 pw7i figs-activepassive 0 Let the city of Sihon be rebuilt and established again If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let someone rebuild and establish again the city of Sihon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 27 a4ni figs-doublet 0 rebuilt and established These two terms are very similar and emphasize that the city will be fully rebuilt. Alternate translation: “completely rebuilt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-NUM 21 28 hxh1 figs-parallelism 0 A fire blazed from Heshbon, a flame from the city of Sihon These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. The fire refers to a destroying army. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+NUM 21 28 hxh1 figs-parallelism כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽחֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִקִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that destruction will begin at Heshbon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+NUM 21 28 qha8 figs-metaphor כִּי־ אֵשׁ֙ יָֽצְאָ֣ה מֵֽחֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן לֶהָבָ֖ה מִקִּרְיַ֣ת סִיחֹ֑ן 1 For fire went out from Heshbon,\na flame from the city of Sihon Here the destroying army is spoken of as if it were a fire. Alternate translation: “King Sihon led a strong army from the city of Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 21 28 di4e figs-metaphor 0 devoured Ar of Moab The army of Sihon is spoken of as if it was an animal that ate up the city of Ar. Alternate translation: “destroyed the town of Ar in the land of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 21 29 cu3d figs-parallelism 0 Moab … people of Chemosh These two phrases refer to the same people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 21 29 r97r 0 people of Chemosh Alternate translation: “Chemosh” was the name of the false god whom the Moabites worshiped. Alternate translation: “the people who worship Chemosh”
NUM 21 29 n57w 0 He has made his sons Alternate translation: “He” and “his” refer to Chemosh.
NUM 21 30 k6au 0 we have conquered Here “we” refers to the Israelites who defeated Sihon.
NUM 21 30 aiy9 figs-activepassive 0 Heshbon is devastated If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have devastated Heshbon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 21 30 x525 translate-names 0 Heshbon … all the way to Dibon … all the way to Nophah … to Medeba These are all places in Sihon’s kingdom. This means the Israelites destroyed Sihon’s entire nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
+NUM 21 30 x525 translate-names אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־ דִּיב֑וֹן…עַד־ נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־ מֵֽידְבָֽא 1 Heshbon has perished as far as Dibon … as far as Nophah, which is as far as Medeba **Heshbon**, **Dibon**, **Nophah**, and **Medeba** are all places in Sihon’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+NUM 21 30 lwy9 figs-merism אָבַ֥ד חֶשְׁבּ֖וֹן עַד־ דִּיב֑וֹן…עַד־ נֹ֔פַח אֲשֶׁ֖רׄ עַד־ מֵֽידְבָֽא 1 Heshbon has perished as far as Dibon … as far as Nophah, which is as far as Medeba These places connected by **as far as** means the Israelites destroyed these places and everywhere in between—Sihon’s entire nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
NUM 21 32 f8n9 0 drove out Alternate translation: “chased away”
NUM 21 33 jc4b 0 went out against them Alternate translation: “attacked them”
NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israelites had completely destroyed Sihon. Alternate translation: “Destroy him like you destroyed Sihon king of the Amorites”
@@ -1292,23 +1290,19 @@ NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took co
NUM 24 3 sec1 figs-activepassive 0 He received this prophecy If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave him this prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 24 3 mke8 0 Balaam son of Beor Beor was Balaam’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:5](../22/05.md).
NUM 24 3 rt1a figs-idiom 0 whose eyes are wide open This idiom means he sees and understands clearly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-NUM 24 4 np5b 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 4 g4v6 figs-123person 0 He speaks … He sees … he bows Here Balaam refers to himself as “He.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NUM 24 4 ktc8 translate-symaction 0 he bows down This is an act of humility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 24 4 ej3r figs-idiom 0 with his eyes open Here “eyes open” is an idiom that means Balaam has received the ability to know what God wants to say. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 5 ba5v figs-parallelism 0 How beautiful are your tents, Jacob, the place where you live, Israel! Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize the Israelite camp was beautiful to Balaam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-NUM 24 6 kip6 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 6 qar4 figs-simile 0 Like valleys they spread out Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they were numerous enough to cover entire valleys. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 6 j8eg figs-simile 0 like gardens by the riverside Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they were well-watered gardens that produce an abundant harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 6 l53y translate-unknown 0 aloes planted by Yahweh Aloes are plants with a pleasant smell that grow well even in dry conditions. Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they would thrive and be pleasant like aloe plants. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “aloes which Yahweh has planted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 24 6 aw4k figs-simile 0 like cedars beside the waters Cedar trees were the largest trees in Israel. Balaam speaks of the Israelies as if they grew as large as well-watered cedar trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-NUM 24 7 dyh1 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 7 fl12 figs-metonymy 0 Water flows … well-watered Abundant water is associated with God’s blessing on the crops of the land. Alternate translation: “God will bless Israel with plenty of water for their crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 7 a4i7 figs-metonymy 0 their seed is well-watered Well-watered seed refers to God’s blessing on his people so that they will have abundant crops. Alternate translation: “they will have plenty of water for their seed to grow healthy crops” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 7 zlh1 figs-parallelism 0 Their king is to be higher … their kingdom will be honored These two phrases have similar meaning, emphasizing how much God will bless them compared to other nations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 24 7 ftd7 translate-names 0 Their king is to be higher than Agag Here “higher” refers to greater honor and power. This means the future king of Israel will have more honor and will be more powerful than Agag. Agag was king of the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 7 b156 figs-activepassive 0 their kingdom will be honored If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people will give honor to their kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 24 8 phd7 0 General Information: Balaam continues to prophesy under the control of the Spirit of God.
NUM 24 8 x28i 0 God brings him Alternate translation: “God brings the Israelites”
NUM 24 8 n9ze figs-simile 0 with strength like a wild ox This simile emphasizes that the Israelites have great strength. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 24 8 y9vx figs-metaphor 0 He will eat up the nations Balaam speaks of the Israelites as if they are wild animals that eat their enemies. This means they will destroy their enemies. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1325,7 +1319,6 @@ NUM 24 15 bp57 0 Balaam son of Beor Beor was Balaam’s father. See how you tr
NUM 24 15 bpl3 figs-idiom 0 whose eyes are wide open This idiom means he sees and understands clearly. See how you translated this in [Numbers 24:3](../24/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 16 bfa4 figs-abstractnouns 0 who has knowledge from the Most High The abstract term “knowledge” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “who knows things that God Most High has revealed to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 24 16 m31x translate-symaction 0 bows down This is a sign of submission to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
-NUM 24 17 j1rk 0 General Information: Balaam continues the first of his four prophecies.
NUM 24 17 xt9l figs-parallelism 0 I see him, but he is not here now. I look at him, but he is not near Both of these statements mean the same thing. Balaam is having a vision of a future event. The word “him” refers to a future leader of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 24 17 zg5v writing-symlanguage 0 A star will come out of Jacob Here “star” refers to an Israelite king that will rise in power. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
NUM 24 17 dbs9 figs-metonymy 0 out of Jacob Here “Jacob” refers to the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “from among the descendants of Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1338,7 +1331,6 @@ NUM 24 18 nu8t figs-activepassive 0 Edom will become a possession of Israel If
NUM 24 18 w7ft figs-activepassive 0 Seir will also become their possession Here “Seir” refers to the people who lived near Mount Seir. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Israel will also conquer the people of Seir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 19 u3rj figs-metonymy 0 Out of Jacob a king will come Jacob was the ancestor of the Israelites. “Jacob” is a metonym that refers to the whole people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 19 d85v figs-explicit 0 of their city This refers to the city of Ar where Balak met Balaam. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 24 20 h7ft figs-metonymy 0 Balaam looked at Amalek Here “Amalek” is a metonym that refers to the people of Amalek. This continues Balaam’s vision while turning to look in the direction of the Amalek nation, and then he prophecies about the Amalekites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 24 20 j37m figs-123person 0 his final end A singular pronoun is used because the Amalekites are spoken of as a single person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
NUM 24 21 n23b translate-names 0 the Kenites This is the name of a people group who descended from Kain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 24 21 b7wk 0 The place where you live is strong Alternate translation: “The place were you live is well defended”
@@ -1364,7 +1356,6 @@ NUM 25 8 kww8 0 He followed Alternate translation: “Phinehas followed”
NUM 25 11 z3sf 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh begins to speak to Moses.
NUM 25 11 j3xu figs-metaphor 0 turned my rage away from the people of Israel God’s rage is spoken of as if it were something that could be physically pushed aside in order to stop it. Alternate translation: “caused me to no longer be angry with the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 25 11 lt3f figs-metaphor 0 I have not consumed the people of Israel in my fierceness God is spoken of as if he were a fierce animal that could have eaten up the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “I have not destroyed the people of Israel in my terrible anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-NUM 25 12 pby2 0 Connecting Statement: This continues Yahweh’s speech from verse 11.
NUM 25 13 eu4w 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of Yahweh’s speech that begins in verse 11.
NUM 25 13 lgg4 figs-quotesinquotes 0 For him … of Israel.”’” This is the end of Yahweh’s speech from [Numbers 25:11](./10.md). This has quotations within quotations. The direct quotations can be stated as indirect quotation. “Therefore say to them that Yahweh says that he is giving to Phinehas his covenant of peace. For him and his descendants after him, it will be a covenant of an everlasting priesthood because he was zealous for Yahweh, his God. He has atoned for the people of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
NUM 25 14 u1w2 writing-background 0 Now This switches from the main story line to background information about Zimri and Kozbi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1426,7 +1417,6 @@ NUM 26 51 tr8m translate-numbers 0 601,730 Alternate translation: “six-hundre
NUM 26 53 k6p3 figs-activepassive 0 The land must be divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must divide the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 26 53 ut1a 0 these men This refers to all of the men that were counted in their clans, beginning in [Numbers 26:5](../26/05.md).
NUM 26 53 d4z2 0 according to the number of their names Alternate translation: “by the number of people in each clan”
-NUM 26 54 i4k8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 26 54 y96p figs-explicit 0 give more inheritance In this passage, the word “inheritance” refers to land inherited. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “give more land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 26 54 zpe1 figs-activepassive 0 who were counted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the leaders of Israel counted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 26 55 a5bi figs-activepassive 0 the land must be divided If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you must divide the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1463,7 +1453,6 @@ NUM 27 3 tn9z 0 for his own sin Alternate translation: “because of his own s
NUM 27 4 g3j5 figs-rquestion 0 Why should our father’s name be taken away from among his clan members because he had no son? At that time, only sons received land as an inheritance. The daughters use this question to suggest that they should receive the inheritance and continue the family clan. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not remove our father’s name from the clan members just because he did not have a son.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 27 4 xm1p figs-explicit 0 Give us land among our father’s relatives This means that they are asking to inherit land near where their father’s relatives are inheriting land. The meaning of this can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Give us land where our father’s relatives live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 27 7 nrv6 figs-explicit 0 among their father’s relatives This means that they will be inherit land where their father’s relatives are inheriting land. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “where their father’s relatives live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 27 9 u4h7 0 General Information: This continues God’s law about who will receive land if a man does not have any sons.
NUM 27 11 j9yd figs-activepassive 0 be a law established by decree for the people of Israel If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “be a law that all the people of Israel must obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 27 11 l371 0 has commanded me Here “me” refers to Moses.
NUM 27 12 qn5k translate-names 0 mountains of Abarim This is a range of mountains in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1483,7 +1472,6 @@ NUM 27 17 t27b figs-simile 0 so that your community is not like sheep that have
NUM 27 18 t7dn 0 Take Joshua son of Nun, a man in whom my Spirit lives Yahweh’s Spirit is in Joshua, meaning that Joshua obeys Yahweh and follows his commands.
NUM 27 18 p1rd translate-symaction 0 lay your hand on him This is a sign of dedicating someone to God’s service. Alternate translation: “lay your hand on him to appoint him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 27 19 naq8 figs-synecdoche 0 command him before their eyes to lead them Here the people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they see. Alternate translation: “in front of all of them command Joshua to lead the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM 27 20 k5gg 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses about Joshua.
NUM 27 20 k5n4 figs-metaphor 0 You must put some of your authority on him Here Yahweh speaks of Moses giving some of his authority to Joshua as if it were an article of clothing that he could put on him. Alternate translation: “You should give him some of your authority” or “Let him decide what the people should do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 27 21 xn7p translate-unknown 0 Urim This was a sacred stone that the High Priest wore on his chest plate. He used it to determine God’s will. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
NUM 27 21 p15t figs-merism 0 It will be at his command that the people will go out and come in This means that Joshua will have authority to command the movements of the community of Israel. “Going out” and “coming in” are two opposite commands used to emphasize that he will have full command over their movements. Alternate translation: “He will command the community’s movements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@@ -1497,7 +1485,6 @@ NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes
## Special concepts in
NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times Alternate translation: “at the times that I haven chosen”
NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me Alternate translation: “a smell I enjoy”
-NUM 28 3 bba3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 3 ng8v figs-activepassive 0 the offering made by fire If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “the burnt offering” or “the offering you have burned by fire on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 5 xae3 figs-activepassive 0 mixed with If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “which you have mixed with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 5 n3fd translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@@ -1508,11 +1495,9 @@ NUM 28 6 i5mv figs-activepassive 0 made by fire If your language does not use t
NUM 28 7 j24a translate-fraction 0 one-fourth of a hin Alternate translation: “One-fourth” means one part out of four equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a liter” or “one-fourth of a hin (which is almost 1 liter)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 7 uf3m figs-explicit 0 You must pour out in the holy place a drink offering of strong drink to Yahweh This sentence describes the drink offering that is to accompany the lamb. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “It must be a drink offering of strong drink and you must pour it out in the holy place to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 28 8 sd8n figs-activepassive 0 like the one offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like the one you offered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 28 9 uvp3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 9 nv9k translate-fraction 0 two-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters” or “two tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 9 l25u figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 9 rgb3 figs-explicit 0 the drink offering with it Many offerings had a drink offering that was required to be offered with them. The full meaning of the can be made clear. Alternate translation: “the drink offering that accompanies it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 28 11 cda3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 12 rs1i translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 12 sa2r figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 12 vr13 figs-ellipsis 0 two-tenths of fine flour The words “of an ephah” are understood and may stated clearly. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah (which is about 4.5 liters) of fine flour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@@ -1522,7 +1507,6 @@ NUM 28 14 fi54 translate-fraction 0 half a hin Alternate translation: “Half
NUM 28 14 uy8x translate-fraction 0 a third of a hin Alternate translation: “One third of a hin.” “A third” means one part out of three equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “1.2 liters” or “One and one-fifth liters” or “half a hin (which is 1.2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 14 t84u translate-fraction 0 one-fourth of a hin Alternate translation: “One-fourth” means one part out of four equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “a liter” or “one-fourth of a hin (which is almost 1 liter)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 15 pi9d figs-activepassive 0 One male goat as a sin offering to Yahweh must be offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must offer one male goat to Yahweh as a sin offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 28 16 bny7 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 16 vq3q translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month, on the fourteenth day of the month Alternate translation: “During the first month, on day 14 of the month.” This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 28 16 k2hc 0 comes Yahweh’s Passover Alternate translation: “you must celebrate Yahweh’s Passover”
NUM 28 17 agz5 translate-hebrewmonths 0 On the fifteenth day of this month Alternate translation: “On day 15 day of this month.” This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -1530,7 +1514,6 @@ NUM 28 17 l12w figs-activepassive 0 a feast is to be held If your language does
NUM 28 17 gw3f figs-activepassive 0 bread without yeast must be eaten If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. “you must eat bread without yeast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 18 jgc4 translate-ordinal 0 On the first day This refers to the first day of the feast. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of the feast” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 28 18 wcl9 0 there must be a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “you must gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
-NUM 28 19 ne82 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 19 v698 figs-activepassive 0 you must offer a sacrifice made by fire, a burnt offering The idea of “burnt” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must burn an offering on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 20 ztc9 translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 20 nb8c figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1543,14 +1526,12 @@ NUM 28 24 dh1t figs-activepassive 0 the food of the offering made by fire If yo
NUM 28 24 zv8n 0 a sweet aroma for Yahweh Alternate translation: “as a sweet aroma for Yahweh”
NUM 28 24 g7rd figs-activepassive 0 It must be offered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must offer it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 25 niw8 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
-NUM 28 26 x4se 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 26 m6k3 0 the day of the firstfruits Alternate translation: “the day of the firstfruits, that is the day.” This refers to the day during the Festival of Weeks when they offer the grain offering to Yahweh.
NUM 28 26 bm4a 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 28 28 hu83 figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 28 p6rr translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 28 w5qw translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah Alternate translation: “Three tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 28 qfh5 figs-ellipsis 0 two-tenths The words “of an ephah of fine flour” are understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. “Two-tenths” means two parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “four and a half liters of fine flour” or “two-tenths of an ephah of fine flour (which is about 4.5 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
-NUM 28 29 d6vj 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 28 29 tdh2 translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1560,7 +1541,6 @@ NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the p
NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 29 1 d1mb figs-synecdoche 0 It will be a day when you blow trumpets The word “you” refers to the people of Israel who here represent the priests. The priests blew the trumpet to begin a worship service or to gather the community together. Alternate translation: “It will be a day when the priests blow trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM 29 2 f95f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 3 k2nl figs-possession 0 their grain offering This refers to the grain offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the grain offerings that are offered with them” or “the grain offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 3 mh5z figs-activepassive 0 mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 3 yys9 translate-fraction 0 three-tenths of an ephah The phrase “of fine flour mixed with oil” is understood from the previous phrase and can be repeated. “Three-tenths” means three parts out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “six liters of fine flour mixed with oil” or “three-tenths of an ephah (which is about six liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
@@ -1572,7 +1552,6 @@ NUM 29 6 frt3 0 of each month: the special burnt offering … with it Alternat
NUM 29 6 h1cf figs-possession 0 the regular burnt offering, its grain offering, and its drink offerings This refers to the offerings the priests were to give every day. The grain offering and drink offering were to be offered with the regular burnt offering. Alternate translation: “the regular burnt offering, with the grain offering and drink offerings that accompany it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 6 nh25 figs-activepassive 0 you will obey what has been decreed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you will obey Yahweh’s decree” or “you will obey what Yahweh had decreed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 6 kle9 figs-activepassive 0 an offering made by fire to Yahweh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “an offering you burnt on the altar to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 29 7 dds2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 7 v8xp translate-hebrewmonths 0 the tenth day of the seventh month Alternate translation: “day 10 of month 7” The word “month” refers to those in the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 7 dka4 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 29 9 k4tv figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you have mixed with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1581,7 +1560,6 @@ NUM 29 9 bde9 figs-ellipsis 0 two-tenths The words “of an ephah” are unders
NUM 29 10 n1nx translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah Alternate translation: “A tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts. This can be written in modern measurements. Alternate translation: “2 liters” or “a tenth of an ephah (which is about 2 liters)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
NUM 29 11 ray5 figs-abstractnouns 0 of atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “that atones for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 29 11 cc81 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-NUM 29 12 nai8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 12 kw4n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fifteenth day of the seventh month Alternate translation: “day 15 of month 7.” The word “month” refer to those in the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 12 e72q 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh Alternate translation: “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
NUM 29 12 e2ym figs-idiom 0 you must keep the festival for him This is an idiom. Here the word “keep” means to observe or celebrate. The word “him” refers to Yahweh. Alternate translation: “you must observe the festival for Yahweh” or “you must celebrate the festival for Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1602,7 +1580,6 @@ NUM 29 20 mi8p translate-ordinal 0 the third day of the assembly Alternate tran
NUM 29 20 r4i9 translate-numbers 0 eleven bulls, two rams, and fourteen male lambs Alternate translation: “11 bulls, 2 rams, and 14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 29 21 q47t figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 29 22 fe9m figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-NUM 29 23 g35h 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do during the festival in the seventh month.
NUM 29 23 kxu3 translate-ordinal 0 the fourth day of the assembly Alternate translation: “day 4 of the festival.” Here the word “assembly” refers to the Festival of Weeks. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 23 v266 translate-numbers 0 fourteen male lambs Alternate translation: “14 male lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 29 24 g8rl figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1651,7 +1628,6 @@ NUM 30 8 n9fw figs-parallelism 0 the vow that she has made … the rash talk of
NUM 30 8 j925 figs-synecdoche 0 the rash talk of her lips The phrase “the rash talk” refers to the rash promise that she made. Here “her lips” means the woman herself. She is referred to as “her lips” because lips are related to what she says. Alternate translation: “the rash things she has said” or “her rash promise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NUM 30 8 pen9 figs-metaphor 0 with which she has bound herself Here Moses speaks of how a woman has committed herself to fulfilling a promise as if her promise were a physical object that she had bound to her body. Alternate translation: “that she has committed herself to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 30 8 dgy8 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will release her Here Moses speaks about Yahweh forgiving the woman for not fulfilling her vow as if he were releasing her from something that bound her. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will forgive her” or “Yahweh will forgive her for not fulfilling her vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-NUM 30 9 g5l3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the leaders of the tribes what Yahweh has commanded.
NUM 30 9 vr6d figs-activepassive 0 a divorced woman If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a woman whom a man has divorced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 30 9 aab4 figs-idiom 0 will stand against her This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and she will be required to fulfill them. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 30 10 svt7 figs-explicit 0 If a woman made a vow in her husband’s house This refers to a married woman. You can make the meaning of this statement clear. Alternate translation: “If a married woman makes a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1698,12 +1674,10 @@ NUM 31 23 lv3d 0 water of cleansing This refers to water that someone has mixe
NUM 31 24 y8tf 0 then you will become clean These are the customs of becoming ceremonially clean before Yahweh.
NUM 31 26 gv9a figs-activepassive 0 Count all the plundered things that were taken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Count all of the possessions that the soldiers took” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 31 26 i5qv 0 the leaders of the community’s ancestor’s clans Alternate translation: “the leaders of each clan”
-NUM 31 28 f8wf 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses. The word “me” refers to Yahweh.
NUM 31 28 ar4h figs-activepassive 0 Then levy a tax to be given to me from the soldiers who went out to battle If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Collect a tax from the soldiers’ plunder and give it to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 31 28 hv3b translate-numbers 0 every five hundred Alternate translation: “every 500” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 31 29 w6nr 0 from their half Alternate translation: “from the soldiers’ half”
NUM 31 29 eds7 figs-activepassive 0 to be presented to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which he will present to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 31 30 x2qb 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 31 30 e7ze 0 Also from the people of Israel’s half Alternate translation: “Also from the people of Israel’s half of the plunder”
NUM 31 30 s2xh 0 who take care those who oversee and maintain the tabernacle and sacrifices to Yahweh
NUM 31 32 s6hw 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Moses begins listing the amount of plunder and how much went to the soldiers, to the people, and to Yahweh.
@@ -1754,7 +1728,6 @@ NUM 32 5 gd1t figs-explicit 0 Do not make us cross over the Jordan They wanted
NUM 32 6 sua3 figs-rquestion 0 Should your brothers go to war while you settle down here? Moses asks this question to rebuke the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “It is wrong for you to settle down in this land while your brothers go to war.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 32 7 c23x figs-rquestion 0 Why discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them? Moses asks this question to correct the people from the tribes of Gad and Reuben. Alternate translation: “Do not discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” or “Your actions would discourage the hearts … the land that Yahweh has given them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 32 7 yrl5 figs-synecdoche 0 discourage the hearts of the people of Israel from going Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. Alternate translation: “discourage the people of Israel from going” or “cause the people of Israel to not want to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-NUM 32 8 v1cy 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Reuben and Gad.
NUM 32 9 ge3e translate-names 0 Valley of Eshkol This is the name of a place. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 9 jta2 figs-explicit 0 They saw the land This refers to seeing what was in the land. Alternate translation: “They saw the strong people and cities in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 32 9 z21f figs-synecdoche 0 discouraged the hearts of the people of Israel Here the word “hearts” represents the people themselves and refers to the seat of their emotions. See how you translated this in [Numbers 32:7](../32/07.md). Alternate translation: “discouraged the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -1837,42 +1810,30 @@ NUM 33 44 b2kj translate-names 0 General Information: Moses lists the places th
NUM 33 47 ilj5 translate-names 0 General Information: Moses lists the places the Israelites went after they left Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 33 48 hc7z 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 33 52 ua9d 0 demolish all their high places Alternate translation: “destroy all of their high places”
-NUM 33 53 wt1a 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the land as their permanent possession is spoken of as if they were inheriting the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it Alternate translation: “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
-NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The boundaries
Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
-NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
-NUM 34 7 pzt2 translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 7 ucc8 0 Mount Hor See how you translated this name in [Numbers 20:22](../20/22.md).
-NUM 34 10 zu3a translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 13 v8m7 0 to the nine tribes and to the half tribe This means the remaining tribes of Israel who will live on the west side of the Jordan River in the land of Canaan. The tribes of Reuben and Gad and the half tribe of Manasseh had already received their land on the east side of the Jordan River.
NUM 34 14 t2jx 0 following the assignment of property to their ancestor’s tribe Alternate translation: “according to how Yahweh assigned the property to their ancestor’s tribe”
NUM 34 15 e78v 0 The two tribes and the half tribe Alternate translation: “The tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half of the tribe of Manasseh”
NUM 34 17 dt2u figs-you 0 divide the land for your inheritance Here “your” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. These men will cast lots to divide the land. Then they will distribute it to the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Revenge
Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
NUM 35 4 fb2e translate-numbers 0 one thousand cubits Alternate translation: “1,000 cubits.” If it is necessary to use modern distance units, here is a way of doing it. Alternate translation: “457 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
-NUM 35 5 vih1 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 5 cr3z translate-bdistance 0 two thousand cubits Alternate translation: “2,000 cubits.” A cubit is 46 centimeters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 35 6 g8wz 0 a person who has killed someone This refers to people who have killed someone, but it had not yet been determined whether they killed the person intentionally or accidentally.
NUM 35 6 q5lc translate-numbers 0 forty-two Alternate translation: “42” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 35 7 jnp2 translate-numbers 0 forty-eight Alternate translation: “48” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
-NUM 35 8 jeg5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 11 fy84 0 unintentionally accidentally or without wanting to or trying to
NUM 35 12 vp5m 0 the avenger This refers to a close relative that seeks vengeance by killing the accused man.
NUM 35 12 le4k figs-activepassive 0 so that the accused man will not be killed without first standing trial before the community If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that no one will kill the accused man before the community is able to judge him in court” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-NUM 35 14 s5n6 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
-NUM 35 16 zkm4 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 16 z14e figs-activepassive 0 He must certainly be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You must certainly execute him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 35 19 wx13 figs-metonymy 0 The avenger of blood Here the word “blood” is a metonym for the murder. Alternate translation: “The one who avenges the murder” or “The relative seeking vengeance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 35 21 b1cz figs-activepassive 0 the accused who struck him must surely be put to death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the relative must certainly execute the accused man” or “the accused man must die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -1882,7 +1843,6 @@ NUM 35 24 gs31 figs-metonymy 0 the avenger of blood Here the word “blood” i
NUM 35 25 nz1w figs-explicit 0 The community must rescue the accused This means if the community judges that the death was accidental then they must save the accused man from the relative who wants to kill him. If the community judges that the death was not accidental, then the relative must execute the accused man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 35 25 f819 figs-activepassive 0 the one who was anointed with the holy oil If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed with holy oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 35 27 db74 figs-metonymy 0 the avenger of blood Here the word “blood” is a metonym for the murder. See how you translated these words in [Numbers 35:19](../35/19.md). Alternate translation: “the one who avenges the murder” or “the relative seeking vengeance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-NUM 35 29 zfc7 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 35 29 b5jp 0 through all your people’s generations Alternate translation: “and all of your descendants who will live after you”
NUM 35 30 l81w figs-activepassive 0 the murderer must be killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone must execute the murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 35 30 e5vq figs-activepassive 0 as testified to by the words of witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “according to the testimony of witnesses” or “as witnesses testify to the murder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
index 18becce9a5..7347de73a8 100644
--- a/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side Alternate translation: “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
-JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jotham’s curse
Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
+JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 9 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Jotham’s curse
Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Tree metaphor
This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
diff --git a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
index 00e4420c89..8b30eca547 100644
--- a/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1SA 15 34 p6j7 translate-names 0 Ramah … Gibeah These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1SA 15 34 wed2 0 went up to his house at Gibeah Gibeah was higher in elevation than Gilgal where Saul and Samuel had been talking.
1SA 15 35 hha6 0 Samuel did not see Saul until the day of his death Alternate translation: “Samuel did not see Saul again for as long as he lived”
-1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
==Rhetorical Question ==
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+1SA 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Samuel 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
### 1 Samuel 16-31 Saul and David
Chapter 16 establishes God’s choice of David to be the next king. David receives the Holy Spirit to empower and guide him as the king. This chapter also records the Holy Spirit leaving Saul because of his disobedience. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### David chosen to be the next king
Humans judge others by what they look like, but God judges people by their true inner character. God rejected David’s older brothers in favor of David, who truly loved and obeyed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical Question
God scolds Samuel with this rhetorical question for his unwillingness to accept God’s decision: “How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel?” It was wrong to mourn because it was God’s punishment of Saul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 1 ib7t figs-rquestion 0 How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him from being king over Israel? This rhetorical question is a rebuke from God and can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop mourning that I rejected Saul from being king over Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1SA 16 1 aav1 0 Fill your horn with oil The term “horn” was sometimes used to refer to a “flask” that was shaped like a horn and was used for holding water or oil. A flask of oil was used for anointing a king.
1SA 16 2 msu1 figs-rquestion 0 How can I go? Samuel uses a question to emphasize that he is worried about going to Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “I cannot go!” or “I am afraid to go.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
diff --git a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
index b6a13972df..0950b65652 100644
--- a/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Kings
1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)
1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)
* Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)
* Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)
* Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)
1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)
* Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)
* Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)
* Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)
* Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)
1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)
* Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)
* Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)
* Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)
* Elah in Israel (16:8–14)
* Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)
* Omri in Israel (16:23–28)
* Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)
* Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)
* Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)
### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?
These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.
In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.
The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?
These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?
In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.
### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?
The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.
### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?
The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])
### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?
The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
-1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.
This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.
## Special concepts in this chapter
==The next king==
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.
This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The next king
David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Idiom
Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched Alternate translation: “So the king’s servants searched”
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships Alternate translation: “a large group of ships”
1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
-1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Queen of Sheba ==
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
+1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Queen of Sheba
King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants This could mean: (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
diff --git a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
index f7bc25696e..4a6e677dae 100644
--- a/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
==Impossible actions ==
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
+2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Impossible actions
Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Rhetorical question
The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
diff --git a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
index 31a45f0dfe..7814572e32 100644
--- a/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ ISA 4 4 l3vm 0 spirit of judgment This could mean: (1) Yahweh will punish the
ISA 4 4 si1b figs-metaphor 0 the spirit of flaming fire This could mean: (1) this is a metaphor that means Yahweh will remove sinners from Zion like a fire removes impurities or (2) “flaming fire” is a metonym that represents the destruction in general of all the sinners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ISA 4 5 yk4j 0 a canopy over all the glory This could mean: (1) a canopy for protecting the glorious city, or (2) a canopy consisting of God’s glory that will protect the city. If the first meaning is followed, then it may further mean that the city is glorious because Yahweh is present in it.
ISA 4 5 h7ct 0 canopy This is a cloth that is hung over something to cover it for protecton.
-ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
==Animals being present where people once lived==
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
+ISA 5 intro g25h 0 # Isaiah 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Woe
This chapter presents a series of woes, or judgments against those who are spoken against. Most of these judgements are due to the lack of justice in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/woe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Allegory
This chapter begins as an allegory. An allegory is a story with a symbolic meaning. This allegory is meant to teach the Jews that they sinned against Yahweh and that there was nothing more he could have done for them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
### Animals being present where people once lived
Verse 17 (“Then the sheep will feed as in their own pasture, and in the ruins of the rich people, lambs will graze”) is an example of the Old Testament’s prophets’ habit of describing complete ruin and desolation in terms of a picture of animals--usually wild animals, but here sheep and lambs--living in or feeding in those places. Whether the picture is of flocks or wild animals, the purpose is to say that the human habitation has gone back to wild nature, and that this has happened because of God’s punishment on the people.
ISA 5 1 wd3z figs-parables 0 General Information: Isaiah tells a parable about a farmer and his vineyard. The farmer represents God and the vineyard represents the people of Judah, the southern kingdom of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
ISA 5 1 csd3 0 my well beloved Alternate translation: “my dear friend”
ISA 5 1 y5t9 0 on a very fertile hill Alternate translation: “on a hill where very good crops could grow”
diff --git a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
index e1ad25b2b4..3c5830f245 100644
--- a/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_24-JER.tsv
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.”
JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle
JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.
===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===
### Symbolism
The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.
### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Symbolism
The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth
JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear
JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest
diff --git a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
index a188945a18..f49b8386c3 100644
--- a/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
@@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ LUK 10 14 l579 figs-explicit Τύρῳ καὶ Σιδῶνι, ἀνεκτότε
LUK 10 14 txw5 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The disciples would have understood that Jesus was referring to the time when God will bring final judgment. Alternate translation: “at the time when God judges everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 10 14 l580 figs-youdual ὑμῖν 1 you Since Jesus is addressing two cities, **you** would be dual here if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. Alternate translation: “you people of Chorazin and Bethsaida” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 10 15 h28u figs-apostrophe σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is speaking figuratively to another city that he knows cannot hear him. He is doing this once again to show in a very strong way how he feels about this city. He is actually speaking to the people who can hear him, the disciples whom he is sending out. If your readers might not understand this kind of figurative speech, you could translate Jesus’ words as if he were speaking directly to his disciples. Alternate translation: “The people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor them greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
-LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “will you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK 10 15 l581 figs-doublenegatives σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? In Greek, the first word of the question that Jesus asks Capernaum is a negative word that can be used to turn a negative statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **will you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Translate this in the way that would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum, do you really think that God is going to honor you greatly?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 10 15 enp6 figs-rquestion σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? Jesus is using the question form to teach. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 10 15 gk9v figs-metaphor σύ, Καφαρναούμ, μὴ ἕως οὐρανοῦ ὑψωθήσῃ? 1 you, Capernaum, you will not be exalted to heaven, will you? To be **exalted** or “lifted up” is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates receiving honor. To be lifted all the way up **to heaven** (or “to the sky,” another possible meaning) figuratively means to receive very great honor. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum are wrong to think that God is going to honor you greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 15 l582 figs-metonymy σύ, Καφαρναούμ 1 you, Capernaum Jesus uses the name of this city to refer figuratively to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “you people of Capernaum” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -2932,7 +2932,7 @@ LUK 17 8 m123 figs-quotesinquotes οὐχὶ ἐρεῖ αὐτῷ, ἑτοίμ
LUK 17 8 kr7u translate-unknown περιζωσάμενος διακόνει μοι 1 girding yourself serve me See how you translated this in [12:35](../12/35.md). Alternate translation: “wrap the lower part of your robe around your hips so that you can serve me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 8 ds77 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα 1 and after these things Alternate translation: “Then, after you have served me”
LUK 17 8 m124 figs-declarative φάγεσαι καὶ πίεσαι σύ 1 you will eat and drink The master is using a future statement to give permission. Alternate translation: “you may eat and drink” or “you may have your own supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “does he?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK 17 9 qs51 figs-doublenegatives μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The first word of this sentence in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **does he?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Would he thank the servant for doing what he had been commanded to do?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 17 9 m125 figs-explicit μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? The implicit answer to the question is “no.” Masters expect their servants to do what they command them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation, add an additional sentence: “No, a master would not do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 9 jn5s figs-rquestion μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ, ὅτι ἐποίησεν τὰ διαταχθέντα? 1 He does not have gratitude to the servant because he did the things commanded, does he? Jesus is using the question form to teach. He wants his disciples to reflect on the nature of the master-servant relationship in order to understand better how they should relate to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or exclamation. Alternate translation: “A master would certainly not thank a servant for doing just what he had been commanded to do!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 17 9 m126 μὴ ἔχει χάριν τῷ δούλῳ 1 he does not have gratitude to the servant Alternate translation: “he does not need to thank the servant”
@@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@ LUK 22 34 eq7h translate-unknown οὐ φωνήσει σήμερον ἀλέκτ
LUK 22 34 m542 figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 the rooster Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
LUK 22 34 m543 figs-explicit σήμερον 1 today The Jewish day began at sunset. Jesus was speaking after the sun had set. The rooster would crow just before morning. That morning was considered part of the same day. Alternate translation: “in the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 35 m544 figs-metonymy ἄτερ βαλλαντίου, καὶ πήρας, καὶ ὑποδημάτων 1 without a money bag and sack and sandals As in [10:4](../10/04.md), Jesus is speaking of these items figuratively to mean what they represent. See how you translated these terms there. Alternate translation: “without any money or provisions or extra clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, “did you?” Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+LUK 22 35 m545 figs-doublenegatives μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? The first word of this question in Greek is a negative word that can be used to turn a statement into a question that expects a negative answer. ULT shows this by adding, **did you?** Your language may have other ways of asking a question that expects a negative answer, for example, by changing the word order of a positive statement. Alternate translation: “did you lack anything?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
LUK 22 35 cv68 figs-rquestion μή τινος ὑστερήσατε? 1 you did not lack anything, did you? Even though Jesus already knows the answer to this question and he is using it as a teaching tool, in this case he does want the disciples to reply. If you translated his words as a statement, for example, “I know that you did not lack anything,” then the disciples might seem to be interrupting him by speaking uninvited. Since Jesus did want them to speak, it would probably be most appropriate to present his words in the form of a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 22 35 tb51 figs-ellipsis οὐθενός 1 Nothing Luke may be summarizing the disciples’ response briefly, or the disciples themselves may have responded this briefly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could expand on what this means. Alternate translation: “We did not lack anything” or “We had everything we needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 22 36 h7j7 figs-genericnoun ὁ ἔχων βαλλάντιον…ὁ μὴ ἔχων…μάχαιραν 1 the one who has a money bag … the one who does not have a sword Jesus was not referring to a specific one of the disciples who had a money bag or did not have a sword. Alternate translation: “anyone who has a money bag … anyone who does not have a sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
diff --git a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
index 493a8fca28..5eb75cefdd 100644
--- a/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_44-JHN.tsv
@@ -1,232 +1,223 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n * Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n * Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n * Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n * The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n * Jesus teaches his disciples (13–17)\n * Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n * Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n5. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n6. John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30–31)\n7. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the Apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within it. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was involved ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The Apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly testify to his close relationship with Jesus as part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)). \n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls signs were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did and “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “If my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language he was writing in. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel.\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md))\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on Earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1,14](../01/01.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have at any age to their father. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 1 1 er9g ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν 1 In the beginning This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was”
+JHN front intro t6za 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of John\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Gospel of John\n\n1. Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1–18)\n2. John the Baptizer baptizes Jesus, and Jesus chooses 12 disciples (1:19–51)\n3. Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2–11)\n4. The seven days before Jesus’ death (12–19)\n\n* Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1–11)\n* Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n* Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20–36)\n* The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37–50)\n* Jesus teaches his disciples (13–16)\n* Jesus prays for himself and his disciples (17)\n* Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1–19:15)\n* Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16–42)\n\n1. Jesus rises from the dead (20:1–29)\n2. John says why he wrote his Gospel (20:30–31)\n3. Jesus meets with the disciples (21)\n\nMore detailed outlines are in the General Notes for each chapter.\n\n### What is the Gospel of John about?\n\nThe Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life and teachings of Jesus Christ. These books are called “Gospels,” which means “good news.” Their authors wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his Gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” ([20:31](../20/31.md)). John’s Gospel repeatedly emphasizes that Jesus is God in human form.\n\nJohn’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their Gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other Gospels.\n\nJohn wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### Who wrote the Gospel of John?\n\nThis book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the apostle John was the author. Further evidence that the apostle John wrote this Gospel is the fact that his name does not occur once within the book. Instead, this Gospel contains the phrases “the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “the other disciple” in places where the other Gospels indicate that John was present ([13:23–25](../13/23.md); [19:26–27](../19/26.md); [20:2–8](../20/02.md); [21:7](../21/07.md), [20–24](../21/20.md)). The apostle John most likely referred to himself in this manner because he wanted to humbly say that he had a very close relationship with Jesus. He was part of Jesus’ inner circle of disciples who became the “pillars” of the early church ([Galatians 2:9](../../gal/02/09.md)).\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life?\n\nJohn wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?\n\nIn the Gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” This is a reference to [Daniel 7:13–14](../../dan/07/13.md). In that passage, there is a person who is described as like a “son of man.” That means that the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to this “son of man” to rule over the nations forever. All people will worship him forever.\n\nJews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. But Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])\n\nTranslating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.\n\n### What does the word “sign” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nWhile other New Testament writers use terms like “mighty works” or “wonders” to refer to the miracles that Jesus did, John prefers to use the term “sign.” The miracles John calls “signs” were significant displays of divine power. John called them signs to emphasize that an important purpose of Jesus’ miracles was to prove that Jesus was God and that what Jesus said about himself was true. John said that in his Gospel he only wrote about some of the signs that Jesus did. John said, “these have been written so that you would believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and so that believing, you would have life in his name” ([20:30–31](../20/30.md)).\n\n### What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn often used the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. John also spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers.\n\nMany translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” ([6:56](../06/56.md)). The UST uses the idea of “will be united with me, and I will be united with them,” but translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea.\n\nIn the passage, “my words remain in you” ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.\n\n### What is double meaning in the Gospel of John?\n\nJohn occasionally used words or phrases that could have two meanings (double entendre) in the language in which he originally wrote this Gospel. For example, the phrase translated “born again” in the ULT could also mean “born from above” ([3:3](../03/03.md), [7](../03/07.md)). In such cases, you may want to choose one meaning and put the other meaning in a footnote.\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John?\n\nThe following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if there are older versions of the Bible in the translators’ region that include these verses, then the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that they were probably not originally in John’s Gospel.\n\n* “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord went down into the pool and stirred up the water at certain times, and whoever then first stepped in after the water was stirred was healed from whatever disease he suffered from.” (5:3-4)\n* “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” ([8:59](../08/59.md))\n\nThe following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets (\\[\\]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel.\n\n* The story of the adulterous woman ([7:53](../07/53.md)–[8:11](../08/11.md)) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN 1 intro k29b 0 # John 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)\n2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)\n3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)\n4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)\n5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)\n6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “The Word”\n\nJohn uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nIn [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Children of God”\n\nPeople are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “In the beginning”\n\nSome languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 1 1 er9g figs-explicit ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν 1 In the beginning This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 1 z59q figs-explicit ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος 1 the Word Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 2 u6xx writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 2 k8cf ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 Here, this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
-JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 2 k8cf ἐν ἀρχῇ 1 Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
+JHN 1 3 gm5g figs-activepassive πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο 1 All things were made through him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 3 t1lj writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN 1 3 v4yk figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you can translate this with an active verb and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 1 4 dv2f writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In him Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-explicit ζωὴ 1 Here, it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 4 ffbw figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ζωὴ 1 Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 4 dpeb figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **light** is a metaphor for what is true and good. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 4 saci figs-possession τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here, **of** indicates to whom the **light** is given. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 1 3 aqs1 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 without him there was not one thing made that has been made If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN 1 3 v4yk figs-activepassive χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 4 pz5c figs-explicit ζωὴ 1 Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 4 ffbw figs-explicit καὶ ἡ ζωὴ 1 Here, **the life** refers to the same life stated in the previous phrase. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and that life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 4 dpeb figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true and good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 4 saci figs-possession τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 John uses **of** to indicate to whom the **light** is given. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the light given to men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 1 4 jzwk figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 1 5 dgin figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…φαίνει 1 Here, **the light shines** is a metaphor. John speaks figuratively of God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 5 w9ni αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here, the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
+JHN 1 5 dgin figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…φαίνει 1 John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 5 y5ry figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία 1 The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 5 w9ni αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
JHN 1 5 yv8l writing-pronouns αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν 1 Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 6 qa1s figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive verbal form **having been sent**. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 1 6 gih6 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 6 qa1s figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 6 gih6 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 7 mtlb writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 7 cdl5 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **through** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
-JHN 1 7 m4fo writing-pronouns δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to John the Baptist. It does not refer to Jesus or the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through John the Baptist” or “through John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 7 mht8 figs-metaphor περὶ τοῦ φωτός 1 testify about the light Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 7 cdl5 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
JHN 1 8 pn9t writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 **That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 8 kbwh figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός 1 Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ 1 The true light Here, **light** is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 9 rbsj figs-metaphor ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **light** is a metaphor for God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 8 kbwh figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός 1 See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 9 xe1z figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ 1 The true light Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 9 rbsj figs-metaphor ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 1 9 u00s figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 1 10 c2ne writing-pronouns ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν 1 **He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 10 io8w figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 1 10 krcb figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 1 10 b93e grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 2 the world did not know him Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 10 io8w figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 10 krcb figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 10 b93e grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω 1 He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+JHN 1 10 ke5s figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 2 the world did not know him Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 1 10 t1qv οὐκ ἔγνω 1 Alternate translation: “did not acknowledge”
-JHN 1 11 jr6d writing-pronouns εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν 1 He came to his own, and his own did not receive him **He**, **his**, and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came to his own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 11 jvgs figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια…οἱ ἴδιοι 1 Here, **his own** could refer to: (1) his own people, the nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “his fellow Jews … his fellow Jews” (2) his own creation. Alternate translation: “the people he created … the people he created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 11 h13y grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+JHN 1 11 h13y grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that his own people would know their Messiah, and what happened, that his own people did not do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
JHN 1 11 va1w αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον 1 receive him Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. Alternate translation: “did not accept him” or “did not welcome him”
JHN 1 12 pvtl figs-infostructure ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 1 12 ijje ἔλαβον αὐτόν 1 Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
-JHN 1 12 w20o writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** and all singular third person pronouns in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 12 x4f9 ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν 1 he gave the right Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
-JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God The word **children** is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 1 13 no4j writing-pronouns οἳ 1 **These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 13 ygxb figs-metaphor ἐγεννήθησαν 1 Here, **born** is used figuratively to describe God changing a person from being dead spiritually to being alive spiritually when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 13 k24g figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν 1 Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 12 uc6e figs-metaphor τέκνα Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 12 jp3y figs-metonymy πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 13 no4j figs-explicit οἳ 1 **These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 13 ygxb figs-metaphor ἐγεννήθησαν 1 John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 13 k24g figs-metaphor οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν 1 Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 1 13 it6r ἐξ 1 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN 1 13 jtjr figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 1 13 jtjr figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 1 13 oj53 ἐκ 1 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
-JHN 1 13 kqdf figs-metonymy ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 Here, John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 1 13 jjyp figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 1 13 kqdf figs-metonymy ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς 1 Here John is using the term **flesh** figuratively to refer to a human being, which is made of flesh. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the human will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 13 jjyp figs-ellipsis οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “nor were they born from the will of man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 1 13 v4t0 ἐκ 2 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
JHN 1 13 pbur ἐκ θελήματος ἀνδρὸς 1 The term **man** used here refers specifically to an adult male person and may also be translated “husband.” In this verse it refers to a father’s desire to have a child like himself. Alternate translation: “from the will of a husband”
-JHN 1 13 bljo figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 1 13 bljo figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐκ Θεοῦ 1 John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “but they were born from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 1 13 yo2q ἐκ 3 Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
JHN 1 14 ft2l figs-explicit ὁ λόγος 1 The Word Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in [John 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 1 14 fais figs-exclusive ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive, since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. So use exclusive forms here, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 1 14 jo83 writing-pronouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ glory” or “the Word’s glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 14 z37d figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract nouns **glory** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 1 14 x8l3 figs-explicit μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 14 x1ae figs-synecdoche σὰρξ ἐγένετο 1 became flesh Here, **flesh** represents “a person” or “a human being.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 1 14 fais figs-exclusive ἡμῖν, καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα 1 Here the pronouns **us** and **we** are exclusive since John is speaking on behalf of himself and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, but the people to whom he is writing did not see Jesus. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 1 14 z37d figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “his glorious character, the glorious character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 1 14 x8l3 figs-explicit μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **the One and Only** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the One and Only from the Father, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 14 wa23 μονογενοῦς 1 the one and only who came from the Father Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique One” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten One”
JHN 1 14 zirk παρὰ πατρός 1 The phrase **from the Father** means that Jesus came from the presence of God the Father to the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who came from the Father”
-JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 1 14 tg4m figs-metaphor πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 full of grace Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth are objects that could fill a person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 14 c3b4 figs-abstractnouns πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 1 14 b5t5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 1 14 tg4m figs-metaphor πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 full of grace Here, John uses **full of** figuratively to describe Jesus fully possessing a quality, as if grace and truth were objects that could fill a person. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fully possessing grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 14 c3b4 figs-abstractnouns πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθείας 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “full of God’s gracious and faithful character” or “full of kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 1 15 xduu figs-pastforfuture Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 15 ql6u writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 15 qxgz writing-quotations καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 1 15 yfuv figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
+JHN 1 15 k7rm ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 He who comes after me Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started, and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
JHN 1 15 q75h ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν 1 is greater than I am Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
JHN 1 15 lrd7 ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν 1 for he was before me Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
-JHN 1 16 punh grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Here, John is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why he said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 1 16 punh grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 **For** here introduces the reason why John said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 1 16 iriv writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 16 p3zg figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ 1 fullness Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **fullness** with an equivalent expression that says this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 1 16 vmyz figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς πάντες 1 Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 1 16 p3zg figs-abstractnouns τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ 1 fullness Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fullness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 1 16 vmyz figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς πάντες 1 Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 1 16 yrg8 ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν 1 Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
-JHN 1 16 b9r1 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate both occurrences of the abstract noun **grace** here with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 1 16 b9r1 figs-abstractnouns χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 grace after grace If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **grace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “kind act after kind act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 1 16 avst χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος 1 Here, **after** could mean: (1) the second “grace” replaces the first “grace,” which is the most common use for this word. This meaning could indicate that the first “grace” refers to “the law” and the second “grace” refers to “Grace and truth” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “grace in place of grace” or “grace instead of grace” (2) the second “grace” is in addition to the first “grace.” Alternate translation: “grace in addition to” or “grace upon grace”
JHN 1 17 iata grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο 1 John placed the two sentences in this verse next to each other without any connecting word in order to show a contrast between the law of Moses and the grace and truth of Jesus. This does not mean that the law of Moses did not have grace and truth. Rather, John is indicating that the grace and truth revealed by Jesus is more complete than that revealed in the law of Moses. Although God revealed himself and his will through the law of Moses, he did so much more clearly though Jesus, who is God in human form. Alternate translation: “the law was given through Moses. But grace and truth came about through Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN 1 17 xsbj figs-activepassive ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 17 xsbj figs-activepassive ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωϋσέως ἐδόθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God gave the law through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 17 kup2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη 1 The word **law** is a singular noun that refers to the many laws and instructions that God gave to the Israelites. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the group of laws was given” or “God’s laws were given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 1 17 wios translate-names Μωϋσέως 1 **Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 17 vm1h figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **grace** and **truth** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 1 17 vm1h figs-abstractnouns ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 1 18 vf9q μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
-JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
-JHN 1 18 rflq figs-idiom ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. Alternate translation: “who is close to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 1 18 r1la μονογενὴς Θεὸς 1 Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
+JHN 1 18 rflq figs-idiom ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 1 18 h5cq guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 1 18 kmqm writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 18 zc8g writing-pronouns ἐξηγήσατο 1 Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 18 pmw5 ἐξηγήσατο 1 Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
-JHN 1 19 t5pf figs-explicit τοῦ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 1 19 t5pf figs-explicit τοῦ Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 19 e1dz figs-synecdoche ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων 1 the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 1 20 b7zz ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν 1 He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
-JHN 1 21 f926 writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to “the Jews” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 21 f926 writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 21 iv9d τί οὖν? 1 What are you then? Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
JHN 1 21 vk6r translate-names Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 21 h2dv figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 21 nhx9 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 21 nhx9 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 22 t8ib writing-pronouns εἶπαν…αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 22 wbd9 figs-ellipsis τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context and may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give … us Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 1 22 wbd9 figs-ellipsis τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 1 22 x8wz figs-exclusive δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς 1 we may give … us Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 1 22 fmc8 ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν 1 Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
-JHN 1 22 sa3t figs-explicit τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς 1 they said to him This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 23 a732 writing-pronouns ἔφη 1 He said **He** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 23 x314 figs-quotemarks φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 In these phrases, John quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 22 sa3t figs-explicit τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς 1 they said to him This phrase refers to the Jewish leaders in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to those leaders in Jerusalem who sent us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 23 x314 figs-quotemarks φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 In these phrases, John quotes from the Old Testament book of Isaiah ([Isaiah 40:3](../../isa/40/03.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN 1 23 baa5 figs-metonymy ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 I am a voice, crying in the wilderness Here, **voice** refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 1 23 p7kc figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 This clause is a quotation within a quotation. John is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I am a voice crying out in the wilderness to make the way of the Lord straight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 23 v1gi translate-names Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the Book of Isaiah in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 Now some from the Pharisees This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 1 24 uq5b figs-explicit ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 24 guqm figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 23 iry1 figs-metaphor εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make the way of the Lord straight Here John the Baptist quotes Isaiah, using this clause figuratively to refer to telling people to get ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes. They are to do this by repenting of their sins. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Repent of your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lord’s message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 23 v1gi translate-names Ἠσαΐας ὁ προφήτης 1 **Isaiah** is the name of a man. He wrote the book of **Isaiah**, in the Bible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 1 24 bk96 writing-background 0 This verse is background information about the people who questioned John. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 1 24 uq5b figs-explicit ἀπεσταλμένοι 1 Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 24 guqm figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 1 24 f4xj figs-explicit ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 25 s00c writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 25 v5sn translate-names Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 25 u7is figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 26 la26 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 25 v5sn translate-names Ἠλείας 1 **Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 1 25 u7is figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 26 la26 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 26 aupp writing-quotations ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John answered them, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 28 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story recorded in [1:19-27](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 1 28 u0iq writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 27 x2ki figs-explicit ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος 1 who comes after me Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 27 y7v5 figs-metaphor μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος 1 me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 28 r4ty writing-background 0 General Information: This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 1 28 u0iq figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 28 civp translate-names Βηθανίᾳ 1 **Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 28 tfxy translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 **Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 28 f5he translate-names πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 28 ryi1 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 28 ryi1 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 29 bt67 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 1 29 aqo3 figs-pastforfuture βλέπει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 29 fpj6 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 29 gi3s figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) Since this is an important title for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 29 cgxj figs-metaphor ὁ αἴρων 1 Here, John speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 world The word **world** is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 29 fpj6 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John the Baptist uses the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 29 gi3s figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 29 j397 figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God John the Baptist uses a metaphor here to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]]) Since **Lamb of God** is an important title for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 29 cgxj figs-metaphor ὁ αἴρων 1 Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 29 rg4n figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 world John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 1 30 x393 ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 1 The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
JHN 1 31 himw writing-pronouns κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 31 hb8e figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 31 dr02 figs-doublet ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 1 31 c6q5 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα φανερωθῇ 1 Here, **so that** indicates the purpose for which John was baptizing people. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of revealing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 1 31 s9dj figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, John used the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 1 31 jr9r writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 31 hb8e figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 31 dr02 figs-doublet ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 1 31 s9dj figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 1 31 jr9r figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 32 mcc7 writing-quotations ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων 1 descending Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. As Luke 3:22 makes clear, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN 1 32 xyr3 figs-simile ὡς περιστερὰν 1 like a dove This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JHN 1 32 uji2 writing-pronouns ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 heaven Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 33 y1bb figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here, John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 33 ccys figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 33 x8lb figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 John is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, to speak figuratively of spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 34 wzc9 writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 Here, **this** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 33 y1bb figs-explicit κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν 1 Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 33 ccys figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 33 x8lb figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ 1 Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 1 34 ea3y translate-textvariants ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the Son of God Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 1 34 naf2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 1 35 i3lg grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν 1 Again, the next day **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in [1:29–34](../01/29.md). John saw Jesus two days after his conversation with the priests and Levites that is described in verses [19–28](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “Two days after John spoke with the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 1 36 kuol figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 36 ntaw figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase lamb of God refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 36 ntaw figs-explicit ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 36 t2yx figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God Here, John uses a metaphor to refer to Jesus as God’s perfect sacrifice. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb) See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 1 36 ap5m figs-metaphor Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Lamb of God See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 1 37 v5be writing-pronouns ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 38 a8bg writing-pronouns θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to the two disciples John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 38 hlee figs-ellipsis θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 1 38 a8bg writing-pronouns θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 38 hlee figs-ellipsis θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας 1 Here John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 1 38 qxej figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 38 kkey ποῦ μένεις 1 Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
-JHN 1 38 so66 figs-explicit ποῦ μένεις 1 This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 39 lio4 figs-pastforfuture λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “He said to them … he was staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 1 38 so66 figs-explicit ποῦ μένεις 1 This question is the answer to the question Jesus just asked in the previous sentence. It is a way for the two men to imply that they would like to have a private conversation with Jesus at the place where he was staying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where are you staying? We would like to speak with you privately.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 39 lio4 figs-pastforfuture λέγει αὐτοῖς…μένει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 39 k5m2 μένει 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN 1 39 ydqg figs-explicit τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην 1 Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 39 ydqg figs-explicit τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην 1 Here, **that day** refers to the day the two disciples left John the Baptist to follow Jesus, as indicated in verse [35](../01/35.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the same day that they left John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 39 tb9j ὥρα…δεκάτη 1 tenth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the tenth hour** indicates a time in the late afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “about 4:00 PM”
JHN 1 40 x8g8 0 General Information: Verses [40–42] give background information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus.
-JHN 1 40 f6b9 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 40 q0bp translate-names Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 These are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 1 40 f6b9 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 40 q0bp translate-names Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 40 jmyp Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
JHN 1 41 xpi4 writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 41 vfsj figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 41 roca translate-names Σίμωνα 1 These is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 41 rxox figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 1 41 ek1a figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title Messiah means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 41 roca translate-names Σίμωνα 1 **Simon** is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 1 41 rxox figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 41 ek1a figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 42 xwc7 writing-pronouns ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν 1 **He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 1 42 f5wo writing-quotations ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 1 42 k2dx translate-names υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John **John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the Apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 42 rstd figs-activepassive σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 1 42 pv4e figs-explicit Κηφᾶς 1 **Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 42 t3n5 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 1 42 esly figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 43 cmi8 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN 1 42 k2dx translate-names υἱὸς Ἰωάννου 1 son of John **John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 1 42 rstd figs-activepassive σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 42 pv4e figs-explicit Κηφᾶς 1 **Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 42 t3n5 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Peter’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 1 42 esly figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος 1 John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 43 cmi8 grammar-connect-time-sequential τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 **The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 1 43 bhl6 translate-names τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. Alternate translation: “the region of Galilee” or “the region around Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 43 qzfk figs-pastforfuture καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 43 uvby translate-names Φίλιππον 1 **Philip** is the name of a man, a disciple of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 1 43 ejkg figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου 1 Now Philip was from Bethsaida, the city of Andrew and Peter This is background information about **Philip**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 1 43 ejkg figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Become my disciple” or “Come, follow me as your teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 1 44 i5bm writing-background 0 This verse provides background information about **Philip**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 1 45 m8j1 translate-names Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆς…Ἰησοῦν…Ἰωσὴφ 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 45 faz3 figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 45 ci52 figs-ellipsis οἱ προφῆται 1 Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 1 45 r31z translate-names Ναζαρέτ 1 **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 1 46 s2kg writing-pronouns εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ 1 Nathaniel said to him Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? Here, Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 1 46 i4wp figs-rquestion ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι? 1 Can any good thing come out of Nazareth? Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 1 46 shpn figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 47 e1ke figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 1 47 ka53 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN 1 47 ys8d figs-litotes ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν 1 in whom is no deceit **Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN 1 48 am5y figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 48 d1on figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε 1 Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this in some way. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 48 a0ym figs-explicit ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν 1 The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 1 48 d1on figs-explicit πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε 1 Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 48 a0ym figs-explicit ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν 1 The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 49 l666 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 1 50 d53b grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 1 50 p3ma figs-rquestion ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις? 1 Because I said to you … do you believe? John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 1 50 fhzr figs-ellipsis πιστεύεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 1 50 oubk writing-pronouns μείζω τούτων 1 Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in verse [48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this category of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 1 50 fhzr figs-ellipsis πιστεύεις 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, these words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “do you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 1 50 oubk figs-explicit μείζω τούτων 1 Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this type of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 1 51 byxy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 1 51 ga44 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 1 51 yuye figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Here, Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 1 51 s28k figs-explicit ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας 1 Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the Book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 1 51 ahj4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 1 51 ga44 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases, forming a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 1 51 yuye figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 1 51 s28k figs-explicit ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας 1 Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 1 51 ahj4 figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 1 51 z4a7 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)
2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)
3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Wine
The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.
### Driving out the money changers
Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.
### “He knew what was in man”
Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God. As the Son of God, he had supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “His disciples remembered”
John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([John 2:16](../../jhn/02/16.md)) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body ([John 2:17](../../jhn/02/17.md) and [John 2:22](../../jhn/02/22.md)).
-JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 2 1 vw9e writing-newevent τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later This time reference introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 2 intro jav2 0 # John 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)\n2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)\n3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Wine\n\nThe Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.\n\n### Driving out the money changers\n\nJesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.\n\n### “He knew what was in man”\n\nJesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “His disciples remembered”\n\nJohn used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
+JHN 2 1 rl16 writing-background 0 Jesus and his disciples were invited to a wedding. This verse gives background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 2 1 vw9e writing-newevent τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 Three days later This phrase introduces a new event. The **third day** could refer to: (1) the third day from when Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). According to the Jewish way of counting days, the first day would have been the day in [1:43](../01/43.md), making **the third day** occur two days afterward. Alternate translation: “two days after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (2) the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him in [1:43](../01/43.md). In this case, the first day would have occurred in [1:35](../01/35.md) and the second day in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “on the day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 2 1 po3t translate-names Κανὰ 1 **Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 2 2 xm3r figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη…καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον 1 Jesus and his disciples were invited to the wedding If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they also invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 2 3 kt44 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 2 3 spbw figs-declarative οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 John records Jesus’ mother using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+JHN 2 3 spbw figs-declarative οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσιν 1 Jesus’ mother is using a declarative statement to give an indirect request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “They ran out of wine. Could you do something to solve this problem?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
JHN 2 3 mge0 οἶνον 1 Regarding the drinking of **wine** in Jewish culture, see the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter.
JHN 2 4 xo8k figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 2 4 a2ji γύναι 1 Woman **Woman** here refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
JHN 2 4 jc75 figs-rquestion τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί, γύναι? 1 why do you come to me? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Woman, this has nothing to do with me or you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 2 4 v5x5 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου 1 My time has not yet come The word **hour** refers to the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 2 5 d5wy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 2 6 y7p3 translate-bvolume μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς 1 two to three metretes A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
JHN 2 7 hv80 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -236,518 +227,512 @@ JHN 2 8 xbw3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense i
JHN 2 8 y52q writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν 1 Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 2 8 h9gr τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ 1 the head waiter The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
JHN 2 9 t0zb ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος 1 See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
-JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν, οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ 1 but the servants who had drawn the water knew John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 2 9 yg44 writing-background 0 John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 2 9 xfwq figs-pastforfuture φωνεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 2 10 qoch figs-hyperbole πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 **Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 2 10 vu60 figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **man** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 2 10 mh3s figs-explicit καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω 1 drunk This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-background 0 In this verse, John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 2 10 qoch figs-hyperbole πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 **Every man** here is an exaggeration that refers to something being a common practice. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “A man usually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 2 10 vu60 figs-gendernotations πᾶς ἄνθρωπος 1 Although the term **man** is masculine, the head waiter is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “Every person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 2 10 mh3s figs-explicit καὶ ὅταν μεθυσθῶσιν τὸν ἐλάσσω 1 drunk This means that guests were given the cheaper wine, which is of lower quality and inferior flavor, after their senses had been dulled by drinking too much alcohol and were thus unable to tell that it was inferior wine. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the cheaper wine when they have become drunk and unable to discern the quality of the wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 2 11 sq53 writing-background 0 In this verse John provides background information about the events described in [2:1–10](../02/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 2 11 ear7 figs-explicit ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων 1 John wrote much about the miraculous **signs** Jesus did. Turning water into wine at the wedding is the first of those **signs**. See the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana **Cana** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. See how you translated this in verse [1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 2 11 z3tk figs-abstractnouns ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 2 11 r5kb translate-names Κανὰ 1 Cana See how you translated this name in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 2 11 z3tk figs-abstractnouns ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 revealed his glory Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 2 12 gw2f writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 2 12 mmkj writing-pronouns μετὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 2 12 ay2r writing-pronouns αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 2 12 mmkj figs-explicit μετὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 12 h9tu κατέβη 1 went down This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
JHN 2 12 x3f7 translate-names Καφαρναοὺμ 1 his brothers **Capernaum** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 2 13 xr29 ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
JHN 2 14 sa75 figs-explicit τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς 1 sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 14 qu9k figs-explicit κερματιστὰς 1 money changers Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 14 i8lv figs-explicit καθημένους 1 were sitting there The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 15 x6et grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 So Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 2 15 x6et grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 So Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 2 15 nn6y writing-pronouns πάντας 1 Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 2 16 h6qy figs-explicit τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 the house of my Father Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 2 17 q91v writing-quotations γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 2 16 h6qy figs-explicit τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου 1 the house of my Father Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 2 16 grg3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 2 17 c2pu figs-activepassive γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 it was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 2 17 q91v writing-quotations γεγραμμένον ἐστίν 1 Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 2 17 jp55 figs-quotemarks ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 2 17 pvct figs-yousingular τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
-JHN 2 17 ua3v figs-explicit τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume Here, **consume** is used figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it was a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 2 18 r5rw writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 2 17 ua3v figs-explicit τοῦ οἴκου σου 1 your house Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 2 17 gg1w figs-metaphor καταφάγεταί 1 consume Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 2 18 r5rw figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 these things Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 2 19 mp6i figs-imperative λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN 2 19 of4u figs-extrainfo λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν 1 Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 2 20 qb4x figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 2 21 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: Verses 21 and 22 are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+JHN 2 20 qb4x figs-rquestion σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 2 21 g6jx writing-endofstory 0 General Information: [Verses 21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
JHN 2 21 b440 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν 1 Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 2 22 oznm grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 2 22 jejg figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 2 22 oznm grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 2 22 jejg figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 2 22 nxug ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
-JHN 2 22 ewi1 figs-explicit τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 this statement Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 2 22 gq2w figs-genericnoun τῇ Γραφῇ 1 believed Here, John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN 2 22 ewi1 figs-explicit τοῦτο…τῷ λόγῳ ὃν εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 this statement Here, **this** and **the word** refer back to Jesus’ statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this statement about his body … the word about his body that Jesus had spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 2 22 gq2w figs-genericnoun τῇ Γραφῇ 1 believed John is speaking of **the Scripture** in general, not of one particular book within the Bible. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 2 23 kvn6 writing-newevent ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις 1 Now when he was in Jerusalem **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 2 23 st3f writing-pronouns ὡς δὲ ἦν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 2 23 n807 ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival”
-JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 2 23 ipd6 grammar-connect-logic-result θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα 1 Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people had a superficial faith, only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 2 23 n807 ἐν τῷ Πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 These two phrases could refer to: (1) two different parts of the festival, **the Passover** referring to the first day of **the festival**, and **the festival** referring to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. Alternate translation: “at the Passover, during the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (2) the same event. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival”
+JHN 2 23 w3qv figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 believed in his name Here, **name** represents the person of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 2 23 ipd6 grammar-connect-logic-result θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα 1 Here, **seeing** indicates the reason why the people were believing in Jesus. These people were only believing in Jesus because of the miracles he performed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they saw his signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 2 23 u65n τὰ σημεῖα 1 the signs that he did See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
JHN 2 24 cm49 οὐκ ἐπίστευεν αὑτὸν αὐτοῖς 1 Although many people were believing in him, Jesus knew that their belief was superficial and only lasted as long as he performed miracles for them. Therefore, he did not trust them the way he trusted his true disciples. Alternate translation: “did not trust them as true disciples” or “did not believe their belief in him”
-JHN 2 24 f2n7 figs-gendernotations τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας 1 Here, the word **men** represents people in general. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Here, both instances of the word **man** represent people in general. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 2 25 lxro figs-explicit τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)
2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Light and Darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### The kingdom of God
The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])
### Born again
A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])
## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 2 24 f2n7 figs-gendernotations τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας 1 Although the word **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “he knew all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 2 25 et23 figs-gendernotations περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου…τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 about man, for he knew what was in man Although both instances of the word **man** are masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “about mankind … what was in mankind” or “about people … what was in people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 2 25 lxro figs-explicit τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 This refers to the inner thoughts and desires of people, which some cultures refer to as “the heart.” (See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what people think” or “the thoughts and desires people have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 intro i7a7 0 # John 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)\n2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Light and Darkness\n\nThe Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### The kingdom of God\n\nThe kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])\n\n### Born again\n\nA major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])\n\n## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 1 yl6f writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 3 1 s9p9 writing-participants ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, 1 Now Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN 3 1 fz6f figs-explicit ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 2 sxo1 writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 3 2 n84a writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 3 2 skq8 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 3 2 hxcr figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **with him** is used figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 2 hxcr figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 3 nz18 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 3 3 svpx figs-extrainfo γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 The phrase **born again** is a metaphor that refers to spiritual rebirth. See the discussion of this expression in the General Notes to this chapter. Nicodemus does not understand this metaphor and Jesus does not explain it to him in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 3 3 t8pt γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν 1 born again Here, the word translated **again** could also be translated as “from above.” It could refer to: (1) spiritual rebirth as a second birth that takes place in addition to physical birth. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “would be born again” (2) spiritual rebirth as a birth that is caused by God, in which case “above” is a euphemism for God. Alternate translation: “would be born from above” (3) spiritual rebirth as both a second birth and a birth caused by God. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “would be born again by God”
-JHN 3 3 i0ew figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God Here this phrase refers both to the place where God currently rules in heaven and the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 3 i0ew figs-metaphor ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 3 ikj9 figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 kingdom of God Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 4 z64b figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 a second time Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 3 4 wa1p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν? 1 How can a man be born when he is old? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 4 yk9d figs-rquestion μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι? 1 He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he? Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 5 il52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 3 5 n6d7 figs-metaphor γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος 1 born of water and the Spirit The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 5 e1dj figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **enter into** is used figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 5 e1dj figs-metaphor εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **enter into** figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 5 m37g figs-metaphor τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 enter into the kingdom of God See how you translated this phrase in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 6 gswx figs-activepassive τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 6 rru5 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 3 6 v3g8 figs-explicit τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 6 lfg1 figs-explicit πνεῦμά 1 Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 6 gswx figs-activepassive τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τῆς σαρκὸς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “What flesh has given birth to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 6 rru5 figs-metonymy τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus is describing human beings figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** they are made of. The word **flesh** here does not refer to sinful human nature as it does in other verses in the New Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a human being is a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 3 6 v3g8 figs-explicit τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 6 lfg1 figs-explicit πνεῦμά 1 Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 7 t2sl figs-extrainfo γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν 1 See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 3 8 p87y figs-metaphor τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he is **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 8 p87y figs-metaphor τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ 1 The wind blows wherever it wishes The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 8 mxjc οὕτως ἐστὶν 1 This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
JHN 3 8 k9ay ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
-JHN 3 8 wh4z figs-explicit τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 8 wh4z figs-explicit τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 9 g4ji figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι? 1 How can these things be? This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 3 9 phe2 writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. He is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 3 9 phe2 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 10 gw2h figs-rquestion σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. He is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 3 10 gbu5 figs-you σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις 1 Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 3 10 ljiy figs-explicit ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 10 vx3u writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 3 10 ljiy figs-explicit ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ 1 Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 10 vx3u figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 11 jt1f figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν 1 we speak When Jesus said **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to him and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 3 11 upi7 figs-exclusive ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν 1 we speak When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to himself and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 3 11 j1k1 figs-you οὐ λαμβάνετε 1 you do not accept The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 3 12 y4e9 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I told you earthly things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 3 12 pt4x figs-you εἶπον ὑμῖν…οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν…πιστεύσετε 1 I told you … you do not believe … how will you believe if I tell you Throughout this verse, **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 3 12 mf2x figs-explicit τὰ ἐπίγεια 1 Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? Here, Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 3 12 dfqi figs-explicit τὰ ἐπουράνια 1 Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 12 mf2x figs-explicit τὰ ἐπίγεια 1 Here, **earthly things** refers to what Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Those things are called **earthly** because they are about things that take place on earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these truths about what takes place on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 12 c6ia figs-rquestion πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε? 1 how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things? Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 3 12 dfqi figs-explicit τὰ ἐπουράνια 1 Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 13 ld0m figs-123person ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 13 ocj0 figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JHN 3 14 f9yi figs-activepassive ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the wilderness If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and you could indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 14 tb3s figs-simile καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God, and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN 3 14 f9yi figs-activepassive ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 in the wilderness If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 14 savl figs-123person ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 14 krir figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 3 15 e9ls grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα 1 Here, **so that** indicates that Jesus is stating the purpose for which he would be crucified. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “in order that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 3 16 vg6z grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 3 16 vg6z grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous two verses is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 3 16 h4ht οὕτως…ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **so** could refer to: (1) the manner in which God loved the world. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “God loved the world in this way” (2) the degree to which God loved the world. Alternate translation: “God loved the world so much” (3) both the manner in which and the degree to which God loved the world. For this interpretation, see the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “in this way God loved the world so much”
-JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 3 16 jen2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 loved Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 3 16 fqk7 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 16 z8at figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his only begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 16 qpc9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 3 16 xryx writing-pronouns εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 17 k8rf grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 3 16 uxc2 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 God so loved the world Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 3 16 jen2 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 loved Here, **that** introduces the result of what the previous clause stated. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 3 16 fqk7 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here, **One and Only Son** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his One and Only Son, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 16 z8at figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “his Unique Son” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “his Only Begotten Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 16 qpc9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τὸν μονογενῆ 1 **One and Only Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 3 17 k8rf grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that Jesus is giving a reason why the statement in the previous verse is true. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God gave his One and Only Son because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 3 17 b7vf figs-parallelism οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 For God did not send the Son into the world in order to condemn the world, but in order to save the world through him These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Use whatever form your language uses for emphasis. Alternate translation: “For God truly sent his Son into the world so that he might save it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JHN 3 17 haut guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 3 17 haut guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 3 17 mjjg figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 3 17 amqn figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 17 f5o9 writing-pronouns ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 Here, **he** refers to God. It does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 3 17 amqn figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 17 f5o9 writing-pronouns ἵνα κρίνῃ 1 Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 3 17 zv1i ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον 1 The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
-JHN 3 17 ynyh figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος 2 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 3 17 kuow figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 17 ynyh figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος 2 Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 3 17 kuow figs-activepassive ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 17 exd0 δι’ αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
JHN 3 18 zl5p οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται 1 The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
JHN 3 18 x14j writing-pronouns εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 18 tmz7 figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “God did not condemn the one who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 18 t21p figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form and indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 18 ps4n figs-metonymy μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **name** stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 3 18 tmz7 figs-activepassive ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 18 t21p figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 18 ps4n figs-metonymy μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 3 18 q8ku τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “of the Unique Son of God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “of the Only Begotten Son of God”
-JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 3 18 eb54 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 3 19 z9d2 ἡ κρίσις 1 Here, **judgment** could refer to: (1) a verdict a judge pronounces in a court trial. Alternate translation: “the verdict” (2) the reason for a condemning judgment. Alternate translation: “the basis for condemnation”
-JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 The light has come into the world Here, **light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 19 gh4i figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 3 19 fvvg figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here, **darkness** is a metaphor for what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 20 velv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 3 19 t9z5 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 The light has come into the world Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. See how you translated it in those places where **the light** also refers to Jesus in the [1:7–9](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, has come into the world … than Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 19 gh4i figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἢ τὸ φῶς 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “I, the light, have come into the world … than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 3 19 fvvg figs-gendernotations οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 3 19 h4nk figs-metaphor ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος 1 men loved the darkness Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 20 velv grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 3 20 bus8 πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων 1 This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
-JHN 3 20 cg3i figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 20 s49o figs-123person τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 20 cg3i figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 20 s49o figs-123person τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 3 20 u25p figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 so that his deeds will not be exposed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 21 q77t ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
-JHN 3 21 kpb9 figs-abstractnouns ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **truth** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 3 21 ud15 figs-metaphor ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Here, **the light** is a metaphor for the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. See how you translated this word in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 21 k8wr figs-123person ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to me, the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 plainly seen that his deeds If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 21 kpb9 figs-abstractnouns ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 3 21 ud15 figs-metaphor ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 21 k8wr figs-123person ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 3 21 l7ax figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα 1 plainly seen that his deeds If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 21 de2j ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα 1 This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
-JHN 3 22 uy4j writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 3 23 m4yg figs-explicit ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim This is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who was doing the action. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 24 v13x figs-activepassive οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. You can also say who did the action, which is indicated to be Herod in Mark 6:17. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 25 fuq2 figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου 1 a dispute If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **dispute** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 25 qzq7 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 26 uuvj writing-pronouns ἦλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be minunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 26 cxy7 figs-explicit ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 26 jr28 figs-metaphor ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “look! He is baptizing” or “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 26 j8di figs-hyperbole πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 3 22 uy4j writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 3 23 m4yg figs-explicit ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 23 x1ge translate-names Αἰνὼν 1 Aenon **Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 3 23 e5v2 translate-names τοῦ Σαλείμ 1 Salim **Salim** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 3 23 ukz2 figs-activepassive ἐβαπτίζοντο 1 were being baptized If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that John the Baptist did it. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 24 v13x figs-activepassive οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, [Mark 6:17](../../mrk/06/17.md) implies that Herod did it. Alternate translation: “Herod had not yet thrown”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 25 fuq2 figs-abstractnouns ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου 1 a dispute If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 3 25 ft8r figs-activepassive ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου 1 Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 25 qzq7 figs-explicit Ἰωάννου 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 26 uuvj writing-pronouns ἦλθον 1 Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 3 26 cxy7 figs-explicit ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 26 jr28 figs-metaphor ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει 1 you have testified, look, he is baptizing, John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 26 j8di figs-hyperbole πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 3 27 kl21 figs-genericnoun οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος 1 A man cannot receive anything unless John is speaking of people in general, not of one particular man. Alternate translation: “A person is not able” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 3 27 f818 figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here, **heaven** is used figuratively to refer to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves **You** here is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 3 27 f818 figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “heaven has given it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 27 hap4 figs-metonymy ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 it has been given to him from heaven Here John the Baptist uses **heaven** figuratively to refer to God, who dwells in **heaven**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “it has been given to him by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 3 28 l9yt figs-you αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You yourselves Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 3 28 p92u figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 28 nf9l figs-activepassive ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου 1 I have been sent before him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 28 vguf writing-pronouns ἐκείνου 1 Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom Here, the words **bride** and **bridegroom** are used figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 29 nd5o figs-123person ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου 1 John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “But me, the friend of the bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 3 29 p569 figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 The bride belongs to the bridegroom John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 29 nd5o figs-123person ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου 1 John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 29 nfvx figs-doublet χαρᾷ χαίρει 1 These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 3 29 wkb8 figs-activepassive αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται 1 This, then, is my joy made complete If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 3 29 hnw2 figs-123person αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ 1 my joy Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 3 30 kn9s writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν 1 He must increase Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 30 u5e0 figs-metaphor αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι 1 Here, **increase** is used figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 30 u5e0 figs-metaphor αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι 1 John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 31 wu2j figs-doublet ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 3 31 qd7t figs-explicit ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 31 ksp5 figs-metonymy ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 3 31 on9v figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-123person ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 3 31 p05h figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 31 ar7r figs-metaphor καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 31 yj2t figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 2 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 31 qd7t figs-explicit ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 He who comes from above is above all Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 31 ksp5 figs-metonymy ἄνωθεν 1 Here John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to heaven, the place where God dwells. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 3 31 on9v figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 1 John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 31 mhk9 figs-123person ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 He who is from the earth is from the earth and speaks about the earth Here, John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person, but the statement is also true for all humans other than Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who is from the earth, am from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 3 31 p05h figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν 1 This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 31 ar7r figs-metaphor καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ 1 This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 31 yj2t figs-metaphor ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν 2 John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 3 32 c5yt writing-pronouns ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ 1 He testifies about what he has seen and heard **He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 32 umek figs-explicit ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν 1 This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 3 32 umek figs-explicit ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν 1 This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 32 kqi1 figs-hyperbole τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει 1 no one accepts his testimony Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 3 33 k36d figs-genericnoun ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 He who has received his testimony This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 3 33 ygba writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 3 33 g5x4 translate-unknown ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed This expression refers to placing a seal on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here, this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 3 34 rr83 figs-explicit ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent This phrase refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 34 p9wt grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 3 33 g5x4 translate-unknown ἐσφράγισεν 1 has confirmed This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 3 34 rr83 figs-explicit ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς 1 For the one whom God has sent This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 34 p9wt grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 3 34 bnx8 writing-pronouns οὐ…δίδωσιν 1 For he does not give the Spirit by measure Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 3 34 hmky figs-ellipsis οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 3 34 cdia figs-litotes οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given … into his hand Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 3 34 cdia figs-litotes οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN 3 35 hmk4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱόν 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 3 35 ha4e figs-idiom πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ 1 given … into his hand Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 3 36 u1ks figs-genericnoun ὁ πιστεύων 1 He who believes This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 3 36 ob32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 3 36 hpte figs-genericnoun ὁ…ἀπειθῶν 2 This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN 3 36 ob32 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 3 36 hpte figs-genericnoun ὁ…ἀπειθῶν 2 This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 3 36 joql ὁ…ἀπειθῶν 2 The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
-JHN 3 36 ni86 figs-metaphor οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 Here, **see** is used metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 3 36 pzf5 figs-explicit οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 3 36 zy7u figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **wrath** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 4 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)
2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)
3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)
4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)
5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)
6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)
7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)
[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”
Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])
### “an hour is coming”
Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).
### The proper place of worship
Long before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim in their land ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).
### Harvest
Harvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
### “The Samaritan woman”
John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “in spirit and truth”
The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
-JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 General Information: John 4:1–6 gives the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 3 36 ni86 figs-metaphor οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 3 36 pzf5 figs-explicit οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 3 36 zy7u figs-abstractnouns ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 the wrath of God stays on him If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **wrath**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God will continue to be angry against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 4 intro j1hv 0 # John 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus leaves Judea for Galilee (4:1–6)\n2. Jesus meets a Samaritan woman (4:7–14)\n3. Jesus teaches the Samaritan woman about worship (4:15–26)\n4. Jesus teaches his disciples about evangelism (4:27–38)\n5. Jesus’ ministry in Samaria (4:39–42)\n6. Jesus goes to Galilee (4:43–45)\n7. Jesus’ second sign: he heals an official’s son (4:46–54)\n\n[John 4:7–38](../04/07.md) forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria”\n\nJews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria, because Jews and Samaritans were longtime enemies who hated each other. So Jesus did what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/samaria]])\n\n### “an hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. In such instances, “hour” refers to a point in time when something happens, not a set length of time. For example, “an hour … when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth” refers to the point in time when people begin to do so ([4:23](../04/23.md)).\n\n### The proper place of worship\n\nLong before Jesus came to earth, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up their own temple on Mount Gerizim ([4:20](../04/20.md)). Jesus explained to the Samaritan woman that in the near future it would no longer be important where people worshiped ([4:21–24](../04/21.md)).\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest refers to the time when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n### “The Samaritan woman”\n\nJohn probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and would later kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “in spirit and truth”\n\nThe people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him for who the Bible says he is are the ones who truly please him. The place where they worship him is not important.
+JHN 4 1 jum6 writing-background 0 [Verses 1–6](../04/01.md) give the background to the next event, which is Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 4 1 ci4n 0 Connecting Statement: John 4:1–3 is one long sentence. It may be necessary in your language to divide this long sentence into several shorter sentences.
JHN 4 1 b1vc figs-infostructure ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης 1 Now when Jesus knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was making and baptizing more disciples than John If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 4 1 h6ek writing-newevent ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Now when Jesus knew **Then** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, when Jesus knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN 4 2 qz7h figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 4 3 op81 writing-pronouns ἀφῆκεν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 3 dm2t translate-names τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 4 4 tds9 translate-names τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 This is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 4 5 ukxr grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔρχεται οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in verse [3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN 4 2 d4ng figs-rpronouns Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν 1 Jesus himself was not baptizing Here, **himself** is used to emphasize that Jesus was not baptizing disciples, but his disciples were doing the baptizing. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN 4 2 qz7h figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but his disciples were baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 4 3 dm2t translate-names τὴν Ἰουδαίαν…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 he left Judea and went back again to Galilee **Judea** and **Galilee** are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 4 tds9 translate-names τῆς Σαμαρείας 1 **Samaria** is a region in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 5 ukxr grammar-connect-time-sequential ἔρχεται οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in [verse 3](../04/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After leaving Judea, he comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 4 5 ff7t figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 5 vqjm translate-names Συχὰρ 1 This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 4 6 bd8s figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 Here, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 5 vqjm translate-names Συχὰρ 1 **Sychar** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 6 bd8s figs-explicit ἐκεῖ 1 In this case, **there** refers to the town of Sychar mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there at Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 6 vwdf grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς 1 **Then** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event just described in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “When Jesus came to Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN 4 6 lovl grammar-connect-logic-result κεκοπιακὼς 1 This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 4 6 mwi2 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας 1 This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 4 6 lovl grammar-connect-logic-result κεκοπιακὼς 1 This clause indicates the reason why Jesus sat by the well. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he had grown weary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 4 6 mwi2 grammar-connect-logic-result ἐκ τῆς ὁδοιπορίας 1 This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus had grown weary. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because of the journey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 4 6 yjzo ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates a time in the middle of the day, when it would be the hottest. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
JHN 4 7 kswz figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 7 g82d figs-imperative δός μοι πεῖν 1 Give me some water This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please give me to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN 4 7 urgd figs-ellipsis δός μοι πεῖν 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 4 8 u29c grammar-connect-logic-result οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and brought the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 4 7 urgd figs-ellipsis δός μοι πεῖν 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “Give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 4 8 u29c grammar-connect-logic-result οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν 1 For his disciples had gone This phrase indicates the reason why Jesus asked the woman for water. The disciples had gone away and taken the tools for drawing water with them, so that Jesus could not draw the water himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because his disciples had gone away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 4 9 dpoh figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 9 l2qh writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Then the Samaritan woman said to him Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης? 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink? John records the woman using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 4 9 xdw7 figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης? 1 How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink? The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 4 9 px8w οὐ…συνχρῶνται 1 have no dealings with Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
-JHN 4 10 redz grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN 4 10 redz grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 4 10 i9eg τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
-JHN 4 10 ed4r figs-possession τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **gift** that comes from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 4 10 ed4r figs-possession τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 4 10 oywu figs-123person τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 4 10 ua0b figs-quotesinquotes ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν, 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 4 10 zub5 figs-extrainfo ὕδωρ ζῶν 1 living water The phrase **living water** usually refers to moving or flowing water. However, Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, the woman does not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to her in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 4 11 pf7q figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 11 mw2b κύριε 1 The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN 4 11 nwln τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse.
+JHN 4 11 nwln τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν 1 See how you translated **the living water** in the previous verse.
JHN 4 12 di9q figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ? 1 You are not greater, are you, than our father Jacob … cattle? The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Jacob, who gave us the well and drank from it himself, and his sons and his cattle!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 4 12 sj7n figs-ellipsis ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν 1 drank from it Here, John records the woman leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “drank water from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 4 13 leu7 διψήσει πάλιν 1 will be thirsty again Alternate translation: “will need to drink water again”
JHN 4 14 udxp figs-exmetaphor ὃς δ’ ἂν πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει…τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος, ἁλλομένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus speaks about receiving the Holy Spirit by continuing the metaphor of water. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “but whoever is like one who drinks from the water that I will give him will be like one who never thirsts … the water that I will give him will become like a fountain of water in him, resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 4 15 vzoy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 15 iz1p κύριε 1 Sir The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water Here, **draw** refers to scooping water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
+JHN 4 15 hd9f ἀντλεῖν 1 draw water Here, **draw** refers to taking water out of a well using a container that can hold water. Alternate translation: “get water” or “pull water up from the well”
JHN 4 16 ii7c figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 17 h5pt figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 17 bg94 figs-quotesinquotes καλῶς εἶπας, ὅτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “You have rightly said that you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 4 18 zpl1 figs-explicit τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true **This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 18 zpl1 figs-explicit τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 1 What you have said is true **This you have said** refers to the Samaritan woman’s statement in the previous verse that she did not have a husband. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have spoken the truth when you said you do not have a husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 19 tzs3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 19 c2qi writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 19 kfs1 κύριε 1 Sir The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN 4 19 za2w figs-metaphor θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet Here, **see** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 4 19 za2w figs-metaphor θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ 1 I see that you are a prophet The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 4 20 hp3m figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 Our fathers Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 20 keg4 figs-you ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 The word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 4 20 keg4 figs-you ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 4 20 m27n figs-explicit ὁ τόπος 1 Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 21 klz9 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Believe me Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 21 tisq γύναι 1 Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
JHN 4 21 eccs figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 4 21 ff27 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 4 21 nu5m figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ 1 you will worship the Father Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 22 guu4 figs-you ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know **You** is plural in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 4 22 guu4 figs-you ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε 1 You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know **You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 4 22 c54u figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν 1 **We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 4 22 i2df figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 22 yj1y figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία 1 salvation is from the Jews If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract noun **salvation** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 4 23 bs1p figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 4 22 i2df figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν 1 for salvation is from the Jews The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 22 yj1y figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία 1 salvation is from the Jews If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 4 23 bs1p figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to this chapter and see how you translated it in verse [21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 4 23 k1gf guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 4 23 fb51 ἐν πνεύματι 1 in spirit and truth Here, **spirit** could refer to: (1) the inner person, which is what a person thinks and feels. Alternate translation: “with their spirits” (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Holy Spirit”
-JHN 4 23 utt7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in … truth Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 4 23 utt7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 in … truth Here, **truth** refers to thinking correctly of what is true about God, which is revealed in the Bible. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in spirit and in accordance with God’s Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 4 24 pfdv ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
JHN 4 25 ip1u figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 25 lp44 figs-explicit ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah … Christ **Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 25 lp44 figs-explicit ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 1 I know that the Messiah … Christ **Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 25 ek2f writing-pronouns ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 25 u8nb figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα 1 he will explain everything to us The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 25 izgt figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 When the woman said “us,” she was including who she was speaking to, so languages that have inclusive and exclusive forms of “we” and “us” would use the inclusive form in this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 4 25 izgt figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 When the woman said “us,” she was including the people to whom she was speaking, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 4 26 lvgs figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 26 rbgo figs-123person ὁ λαλῶν σοι 1 Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “I who am speaking to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 4 26 rbgo figs-123person ὁ λαλῶν σοι 1 Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this would confuse your readers, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 4 27 vk5j ἐπὶ τούτῳ 1 At that moment his disciples returned Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
-JHN 4 27 p39j figs-explicit καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 27 p39j figs-explicit καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει 1 Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman, because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 27 cbc9 τί ζητεῖς? 1 no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?” This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
JHN 4 28 f13n figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 28 iu9d figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 4 29 hb5h figs-hyperbole δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα 1 Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me even though I never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 4 29 dl18 μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός 1 This could not be the Christ, could it? This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
-JHN 4 30 d4fu writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθον 1 the disciples were urging him **They** here refers to the men or people from the town that the woman had spoken to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 30 zd7g writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 4 30 d4fu writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθον 1 the disciples were urging him **They** here refers to the men or people from the town to whom the woman had spoken. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 31 t6hy ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ 1 In the meantime Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
+JHN 4 31 mgs7 writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “ the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 4 31 z7wy figs-imperative Ῥαββεί, φάγε 1 Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN 4 32 j8h2 figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here, Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing Gods will, as he states in verse [34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 4 32 j8h2 figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν 1 I have food to eat that you do not know about Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 4 33 w451 μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν? 1 No one has brought him anything to eat, have they? The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
JHN 4 34 bnke figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here, Jesus uses **food** as a metaphor that represents obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 4 34 tvp1 figs-metaphor ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον 1 My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 4 34 l64q figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 35 u5d6 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 4 35 y5d7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 4 35 coiv figs-idiom ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν 1 This phrase is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest Here, Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 4 35 oq29 figs-metaphor λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 Here, Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 4 36 rd63 figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN 4 36 qtf8 figs-exmetaphor μισθὸν, λαμβάνει 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN 4 35 u5d6 figs-rquestion οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε 1 Do you not say Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 4 35 y5d7 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 4 35 coiv figs-idiom ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν 1 This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 4 35 tyw3 figs-metaphor θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας 1 look up and see the fields, for they are already ripe for harvest Jesus uses the word **fields** figuratively to refer to people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning with a simile or plainly. Alternate translation: “see these people who are like fields” or “see these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 4 35 oq29 figs-metaphor λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη 1 Jesus uses the phrase **white for harvest** figuratively to say that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could convey the meaning with a simile or do it plainly. Alternate translation: “they are like a field that is ready to be harvested” or “they are already ready to believe my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 4 36 rd63 figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων…καὶ ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **harvesting** crops is used figuratively to refer to the act of proclaiming Jesus’ message to those who are ready to receive it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one who is proclaiming the message to those who are being saved is like one who is harvesting … and the one who is like a harvester” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN 4 36 qtf8 figs-exmetaphor μισθὸν, λαμβάνει 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Those who proclaim Jesus’ message are described as those who receive **wages** for their labor. Here, **wages** refers to the joy those who proclaim the message will receive, as indicated by the last clause in this verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “has great joy that is like wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 4 36 qc31 figs-exmetaphor καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and gathers fruit for everlasting life Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN 4 36 nuku figs-exmetaphor ὁ σπείρων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. You could express this metaphor as a simile in your translation. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN 4 37 w4xn figs-explicit ἐν…τούτῳ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 36 nuku figs-exmetaphor ὁ σπείρων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN 4 37 w4xn figs-explicit ἐν…τούτῳ 1 Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 37 rqe7 figs-exmetaphor ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων 1 One sows, and another harvests Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 4 37 eqwf figs-exmetaphor ὁ θερίζων 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN 4 38 cpob figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς 1 In this verse, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 4 38 cpob figs-you ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς 1 In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 4 38 tu2y figs-exmetaphor ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν 1 Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN 4 38 lq36 figs-explicit ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε 1 This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 38 lq36 figs-explicit ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε 1 This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 38 fbcv figs-explicit ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν 1 **Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor Here, **entered into** means to join others or participate with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
-JHN 4 39 nbcd figs-explicit ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης 1 Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 4 38 slw4 ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε 1 you have entered into their labor Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
+JHN 4 39 nbcd figs-explicit ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης 1 Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 39 qda3 figs-hyperbole εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα 1 He told me everything that I have done Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 4 40 w3ck writing-pronouns πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν 1 In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 4 41 qrj5 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 4 42 u7ev writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 42 ciyt figs-exclusive πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν 1 **We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 4 42 fpdj writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 4 42 k4cz figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 world Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 4 43 n1mk writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας 1 This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 4 43 u2e7 writing-pronouns ἐξῆλθεν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus departed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 4 43 gj2f figs-explicit ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 44 ic94 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 4 44 ic94 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that this verse provides one reason why Jesus wanted to go to Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He went to Galilee because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 4 44 t1li figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν 1 For Jesus himself declared The reflexive pronoun **himself** is added to emphasize that Jesus had **testified** or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 4 44 fx22 προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει 1 a prophet has no honor in his own country Alternate translation: “people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
JHN 4 44 syl9 ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι 1 This could refer to: (1) the whole region of Galilee where Jesus came from. Alternate translation: “in the Galilee region where he was from” (2) the specific town Jesus grew up in, which is Nazareth. Alternate translation: “in his hometown of Nazareth”
-JHN 4 45 inup grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτε οὖν 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 4 45 inup grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτε οὖν 1 Here, **therefore** indicates that what follows is the result of what Jesus had testified in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of this being true, when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 4 45 ews8 ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Since this verse gives the result of Jesus saying in the previous verse that a prophet was not honored in his own country, it is important to indicate that welcoming Jesus was not the same as honoring him. They **welcomed him** because he did miracles, not because they honored him as a prophet. Alternate translation: “the Galileans only welcomed him”
-JHN 4 45 lm4g grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 4 45 r65x figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 46 ffm3 grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 Now **Then** indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN 4 46 hg54 writing-pronouns ἦλθεν 1 In this verse **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 46 w3dy translate-names τὴν Κανὰ…Καφαρναούμ 1 **Cana** is the name of a town and **Capernaum** is the name of a city. Both were in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 4 46 bp3w writing-participants καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression “royal official” identifies this man as a someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
+JHN 4 45 lm4g grammar-connect-logic-result πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 This clause indicates the reason why the Galileans welcomed Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because they had seen all the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 4 45 r65x figs-hyperbole πάντα ἑωρακότες 1 Here, **all** is an exaggeration that refers to the Galileans having seen many of Jesus’ miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “having seen many of the things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 4 45 v9la figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ…εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν 1 at the festival Here, **the festival** refers the Passover festival, as indicated in [2:12–25](../02/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival … to the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 46 ffm3 grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 Now **Then** indicates that the events which the story will now relate came after the event it has just described. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus entered Galilee and the Galileans welcomed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN 4 46 w3dy translate-names τὴν Κανὰ 1 See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 46 vp1m translate-names Καφαρναούμ 1 See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 46 bp3w writing-participants καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς 1 royal official This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JHN 4 47 brcf writing-pronouns οὗτος 1 **He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 47 p2nv translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας…τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 These are two main regions in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 47 p2nv translate-names τῆς Ἰουδαίας 1 See how you translated **Judea** in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 4 47 scql translate-names τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 4 47 eqga writing-pronouns ἤμελλεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe This statement is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN 4 48 u73r figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε 1 Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 4 48 hlts figs-you ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε 1 The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 4 48 n3ot figs-hendiadys σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
JHN 4 49 ui6f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 4 49 y3vi κύριε 1 The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN 4 49 ycdt figs-imperative κατάβηθι 1 This is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “please come down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN 4 50 n5mo figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 4 50 cbtv figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 4 50 cbtv figs-explicit ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 50 uwa3 figs-metonymy ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ 1 believed the word Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 4 51 a5gw writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 While In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 51 h5h4 figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate whom they are speaking to. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
+JHN 4 51 h5h4 figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 4 52 x2ta figs-quotations ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 4 52 y2e9 writing-pronouns ἔσχεν 1 Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 4 52 qdye ὥραν ἑβδόμην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about one o’clock in the afternoon”
-JHN 4 53 tlgi figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ 1 Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 4 52 qdye ὥραν ἑβδόμην 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon”
+JHN 4 53 tlgi figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ 1 Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 4 53 qek2 figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN 4 53 jhg4 figs-rpronouns ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς 1 So he himself and his whole household believed John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN 4 53 jhg4 figs-rpronouns ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς 1 So he himself and his whole household believed John uses the word **himself** to emphasize the importance of this event. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “that same royal official … believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 4 54 k5x6 τοῦτο δὲ πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 sign This verse is a comment about the events described in [4:46–53](../04/46.md). John wrote much about the miraculous signs Jesus did. This is the second of those signs. Alternate translation: “That was the second sign Jesus did”
-JHN 4 54 jvfs σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 5 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)
2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)
3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)
4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Healing water
Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).
### Testimony
In the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).
### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment
In this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again and they will live with him forever because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever because he will treat them justly.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man
Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([John 5:25](../../jhn/05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 1–4 give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 5 1 ea65 writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 4 54 jvfs σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term, **sign**, in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
+JHN 5 intro qe17 0 # John 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ third sign: he heals a paralyzed man (5:1–9)\n2. Jewish leaders oppose Jesus’ ministry (5:10–18)\n3. Jesus says he is equal with God (5:19–30)\n4. Jesus’ witnesses are John the Baptist, Jesus’ works, God, and the Scriptures (5:31–47)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Healing water\n\nMany of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” The man Jesus healed in this chapter was one of those people ([5:2–7](../05/02.md)).\n\n### Testimony\n\nIn the Bible, a testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. In this chapter, Jesus tells the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was ([5:34–37](../05/34.md)). This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do ([5:44–47](../05/44.md)).\n\n### The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus mentions two resurrections, the resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment ([5:28–29](../05/28.md)). Regarding the resurrection of life, God will make some people alive again, and they will live with him forever, because he gives them his grace. Regarding the resurrection of judgment, God will make some people alive again and they will live apart from him forever, because he will treat them justly.\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man\n\nJesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” ([5:19](../05/19.md)), the “Son of God” ([5:25](../05/25.md)), and the “Son of Man” ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([5:27](../05/27.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 1 urn9 writing-background 0 [Verses 1–4](../05/01.md) give background information about the setting of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 5 1 ea65 writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After this This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 5 1 z4th ἀνέβη…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem **Jerusalem** is located on the top of a hill. Therefore, roads to **Jerusalem** went **up**. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground or going down a gill, you should use it here.
JHN 5 2 h3w5 κολυμβήθρα 1 pool This **pool** was a large manmade hole in the ground that people filled with water and used for bathing. Sometimes they lined these pools with tiles or stones.
-JHN 5 2 w377 figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 5 2 w377 figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 When John says **in Hebrew** in his Gospel, he refers to the language spoken by the Jews during his time. This language is now called Jewish Aramaic. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jewish Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 2 dt12 translate-names Βηθζαθά 1 Bethesda **Bethesda** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 5 2 luz3 στοὰς 1 roofed porches These **porches** were structures with roofs that had at least one wall missing and were attached to the sides of buildings.
JHN 5 5 r1gt writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ 1 This verse introduces the man lying beside the pool as a new character to the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN 5 5 bez8 figs-explicit ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there Here, **there** refers to the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 5 bez8 figs-explicit ἦν…ἐκεῖ 1 was there Here, **there** refers being at the pool called Bethesda in verse [2](../05/02.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “was at the Bethesda pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 6 w97q figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 he said to him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 5 7 aeu3 κύριε 1 Sir, I do not have The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 5 7 ny5f figs-activepassive ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ 1 when the water is stirred up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 5 7 kul6 εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν 1 into the pool See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
JHN 5 7 u93g ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει 1 another steps down before me The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
JHN 5 8 eqe4 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Get up Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in verses [10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “On the day that Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 5 10 ja3x figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “So the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 5 10 qydu figs-activepassive τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 5 9 i4tk writing-background δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Now that day John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [verses 10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: The day on which Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 5 10 ja3x figs-synecdoche ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 So the Jews said to him who was healed Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 5 10 qydu figs-activepassive τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “to the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 5 10 xd9b Σάββατόν ἐστιν 1 It is the Sabbath Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “It is a Sabbath day”
-JHN 5 10 o8eq figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου 1 Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 10 o8eq figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου 1 Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 11 en3v ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ 1 He who made me healthy Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
JHN 5 11 kpkd figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 5 12 r7nx writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him **They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 5 12 r7nx writing-pronouns ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν 1 They asked him **They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 5 12 kryx figs-quotesinquotes ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who said to you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 5 13 qtsj figs-activepassive ὁ…ἰαθεὶς 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active form and you could say who did the action, as is indicated in the previous verses. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 5 13 qtsj figs-activepassive ὁ…ἰαθεὶς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 5 13 tijo figs-ellipsis τίς ἐστιν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 5 13 sgx1 grammar-connect-logic-result ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 This could refer to: (1) the reason why Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “because a crowd was in the place” (2) the time when Jesus left secretly. Alternate translation: “while a crowd was in the place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 5 13 qzpi grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλου 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 5 14 rl0k writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 5 14 rl0k writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 **After these things** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events which the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 5 14 h1ri figs-pastforfuture εὑρίσκει 1 Jesus found him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 5 14 qo3z writing-pronouns αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 14 h39z figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 See John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 5 15 auad figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 5 14 h39z figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 See Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 15 auad figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 5 16 efg2 writing-background καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ. 1 Now The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 5 16 ef9i writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 5 16 acn0 figs-explicit ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει 1 This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 16 ef9i figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 16 kup5 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 5 16 acn0 figs-explicit ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει 1 This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 16 f69o ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
-JHN 5 17 ijd8 writing-pronouns ὁ δὲ ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς 1 is working Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus replied to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 5 17 lq1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 18 zrmw writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο οὖν 1 Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 18 t5ze figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** is a synecdoche which represent the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 5 18 jwmx figs-idiom ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον 1 The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 5 18 zrmw figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο οὖν 1 Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 18 t5ze figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 5 18 jwmx figs-idiom ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον 1 The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 5 18 kpkw guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 18 n8bh grammar-connect-logic-result ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God This clause is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 5 19 f2qp grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 5 18 n8bh grammar-connect-logic-result ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 making himself equal to God This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 5 19 f2qp grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 5 19 xu0e writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 19 rr9q figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 5 19 rr9q figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 5 19 c9in figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 5 19 iuc7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς…Πατέρα 1 Son … Father **Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 19 x9sl figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son … I, the Son, do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 5 19 mc1f figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 19 ymuo figs-metaphor τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα 1 Here, see is used figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 19 x9sl figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς…καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς…ποιεῖ 1 whatever the Father is doing, the Son does these things also. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If this would confuse your readers, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 19 mc1f figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 19 ymuo figs-metaphor τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦντα 1 Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to knowing something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what he would perceive the Father doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 5 20 t3b4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν 1 For the Father loves the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 20 lk5n figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 5 20 x8ac figs-metaphor δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ 1 loves Here, **shows** and **show** are used figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 20 lk5n figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 20 x8ac figs-metaphor δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ 1 loves Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 5 20 rtb6 writing-pronouns δείξει αὐτῷ 1 Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 20 zlr7 figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 you will be amazed Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 20 y4yy writing-pronouns μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 5 20 zlr7 figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 you will be amazed Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 20 y4yy figs-explicit μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα 1 Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 21 s6te guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 21 xzu4 figs-explicit ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life This could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 21 xzu4 figs-explicit ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ 1 life The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 21 c96p figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς 1 As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 5 22 b2l6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 For the Father judges no one, but he has given all judgment to the Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 22 sc4t figs-abstractnouns τὴν κρίσιν 1 Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this abstract noun with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 5 22 dtxw figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ 1 As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 22 sc4t figs-abstractnouns τὴν κρίσιν 1 Here, **judgment** refers to the legal authority to judge people as guilty or innocent. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “power to judge others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 5 22 dtxw figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ 1 As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 5 23 iqn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 23 p2kj figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the Son…The one not honoring me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 23 p2kj figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 5 23 j7vc figs-explicit τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 24 w6wu figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 5 24 w6wu figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 5 24 rsqh figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 5 24 v45a figs-metaphor ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this meaning for **hearing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 5 24 v45a figs-metaphor ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων 1 Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 24 eg5h figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου 1 he who hears my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 5 24 s38a figs-explicit τῷ πέμψαντί με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-metaphor εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it was a place a person could enter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 24 ql7q figs-metaphor εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται 1 will not be condemned Jesus speaks figuratively of **judgment** as if it were a place a person could enter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 5 24 p5jx μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου εἰς τὴν ζωήν 1 Here, **passed** means to move from one state to another. Alternate translation: “he has moved from death to life”
-JHN 5 25 gtu6 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 5 25 gtu6 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 5 25 v33w figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 5 25 kosy figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 5 25 kosy figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 5 25 l2xy figs-explicit οἱ νεκροὶ 1 Here, **the dead** could refer to: (1) people who are spiritually dead. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead” (2) people who are physically dead. Alternate translation: “the physically dead” (3) both the spiritually dead and physically dead. In this case, **an hour that is coming** would refer to the future resurrection of the dead while **is now** would refer to those spiritually dead people who were listening to Jesus when he spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the spiritually dead and physically dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 5 25 d81y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 25 croa figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 5 25 voy8 figs-explicit ἀκούσουσιν…οἱ ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, **heard** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated “hearing” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will heed … those who have heeded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 25 k1ii figs-explicit ζήσουσιν 1 This could refer to: (1) having eternal life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (2) physical life, as in being resurrected after death. Alternate translation: “will become alive again” (3) both eternal life and physical life. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life and become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 26 x136 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 26 f5vq figs-explicit ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 life Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 26 yv7o figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “to me, the Son, to have life in myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 26 f5vq figs-explicit ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 life Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 26 yv7o figs-123person τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 5 27 pr1c writing-pronouns ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν 1 the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 27 xlln figs-123person ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “he gave me … I am the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 5 27 h9em figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **authority** and **judgment** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 5 27 xlln figs-123person ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 27 h9em figs-abstractnouns ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 5 27 g58f figs-explicit Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 28 sr8j writing-pronouns μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Mans authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 28 yax7 figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 5 28 h9l7 figs-123person ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “will hear my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 5 29 qnik figs-possession ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς 1 In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 5 29 vwuo figs-possession ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως 1 In this phrase, John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 5 28 sr8j figs-explicit μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο 1 Do not be amazed at this Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man’s authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 28 yax7 figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 5 28 h9l7 figs-123person ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ 1 hear his voice As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 5 29 qnik figs-possession ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 5 29 vwuo figs-possession ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως 1 In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 5 30 bzmq figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 30 f3za figs-ellipsis καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 5 30 n8o9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate the abstract nouns **judgment** and **righteous** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 5 30 n8o9 figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 5 30 ayn1 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 31 f9vc figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής. 1 Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 31 qu3o figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 32 nr3l figs-explicit ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 another Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 33 uxh5 figs-you ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders whom Jesus is speaking to. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 5 31 qu3o figs-explicit ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 32 nr3l figs-explicit ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 another Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 33 uxh5 figs-you ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 the testimony that he gives about me is true Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 5 33 athw figs-ellipsis ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 5 33 qrdg figs-explicit πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 33 qrdg figs-explicit πρὸς Ἰωάννην 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 34 rvc5 figs-genericnoun παρὰ ἀνθρώπου 1 the testimony that I receive is not from man Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 5 34 dseu writing-pronouns ταῦτα λέγω 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 5 34 dseu figs-explicit ταῦτα λέγω 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 34 a4je figs-activepassive ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε 1 that you might be saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 5 35 qczd writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 **That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Here, John records Jesus using the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 5 35 o2j5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 35 w4w3 figs-metaphor ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων 1 John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while Jesus uses the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 35 o2j5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus uses the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 5 35 i0l5 figs-metonymy πρὸς ὥραν 1 Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 5 36 ll75 γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
JHN 5 36 rt6j τὰ…ἔργα 1 the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
JHN 5 36 dvr9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here, John records Jesus speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN 5 37 qjg1 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 38 rc2n figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Here, John records Jesus speaking of God’s **word** as if it was an object that could remain inside people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 5 36 yz3u figs-personification αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 the very works that I do, testify about me Here Jesus is speaking of **works** figuratively as though they were a person who could **testify** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the very works that I do—are evidence for who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 5 37 p157 figs-rpronouns ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν 1 The Father who sent me has himself testified The reflexive pronoun **himself** emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified about who Jesus is. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “none other than the Father himself who sent me has testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN 5 37 qjg1 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ 1 Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 38 rc2n figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Here, **word** refers to the teachings that God gave to his people in the Scriptures. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his teachings” or “the Scriptures he gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 5 38 dfn1 figs-metaphor τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα 1 You do not have his word remaining in you Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 5 38 uj90 figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 5 39 xi22 figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 39 bmc3 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ 1 In this verse **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 5 39 fzbf figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, John records Jesus speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who are **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 5 39 xi22 figs-explicit ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν 1 in them you have eternal life Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 5 39 bmc3 writing-pronouns ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ 1 In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 5 39 fzbf figs-personification ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 5 40 dzm2 figs-explicit οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 you are not willing to come to me Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 5 40 xuxj figs-explicit ζωὴν ἔχητε 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 5 41 c1rx figs-gendernotations παρὰ ἀνθρώπων 1 receive Here, **men** is used in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 5 41 c1rx figs-gendernotations παρὰ ἀνθρώπων 1 receive Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 5 42 b1j4 figs-possession τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you do not have the love of God in yourselves This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 5 43 zw65 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in my Father’s name Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 5 43 rtb9 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 5 43 ue9f οὐ λαμβάνετέ με 1 receive Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:11](../01/11.md). Alternate translation: “you do not welcome me”
-JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε? 1 John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 5 43 p7jg figs-metonymy ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ 1 If another should come in his own name Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If another comes in his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 5 44 e999 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ, οὐ ζητεῖτε? 1 Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way you are able to believe, receiving glory from one another, and are not seeking the glory that is from the only God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 5 44 g7qd figs-ellipsis πιστεῦσαι 1 believe John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “to believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 5 44 rn78 δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες 1 Here, **receiving** could refer to: (1) the time they are receiving glory. Alternate translation: “while receiving glory from one another” (2) a causal statement. Alternate translation: “since receiving glory from one another”
JHN 5 45 kk5q figs-metonymy ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε 1 **Moses** here could refer to: (1) the person named Moses who gave the Israelites the law of Moses. (2) the law of Moses itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have hoped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 5 46 m9sq grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN 5 46 m9sq grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ 1 John records Jesus making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jewish leaders do not truly believe Moses. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you must not believe Moses since you do not believe me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 5 47 kxa6 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…οὐ πιστεύετε 1 John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε? 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 5 47 x7h9 figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 6 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)
2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)
3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### King
The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.
## Important metaphors in this chapter
### Bread
Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood
When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Parenthetical Ideas
Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 6 1 el4l writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 5 47 b8dd figs-rquestion πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε? 1 If you do not believe his writings, how are you going to believe my words? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you will certainly never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 5 47 x7h9 figs-metonymy τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν 1 my words Here, **words** refers to what Jesus said to these Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what I have told you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 intro xe4t 0 # John 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)\n2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)\n3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### King\n\nThe king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.\n\n## Important Metaphors in this Chapter\n\n### Bread\n\nBread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n\n### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood\n\nWhen Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Parenthetical ideas\n\nSeveral times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 6 1 qhj7 writing-background 0 General Information: Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 1 el4l writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This phrase, **After these things**, introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 6 1 z345 figs-explicit θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος 1 The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 2 ebel grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλος πολύς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 6 5 thts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN 6 5 cxta figs-idiom ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “looking up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 6 5 v4hi grammar-collectivenouns πολὺς ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 6 2 ebel grammar-collectivenouns ὄχλος πολύς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 6 2 g6zm σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN 6 4 ri55 writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 5 thts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here could mean: (1) what follows is the next event in the story. Alternate translation: “Next” (2) what follows is the result of what happened in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “Therefore,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN 6 5 cxta figs-idiom ἐπάρας…τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 6 5 v4hi grammar-collectivenouns πολὺς ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 6 5 pzhc figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 6 5 v0mp translate-names Φίλιππον 1 **Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 6 6 sr0p grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 6 6 rrco writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
-JHN 6 8 ih44 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ…αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **his** and **him** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 6 8 gzei translate-names Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 **Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of men who were Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 6 5 v0mp translate-names Φίλιππον 1 See how you translated the man’s name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 6 6 cj58 writing-background τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν 1 But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 6 sr0p grammar-connect-logic-goal πειράζων αὐτόν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN 6 6 rrco writing-pronouns αὐτόν 1 Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 6 6 uk6t figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ᾔδει 1 for he himself knew Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN 6 7 z3gj translate-bmoney διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι 1 Two hundred denarii worth of bread The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+JHN 6 8 gzei translate-names Ἀνδρέας 1 See how you translated the name **Andrew** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 6 8 i0cw translate-names Σίμωνος Πέτρου 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 8 diq0 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 6 9 k3k6 translate-unknown πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους 1 five bread loaves of barley The grain **barley** was a common grain eaten by the poor in Israel because it was cheaper than wheat. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/barley]]) They would bake the barley into **bread loaves**, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους? 1 what are these among so many? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 6 9 xwu8 figs-rquestion ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους? 1 what are these among so many? Andrew is using the question form to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone.If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “these are not enough to feed so many!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 6 10 hnaw figs-quotations εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ποιήσατε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν. 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to make the men sit down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN 6 10 n9ft figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 6 10 n9ft figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀνθρώπους 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 6 10 v4h0 figs-infostructure ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι. 1 If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 6 10 pf33 writing-background ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ 1 Now there was a lot of grass in the place John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place where the people were all coming together had a lot of grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 6 10 iz32 ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι 1 So the men sat down, about five thousand in number Here, **men** refers specifically to adult males. Although the term for “men” used earlier in this verse refers to a group that included men, women, and children, here John is counting only the **men**.
@@ -755,113 +740,120 @@ JHN 6 11 l6pm translate-unknown τοὺς ἄρτους 1 This means **loaves**
JHN 6 11 mnw3 figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσας 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 6 11 wi9d figs-synecdoche διέδωκεν 1 he gave it Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 6 11 ib37 figs-explicit τῶν ὀψαρίων 1 These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 12 leym figs-activepassive ἐνεπλήσθησαν 1 If your language does not use passive voice, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 12 leym figs-activepassive ἐνεπλήσθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 6 12 z5o3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 6 12 qp1n figs-quotations λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 6 13 h64z translate-unknown κοφίνους 1 Here, **baskets** refers to large baskets that were used for carrying food and goods while traveling. If your language has a word for this kind of basket, you could use it here. Alternate translation: “large traveling baskets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 6 14 d7lp figs-gendernotations οἱ…ἄνθρωποι 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 6 14 gmat ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
-JHN 6 14 nlw1 figs-explicit ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 14 g8zb figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 the prophet Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 14 nlw1 figs-explicit ὃ…σημεῖον 1 this sign Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 14 g8zb figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 the prophet Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 15 rfbr γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι 1 This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
-JHN 6 15 hg4f figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN 6 15 hg4f figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς μόνος 1 Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 6 16 qb23 0 Connecting Statement: This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
-JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 17 zu3v translate-names εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 Capernaum is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them In these clauses, John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος 1 This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 6 18 pms3 figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this with a non-figurative expression. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 18 z381 figs-activepassive ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 6 19 xx7d translate-unknown ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had two, four, or six people who **rowed** with oars together on each side side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having pushed the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and one half or five and one half kilometers” or “about thee or three and one half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
+JHN 6 16 tmzf figs-explicit τὴν θάλασσαν 1 Here and throughout this chapter, **sea** refers to the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 17 zu3v translate-names εἰς Καφαρναούμ 1 See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 6 17 fkj2 writing-background καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 It was dark by this time, and Jesus had not yet come to them In these clauses John provides background information about the situation in order to help readers understand what happens in this story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 18 q5f7 grammar-connect-logic-result ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος 1 This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 6 18 pms3 figs-metaphor διηγείρετο 1 John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 18 z381 figs-activepassive ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 19 xx7d translate-unknown ἐληλακότες 1 they had rowed The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 6 19 sgf4 translate-bdistance ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα 1 about twenty-five or thirty stadia The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
JHN 6 19 diko figs-pastforfuture θεωροῦσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 6 20 tjg9 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 22 v8cn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 6 22 ho60 figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 22 mhjh figs-explicit πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν 1 Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον 1 In this verse, John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 6 23 hwtc figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 21 qtw5 figs-explicit ἤθελον…λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 they were willing to receive him into the boat It is implied that Jesus got **into the boat**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 22 v8cn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 6 22 ho60 figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **the other side of the sea** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee where Jesus had fed the crowd. It does not refer to the side of the Sea of Galilee that he and his disciples arrived at in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the side of the sea where Jesus performed the miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 22 mhjh figs-explicit πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἕν 1 Here, **one** refers to the boat that the disciples had taken to cross the Sea of Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “there was no other boat there except the one that the disciples had taken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 23 w7qu writing-background ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον 1 In this verse John provides background information about the story. The day after Jesus miraculously fed the crowd, some **boats** with people from **Tiberias** came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left that place the night before. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Other boats came with people from Tiberias close to the place where the crowd had eaten the bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 23 hwtc figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου 1 Here, **the Lord** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled by the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 23 sqke figs-ellipsis εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου 1 John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “after the Lord had given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 6 24 vad6 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 6 24 f7t2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 6 24 vad6 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse is the result of what happened in verse [22](../06/22.md). This verse resumes the narrative that was interrupted by the background information in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus and his disciples had gone to the other side of the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 6 24 f7t2 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 6 24 cql6 figs-pastforfuture ἔστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 6 24 fecq figs-explicit εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια 1 These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 24 o7vs grammar-connect-logic-goal ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 6 25 tnms figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 24 fecq figs-explicit εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια 1 These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 24 o7vs grammar-connect-logic-goal ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN 6 25 tnms figs-explicit πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης 1 Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 26 f8j4 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 6 26 l9ws σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN 6 26 yef5 figs-activepassive ἐχορτάσθητε 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this in an active or reflexive form. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 6 27 hmfw figs-extrainfo τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself because he is the source of salvation who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 26 yef5 figs-activepassive ἐχορτάσθητε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “filled yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 27 hmfw figs-extrainfo τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here Jesus is using the word **food** figuratively to refer to himself, because he is the source of salvation, the One who gives **eternal life** to all who trust him. Jesus lasts forever, and so does the **eternal life** that he gives. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 6 27 plfi figs-ellipsis τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “work for the food that endures to eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 6 27 w74i figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…δώσει; τοῦτον 1 These two expressions are all refer to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will give … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 6 27 czb3 figs-distinguish ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει 1 eternal life which the Son of Man will give you This phrase could give further information about: (1) “the food that endures to eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the food the Son of Man will give you” (2) “eternal life.” Alternate translation: “that is, the life the Son of Man will give you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man … God the Father ** Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 6 27 bric figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 27 b94w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Πατὴρ…ὁ Θεός 1 Son of Man … God the Father **Son of Man** and **God the Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 6 27 bric figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 27 gf9q figs-idiom τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν 1 To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 6 29 he3q figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 29 aevl figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one whom he has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 6 29 he3q figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 29 aevl figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 6 29 z1u9 writing-pronouns ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 6 31 t3jt figs-explicit οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 31 gye7 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If that use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 31 jz9p figs-activepassive ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 heaven If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 6 31 bc59 writing-quotations ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 heaven Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 6 31 gye7 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν 1 Our fathers The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 31 jz9p figs-activepassive ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 heaven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 31 bc59 writing-quotations ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 heaven Here the crowd uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 78:24](../../psa/78/24.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that the crowd is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it was written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 6 31 gzqv figs-quotesinquotes ἐστιν γεγραμμένον, ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written that he gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 6 31 fjoo writing-pronouns ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν 1 **He** here could refer to: (1) Moses, in which case the crowd was mistakenly quoting a scripture about God and applying it to Moses. This is possible because Jesus says in the next verse, “Moses has not given you the bread from heaven.” Alternate translation: “Moses gave them bread from heaven to eat” (2) God, which is who it referred to in the scripture the crowd is quoting. Alternate translation: “God gave them bread from heaven to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 6 31 iiaz figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 6 31 iiaz figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 1 Here, John records the crowd using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 6 32 e6s1 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 6 32 qgs7 οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν 1 Here, John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
-JHN 6 32 qwcf figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. The manna that God gave the Israelites from heaven was not **bread**, but a food that could be baked into **bread**. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 6 32 xwqx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν 1 This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father** was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse, not Moses. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If it would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly and you may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-extrainfo ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven Here, John records Jesus using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 6 32 an7w figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 2 See how you translated this word earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 6 33 ri0m figs-extrainfo ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 Here, John records Jesus using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 32 qgs7 οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν 1 Here John records Jesus speaking in a way that emphasizes that **Moses** was not the source of manna in the wilderness. He seems to be correcting the crowd’s incorrect understanding of the scripture they quoted in the previous verse. Use whatever form best communicates this kind of negative emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “Moses was not the one who has given you”
+JHN 6 32 qwcf figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here John records Jesus using the word **bread** figuratively to represent food in general that is needed to sustain life. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 6 32 xwqx figs-explicit ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν 1 This phrase serves two purposes. First, it implies that the **Father**, not Moses, was the source of the bread from heaven mentioned by the crowd in the previous verse. Second, it indicates that the **Father** is still giving bread from heaven, although not the kind of bread the crowd is expecting. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. You may also want to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Rather, my Father has given that bread and now gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 32 ega4 figs-extrainfo ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν 1 it is my Father who is giving you the true bread from heaven Here Jesus is using **true bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 32 c73l guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 6 32 an7w figs-synecdoche ἄρτον 2 See how you translated the word **bread** earlier in this verse and in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 6 33 ri0m figs-extrainfo ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 Here Jesus is using **bread** figuratively to refer to himself. However, the crowd does not understand this, and Jesus does not tell them this plainly until verse [35](../06/35.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 6 33 sajx figs-possession ὁ…ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase could mean: (1) the bread came from God. Alternate translation: “the bread that God gives” (2) the bread belongs to God. Alternate translation: “God’s bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 6 33 sfbk figs-extrainfo ὁ καταβαίνων ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus. However, the crowd does not understand this and Jesus does not tell them this plainly at this time. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 33 rrf5 figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 gives life to the world Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 33 rrf5 figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 gives life to the world Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as modeled in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 33 k897 figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 6 34 j26s κύριε 1 The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN 6 34 z9zv figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in verse [31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God that the crowd was uncertain of. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food, but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 6 34 z9zv figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον 1 Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 6 35 cr2m figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN 6 35 yq25 figs-possession ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 John records Jesus using the possessive form to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 6 35 hvpi figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 35 lgpu figs-exmetaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN 6 35 yq25 figs-possession ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 6 35 hvpi figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 35 lgpu figs-exmetaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 6 35 fpgo figs-doublet ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that anyone who trusts in Jesus will never lack spiritual satisfaction. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “The one who trusts me will certainly never lack spiritual satisfaction again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 6 35 a7my figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ 1 Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this use of **coming** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 35 kh35 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN 6 35 a7my figs-explicit ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ 1 Here, **coming** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 35 kh35 figs-litotes οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ…οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε 1 John records Jesus using a figure of speech twice in the same verse to express a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that has the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “will always be full … will always have his thirst quenched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN 6 37 vpz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 6 37 n6bk figs-explicit πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ 1 In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN 6 38 z84i grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Connecting Statement: **For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 6 37 n6bk figs-explicit πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει…τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ 1 In this verse, **come** and **coming** do not mean to merely come near Jesus, but they mean to believe in him and be his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will come to be my disciples … the one coming to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 37 i92s figs-litotes τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω 1 he who comes to me I will certainly not throw out Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN 6 38 z84i grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 Connecting Statement: **For** introduces the reason why Jesus will not throw out anyone who comes to him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 6 38 cpi9 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 39 uqjy figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those John records Jesus using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN 6 39 x5c1 figs-litotes πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ 1 I would lose not one of all those Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN 6 39 p8s0 writing-pronouns μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 6 39 j7q6 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ 1 will raise them up Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 6 39 npma figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 40 wnou grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς 1 **For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 6 40 wnou grammar-connect-logic-result τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς 1 **For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 6 40 b84t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 6 40 cb1a figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Here, **sees** is used figuratively to refer to understanding something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 40 mpm2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ 1 Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 6 40 cb1a figs-metaphor πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν 1 Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 40 mpm2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐγὼ 1 Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 6 40 r8rr figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 41 t91b 0 Connecting Statement: The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd. His conversation with these Jewish leaders is in verses [41–58](../06/41.md).
-JHN 6 41 e216 figs-synecdoche οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Here, the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα? 1 Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 6 41 e216 figs-synecdoche οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here and to the end of this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 6 41 wwa5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος 1 I am the bread Here the Jewish leaders paraphrase what Jesus said in verse [33](../06/33.md). See how you translated **bread** and **come down from heaven** in verse [33](../06/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 42 bm3w figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα? 1 Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know? Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 6 42 i81r figs-rquestion πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’? Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 6 42 z0zh figs-quotesinquotes πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα? 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 6 44 zis9 figs-explicit ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 44 jb73 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 6 44 k7ld figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 44 rr2m ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν 1 draws Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him”
-JHN 6 44 um43 figs-gendernotations αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, John records Jesus using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 6 44 um43 figs-gendernotations αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Although the pronoun **him** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+JHN 6 44 s6b5 figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 6 44 g2ia figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this in verse [40](../06/40.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 6 45 jg6g writing-quotations ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 6 45 j1af figs-activepassive ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 45 jg6g writing-quotations ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις 1 It is written in the prophets Here Jesus uses **It is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Isaiah 54:13](../../isa/54/13.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written by the prophets in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 6 52 q5nw writing-quotations ἐμάχοντο…πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες 1 It is written in the prophets Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “then the Jews began to argue among themselves, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 7 15 z0db writing-quotations ἐθαύμαζον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες 1 It is written in the prophets Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 7 28 ht31 writing-quotations διδάσκων…καὶ λέγων 1 It is written in the prophets Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “while he was teaching he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 7 37 n3um writing-quotations ἔκραξεν λέγων 1 It is written in the prophets Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 8 12 pvpr writing-quotations πάλιν…αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησεν…λέγων 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “spoke to the people again, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 9 2 hf1y writing-quotations ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν…λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 9 19 umip writing-quotations ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they asked him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 6 45 wnjr figs-quotesinquotes ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 6 45 fken figs-activepassive ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use passive voice, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 45 fken figs-activepassive ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 6 45 orme guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 6 45 xmzr figs-explicit ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ 1 Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 46 i9mp guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -869,117 +861,115 @@ JHN 6 46 lcz8 figs-123person ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος
JHN 6 47 de5y figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 6 47 t8lk figs-ellipsis ὁ πιστεύων 1 he who believes John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me” or “the one believing that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 6 48 iih2 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς 1 I am the bread of life See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 49 uh76 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this use of **fathers** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 49 uh76 figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν 1 Your fathers Jesus uses **fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 6 49 mr3u figs-explicit ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα 1 died See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 50 sa53 figs-exmetaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 This is the bread Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 6 50 y1x9 figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ 1 John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 6 50 gse5 figs-metaphor ὁ ἄρτος 1 See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 50 lfwm figs-metaphor ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ 1 Here, Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 50 v212 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die Here, the word **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 50 lfwm figs-metaphor ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 50 v212 figs-metaphor μὴ ἀποθάνῃ 1 not die Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 6 51 e9g3 figs-exmetaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 6 51 ztqs figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 51 px99 figs-explicit ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life” that Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 51 gs06 figs-metaphor φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου 1 Here and in the previous verse, John records Jesus using **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how your translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 6 51 k4bo figs-metonymy σάρξ μού 1 Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 6 51 ee9d figs-extrainfo ὁ ἄρτος 2 Here, John records Jesus using the **bread** metaphor slightly different from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 51 c5z3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 6 52 v6g7 figs-synecdoche οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν? 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 6 52 llc0 figs-metonymy τὴν σάρκα 1 Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 6 52 mims grammar-connect-logic-goal φαγεῖν 1 The Jews are stating the purpose for which the flesh would be given to them. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that we would eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN 6 51 px99 figs-explicit ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν 1 living bread Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 51 gs06 figs-metaphor φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου 1 Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 51 k4bo figs-metonymy σάρξ μού 1 Here, John records Jesus using **flesh** figuratively to refer to his whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 51 ee9d figs-extrainfo ὁ ἄρτος 2 Here Jesus is using the **bread** metaphor slightly differently from how he has used it previously. Here it refers specifically to his physical body, which he would sacrifice on the cross to pay for the sins of those who believe in him. Since Jesus says this explicitly at the end of the verse, you do not need to explain its meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 51 c5z3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for the eternal life of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 51 nb41 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς 1 for the life of the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “for the life of the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 52 v6g7 figs-synecdoche οὖν…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 6 52 fj5p figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν? 1 How can this man give us his flesh to eat? Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about **his flesh**. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There is no way that this one is able to give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 6 52 llc0 figs-metonymy τὴν σάρκα 1 Here, John records the Jews using **flesh** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ whole physical body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 6 53 q8jl figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-extrainfo φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 53 e2w9 figs-doublet φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 These two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 6 53 hkr8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “of me, the Son of Man, and would drink my blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 6 53 r7hh figs-extrainfo φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood Here Jesus is using the phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** figuratively. Just as people need to **eat** and **drink** in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 53 e2w9 figs-doublet φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 These two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that trusting in Jesus is the only way to have eternal life. Because Jesus’ **flesh** and **blood** are important concepts, do not combine them. Instead, you could communicate the emphasis in a way that is most natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you would indeed eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would indeed drink his blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 6 53 hkr8 figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 6 53 quje figs-explicit τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 53 j1ga figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 1 you will not have life in yourselves Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this use of **life** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 53 j1ga figs-explicit οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν 1 you will not have life in yourselves Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 54 hc5d figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Whoever eats my flesh and drinks my blood has everlasting life The phrases “eating my flesh” and “drinking my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 54 etdh figs-doublet ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As in the previous verse, these two phrases **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood** mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up Here,**raise him up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 6 54 etdh figs-doublet ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 As in the previous verse, these two phrases, **eat the flesh** and **drink his blood**, mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the one eating my flesh and drinking my blood surely has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 6 54 ym6w figs-idiom ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν 1 raise him up See how you translated this in [verse 40](../06/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 6 54 qia5 figs-explicit τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 at the last day Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../06/39.md). Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 55 tw5g figs-extrainfo σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου 1 Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-extrainfo ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink Here, John records Jesus using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 55 j4ud figs-doublet ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 6 55 tw5g figs-extrainfo σάρξ μου…αἷμά μου 1 Here Jesus is using the phrases **my flesh** and **my blood** figuratively to refer to believing in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 55 cik2 figs-extrainfo ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 my flesh is true food … my blood is true drink Here Jesus is using the phrases **true food** and **true drink** figuratively to say that he, Jesus, gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 55 j4ud figs-doublet ἡ…σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις 1 As in the previous two verses, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expressions in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “my flesh is indeed true food, and my blood is indeed true drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 6 56 eaoy figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated this in verse [54](../06/54.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 56 u3w4 figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει 1 remains in me Here and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 56 u3w4 figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει 1 remains in me Here, and frequently in John’s Gospel, **remains in** indicates being united in a continuous personal relationship with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this expression in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “has a close relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 56 rjpa figs-ellipsis κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and I remain in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 6 57 y334 figs-explicit ὁ ζῶν Πατὴρ 1 Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. This is also how Jesus used **living** in verse [51](../06/51.md). See how you translated **living** in verse [51](../06/51). Alternate translation: “the Father who causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 57 krma guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ…Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 6 57 oczm figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If it is confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 57 nhp9 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 57 dba2 figs-extrainfo καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me The phrase **eating me** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 57 e6op figs-explicit κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ 1 Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might be confusing in your language, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 58 m2nz figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-extrainfo οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 58 i9ih figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers Here, the word **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” If this would be confusing in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 57 oczm figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **live** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. It does not mean to merely be alive. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because of the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 57 nhp9 figs-explicit κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here, **because of the Father** indicates the reason why Jesus has the ability to cause life. God the Father gave Jesus the ability to cause others to live. Jesus explained this concept in [5:25–26](../05/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I cause life because the Father has enabled me to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 57 dba2 figs-extrainfo καὶ ὁ τρώγων με 1 so he who eats me Jesus is using **eating me** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. See how you translated similar expressions in verses [53–56](../06/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 57 e6op figs-explicit κἀκεῖνος ζήσει δι’ ἐμέ 1 Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. It does not refer to being the source of life, as **living** and **live** are used previously in this verse. If this shift in meaning might confuse your readers, you could state the difference explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will also have eternal life because of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 58 m2nz figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς 1 This is the bread that has come down from heaven John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 6 58 kv16 figs-extrainfo οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος…τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 Jesus is continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. Just as **bread** is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 58 i9ih figs-metaphor οἱ πατέρες 1 the fathers Here Jesus uses**fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ancestors” or “the forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 6 58 r174 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 John records Jesus leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “this bread is not just as the bread that the fathers ate and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 6 58 lb07 figs-explicit ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would be confusing in your language, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 58 j2hx figs-123person ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 6 58 jv4c figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Here, **eating this bread** is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ 1 Jesus said these things in the synagogue … in Capernaum Here John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 6 59 qt4h writing-pronouns εἶπεν 1 Here, **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “Jesus said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 6 59 ukxi writing-pronouns ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 6 58 lb07 figs-explicit ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 The phrase **ate and died** does not mean that the people died immediately after eating the bread. If this wording would confuse your readers, you could translate it in a way that shows a time gap between eating and drinking. Alternate translation: “the fathers ate and still died at a later time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 58 j2hx figs-123person ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 6 58 jv4c figs-extrainfo ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον 1 He who eats this bread Jesus is using **eating this bread** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 6 59 ph39 writing-background 0 In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 59 ukxi figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 60 t1me figs-ellipsis ἀκούσαντες 1 Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 6 60 wf67 figs-metonymy ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 6 60 lmcv figs-explicit σκληρός 1 Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this use of **hard** would be confusing in your language, you could say this with a different expression. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν? 1 Here, the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 6 60 wf67 figs-metonymy ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος 1 Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 60 lmcv figs-explicit σκληρός 1 Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 60 cp3k figs-rquestion τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν? 1 Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 6 61 rn8i figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 Does this offend you? This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 61 g3z7 writing-pronouns περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο 1 In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 6 61 j2gj figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 Here and throughout verses [61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 6 61 g3z7 figs-explicit περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο 1 In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 61 j2gj figs-you ὑμᾶς 1 Here and throughout [verses 61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 6 62 r33r figs-ellipsis ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον? 1 Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 6 62 v4tr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, going up to where I was before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 6 62 v4tr figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 6 62 ibnq figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 62 uxe0 figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 63 nx51 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this use of **alive** might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 63 ygqi figs-explicit ἡ σὰρξ 1 Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “human nature” (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 63 y558 figs-explicit οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν 1 profits Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this use of **profit** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν 1 Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 62 uxe0 figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον 1 This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 63 nx51 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν 1 Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 63 ygqi figs-explicit ἡ σὰρξ 1 Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 63 y558 figs-explicit οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν 1 profits Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 63 fy9p figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα…ζωή ἐστιν 1 Here, **words** stands for the teachings that Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The teachings … these teachings are life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 6 63 plw8 πνεῦμά ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) from the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are from the Spirit” (2) about the Spirit. Alternate translation: “are about the Spirit”
JHN 6 63 gb29 καὶ ζωή ἐστιν 1 This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
-JHN 6 63 dz25 figs-explicit ζωή 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this use of **life** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him Here, John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 63 dz25 figs-explicit ζωή 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 6 64 ey1e writing-background ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν 1 For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 6 64 rlhr figs-explicit οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες 1 The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 65 e9ex writing-pronouns διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 6 65 e9ex figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 65 c3cl figs-explicit οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με 1 no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 6 65 ckfz writing-pronouns ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ 1 Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 6 65 uvxb figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 6 65 uvxb figs-activepassive ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 6 65 g4za guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 6 66 o1pd figs-idiom ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 This phrase is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people we **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this meaning for **walking** would be confusing in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 6 66 o1pd figs-idiom ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω 1 Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 6 66 h8j9 figs-metaphor οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν 1 no longer walked with him Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 6 67 bg2f figs-nominaladj τοῖς δώδεκα 1 the twelve John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN 6 67 hoye translate-names τοῖς δώδεκα 1 Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 6 67 hoye translate-names τοῖς δώδεκα 1 If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 67 ezer figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν? 1 John records Jesus asking this question in a way that expects a negative response. He does this to contrast **the Twelve** from the many other disciples who had just abandoned him. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “You probably do not want to go away also, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 68 n5ty translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 **Simon Peter** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple. He is sometimes referred to as **Simon** or **Peter**. See how you translated this name in verse [8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα? 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? **Simon Peter** uses the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 6 68 tiwh figs-possession ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις 1 John records **Peter** using the possessive form to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 6 68 v12o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 6 68 n5ty translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated the name **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 6 68 g9l4 figs-rquestion Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα? 1 Lord, to whom shall we go? **Simon Peter** is using the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 6 68 tiwh figs-possession ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe a **word** that gives **eternal life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You have words that give eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 6 68 v12o figs-metonymy ῥήματα 1 John records Peter using the term **words** figuratively to describe the things that Jesus taught by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 6 69 o3w6 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When Peter says **we**, he is speaking of himself and the rest of the twelve disciples, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 6 69 qu0n figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 John records **Peter** using the possessive form to describe a **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 6 69 qu0n figs-possession ὁ Ἅγιος τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Peter** uses **of** to describe **the Holy One** who comes from **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy One from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 6 70 m9ys figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν? 1 Did not I choose you, the twelve, and one of you is a devil? Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question in order to emphasize that one of the twelve disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you, the Twelve, myself, and one of you is a devil!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 6 70 k335 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JHN 6 70 jl5i figs-explicit ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν 1 The word **devil** could mean: (1) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was a wicked person whose thoughts and actions resembled those of the **devil** or was being influenced or controlled by the **devil**. It does not mean that this person actually was the devil in human form. It also does not imply that there is more than one devil. Alternate translation: “one of you is wicked like the devil” or “one of you is controlled by the devil” (2) one of Jesus’ twelve disciples was speaking harmful and untrue things about Jesus to others. This meaning is possible because the word translated **devil** can also mean “slanderer.” Alternate translation: “one of you is a slanderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 6 71 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 6 71 z9yc writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John provides background information about what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 6 71 joha translate-names Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτου 1 **Judas** and **Simon** are names of two men. This **Simon** is not the same as Simon Peter. **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 6 71 lttr figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in verse [67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)
2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)
3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)
4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)
5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)
6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)
7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)
Translators may wish to include a note at verse [53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Believing in him”
A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### “My time has not yet come”
This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.
### “Living water”
This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Prophecy
In verses [33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.
### Irony
Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Did not believe in him”
Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### “The Jews”
This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in verse [2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
-JHN 7 1 b99m writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in verse [2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 7 2 n2ud writing-background ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία 1 In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 7 2 m4ch figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 intro l712 0 # John 7 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus goes to Jerusalem for the Festival of Shelters (7:1–13)
2. Jesus says his authority is from God (7:14–24)
3. Jesus says he came from God (7:25–31)
4. Jesus says he will return to God (7:32–36)
5. Jesus says he is the living water (7:37–39)
6. The people disagree about who Jesus is (7:40–44)
7. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (7:45–53)
Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 53](../07/53.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate [verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). These verses are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Believing in him”
A recurring theme in this chapter is the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed he was the Messiah while others did not. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
### “My time has not yet come”
This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events that are happening in his life.
### “Living water”
This is an important metaphor used in the New Testament to refer to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this metaphor in the note about “living water” for [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Prophecy
In [verses 33–34](../07/33.md) Jesus gives a prophecy about his return to heaven without explicitly indicating his statement as prophecy.
### Irony
Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires them to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about that person. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus.
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Did not believe in him”
Jesus’ brothers did not believe that Jesus was the Messiah at the time the events in this chapter took place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
### “The Jews”
This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([7:1](../07/01.md), [11](../07/11.md), [13](../07/13.md), [15](../07/15.md), [35](../07/35.md)). It is also used in [verse 2](../07/02.md) to refer to Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” to clarify this distinction.
+JHN 7 1 b99m writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 7 1 r94g figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. Apart from one exception in [verse 2](../07/02.md), it does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 2 n2ud writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Shelters Festival, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 7 2 m4ch figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Unlike in the previous verse and throughout this chapter, **the Jews** here refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 3 x8ce translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 brothers These were Jesus’ younger **brothers**, the other sons of Mary and Joseph who were born after Jesus. Since the Father of Jesus was God and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for a man’s younger brother, it would be appropriate to use it here. Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN 7 3 id2z figs-explicit σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this use of **works** could be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. If this use of **himself** would be confusing in your language, you could use another way to show emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+JHN 7 3 id2z figs-explicit σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς 1 the works that you do Here, **works** refers to the powerful miracles that Jesus was performing. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “your miracles that you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 4 by1h figs-rpronouns ζητεῖ αὐτὸς 1 Here, Jesus’ brothers use the reflexive pronoun **himself** in order to emphasize their belief that Jesus wants to make **himself** famous. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “seeks for his own benefit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 7 4 uj59 ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν παρρησίᾳ εἶναι 1 Alternate translation: “seeks publicity for himself” or “seeks public attention”
JHN 7 4 mc8r grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς 1 John records Jesus’ brothers speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but they mean that it is actually true. Although they didn’t believe that Jesus was the Messiah at this time, they did not deny that he was doing miracles. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the brothers are saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since you do these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 For even his brothers did not believe in him This sentence is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 7 4 f33j figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figurative to refer to all of the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 7 5 mz2b writing-background οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν 1 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the brothers of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ brothers said this because even they didn’t believe in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 7 5 bs7f translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers See how you translated this in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 7 6 bcul figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 7 6 n5bj figs-metonymy ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν 1 My time has not yet come This could mean: (1) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to go to Jerusalem for the festival because God had not yet told him to go. This meaning explains why he eventually went to the festival in verse [10](../07/10.md). Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (2) It was not the right **time** for Jesus to publicly reveal himself as the Messiah, which is what his brothers wanted him to do. Alternate translation: “Now is not the right time for me to publicly reveal myself as the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 7 6 z9gv figs-yousingular ὁ ὑμέτερος 1 All instances of “you” and **your** in verses [6–8](../07/06.md) are plural. They only refer to Jesus’ brothers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
JHN 7 6 shs9 ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος 1 your time is always ready Alternate translation: “but any time is good for you”
-JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you **The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 7 7 h7kv figs-metonymy οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς 1 The world cannot hate you **The world** here refers figuratively to the people who live in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world are not able to hate you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 7 7 s92r writing-pronouns μισεῖ…περὶ αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ 1 In this verse, **it** refers to the people in **the world**. If you translated **the world** with a plural noun, then you should change these pronouns to plural form as well. Alternate translation: “they hate…about them…their works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 7 7 e5hq ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν 1 I testify about it that its works are evil Alternate translation: “I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
JHN 7 8 ax6v figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε 1 John records Jesus saying **go up** to refer to going to Jerusalem because that city is at a higher elevation than Galilee, which is where Jesus and his brothers were at this time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate where they would go. Alternate translation: “You go up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -987,341 +977,339 @@ JHN 7 8 evk6 figs-explicit ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρω
JHN 7 10 jz6l translate-kinship οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 when his brothers had gone up to the festival See how you translated this phrase in verse [3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “his younger brothers” or “his half-brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 7 10 z4ym figs-explicit καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη 1 he also went up See how you translated “go up” in verse [8](../07/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 10 rw5v figs-doublet οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ 1 not publicly but in secret These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus did not want to attract public attention in Jerusalem. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 11 i6cl figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 7 11 er5u figs-explicit ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “Where is that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 12 qc8f figs-explicit γογγυσμὸς 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing who Jesus was and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. If your word for **murmuring** only has a negative connotation in your language, use a different neutral expression. Alternate translation: “quietly discussing” or “whispering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 12 glq8 grammar-collectivenouns τοῖς ὄχλοις…τὸν ὄχλον 1 Here, **crowds** refers to several different groups of people, while **crowd** refers to a group of people in general. See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the groups of people … the group of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 7 12 me4d figs-abstractnouns ἀγαθός ἐστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **good** in another way. Alternate translation: “He is a good person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here, **leads** **astray** refers figuratively to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 7 13 yyiv figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 7 14 yut8 τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters Festival”
-JHN 7 14 jqnk figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 7 15 u12l figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 7 15 obtt figs-explicit ἐθαύμαζον 1 The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς? 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 12 c27a figs-metaphor πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον 1 he leads the crowds astray Here the people use **leads** **astray** figuratively to refer to persuading someone to believe something that is not true. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he misleads the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 7 13 yyiv figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that the people had for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of their fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 7 13 n8bb figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 14 yut8 τῆς ἑορτῆς 1 Here, **the festival** refers to the Jewish Festival of Shelters mentioned in verse [1](../07/01.md). See how you translated the word **festival** there. Alternate translation: “the Shelters festival”
+JHN 7 14 jqnk figs-synecdoche εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 15 u12l figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 15 obtt figs-explicit ἐθαύμαζον 1 The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since the Jewish leaders despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 15 e7ve figs-rquestion πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν, μὴ μεμαθηκώς? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they were surprised and annoyed by how much knowledge Jesus had about Scripture. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He certainly cannot know so much about the scriptures, not being educated!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 15 k8wh figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 15 oqzy figs-explicit μὴ μεμαθηκώς 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this use of **educated** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 15 oqzy figs-explicit μὴ μεμαθηκώς 1 Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 16 h7mr figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 of him who sent me Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 17 vlcd figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 18 u5h6 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 18 z5bx figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 7 18 xf9j figs-abstractnouns ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? John records Jesus using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 18 z5bx figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 7 18 xf9j figs-abstractnouns ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 7 19 c7xq figs-rquestion οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον? 1 Did not Moses give you the law? Jesus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 19 c85j grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον…ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
-JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus makes a statement in the form of a question in order to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 7 20 hdud grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “The crowd of people” or “Someone in the crowd of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 7 19 iwv8 ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον 1 keeps the law Here, **does** means to keep, follow, or obey. If this use of **does** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obeys the law”
+JHN 7 19 bfd2 figs-rquestion τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Why do you seek to kill me? Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders who want to **kill** him for breaking the law of Moses are themselves breaking that law. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You break the law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 20 hdud grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 7 20 l1rq δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 You have a demon Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of you!” or “You must be under the control of a demon!”
-JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Who seeks to kill you? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 7 21 b63z figs-explicit ἓν ἔργον 1 one work Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this use of **work**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 21 l1zf figs-explicit πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 22 o9n9 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers might misunderstand what **this** refers to, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here, John records Jesus providing additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 7 22 w22v figs-explicit τῶν πατέρων 1 Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this use of **fathers** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 20 r9wi figs-rquestion τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Who seeks to kill you? **The crowd** is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one wants to kill you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 21 b63z figs-explicit ἓν ἔργον 1 one work Here, **work** refers to the time when Jesus miraculously healed a paralyzed man on the Jewish day of rest called the Sabbath, as recorded in [5:5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one miracle on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 21 l1zf figs-explicit πάντες θαυμάζετε 1 you all marvel The word translated **marveled** refers to being amazed or in wonder of something in either a negative or positive way. Since some people in this crowd despised Jesus, their amazement was unfavorable toward him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are all surprised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 22 o9n9 figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 22 d8sw writing-background οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων 1 not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 7 22 w22v figs-explicit τῶν πατέρων 1 Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 22 cs9z figs-explicit ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον 1 on the Sabbath you circumcise a man Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 22 dl6z figs-genericnoun ἄνθρωπον 1 Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 7 23 t21u grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receive circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 7 23 k04n figs-genericnoun λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος 1 See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 7 23 owuc grammar-collectivenouns ὁ νόμος 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 7 23 ltsk figs-activepassive μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this phrase in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 7 23 fbk2 figs-idiom μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 Here, **broken** is used figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **broken**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? John records Jesus using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 23 ltsk figs-activepassive μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 7 23 fbk2 figs-idiom μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως 1 Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 7 23 w9wn figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ? 1 why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath? Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 24 x4fl figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 24 mrll figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ὄψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **appearance** in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 7 24 b7zy figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 7 24 mrll figs-abstractnouns κατ’ ὄψιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 7 24 b7zy figs-abstractnouns τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 7 25 ts7d figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι? 1 Is not this the one they seek to kill? Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 26 n5pi figs-explicit οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν 1 they say nothing to him They Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 26 s2un figs-explicit μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός? 1 It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it? Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 26 f1jp figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If this information would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 26 f1jp figs-explicit οἱ ἄρχοντες 1 This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 27 rqq8 figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 28 zxh7 ἔκραξεν 1 cried out Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice”
-JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 28 ah7u figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the **temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 7 28 w35k figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 of myself See how you translated this phrase in verse [17](../07/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 28 a2h9 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 he who sent me is true Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 28 rc3g figs-explicit ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με 1 Here, **true** could mean: (1) real. In this case, Jesus would be saying that he the God who is real sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the real God” (2) truthful. In this case, Jesus would be saying that God is truly the one who sent him. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is the true sender” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 30 kci1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 7 30 kci1 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** indicates that this verse states the result of what had happened in the previous verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “As a result of Jesus saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 7 30 e0ce writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν 1 Here, **they** could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities were seeking” (2) the Jerusalemites. Alternate translation: “the people dwelling in Jerusalem were seeking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 7 30 pamg figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα 1 To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **hour**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 7 31 uuzq grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “from among the group of people” or “from among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 7 30 pamg figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὴν χεῖρα 1 To lay **a hand on** someone is an idiom which means to grab someone or hold onto someone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 7 30 pxr4 figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 7 31 uuzq grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 7 31 y5m8 figs-rquestion ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν? 1 When the Christ comes, will he do more signs than what this one has done? The **crowd** uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “When the Christ may come, surely he will not do more signs than this one has done!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 31 x8e4 σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN 7 32 re08 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 7 32 re08 grammar-collectivenouns τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 7 32 efsz γογγύζοντος 1 Although the word translated **murmuring** usually refers to grumbling or complaining, here it refers to speaking quietly without a negative meaning. Some people in **the crowd** were discussing whether or not Jesus was the Messiah and didn’t want the religious leaders to hear them. See how you translated this word in verse [12](../07/12.md).
JHN 7 33 xm7p ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι 1 I am still with you for a short amount of time Alternate translation: “I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
-JHN 7 33 d666 figs-extrainfo ὑπάγω 1 Here, Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 7 33 d666 figs-extrainfo ὑπάγω 1 Here Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 7 33 b4m8 figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 then I go to him who sent me This phrase refers to God. See how you translated this in verse [16](../07/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 34 p7w6 figs-infostructure ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 where I go, you will not be able to come If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you will not be able to come to the place where I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves **The Jews** here refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 7 35 zn29 figs-synecdoche εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς 1 The Jews therefore said among themselves Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 7 35 ojvy figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. See how you translated this phrase in verse [15](../07/15.md). Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 35 tc23 figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 7 35 ef1y figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 35 g64h figs-possession τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 1 John records the **Jews** using the possessive form to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 7 36 h18z figs-quotesinquotes εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN 7 35 tc23 figs-rquestion μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας? 1 The Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely he is not about to go to the dispersion of the Greeks and to teach the Greeks!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 35 ef1y figs-explicit τὴν διασπορὰν 1 Here, **dispersion** refers to the Jewish people who were spread across the Greek-speaking world that was outside of the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews who are dispersed” or “the Jews who are scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 35 g64h figs-possession τὴν διασπορὰν τῶν Ἑλλήνων 1 John records the **Jews** using **of** to describe the Jewish people who were dispersed among **the Greeks**. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the dispersion among the Greeks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 7 36 ib6p figs-metonymy τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε 1 What is this word that he said Here, **word** is used figuratively to refer to the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared. The Jewish leaders had failed to understand that message. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What was he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 7 36 h18z figs-quotesinquotes εἶπε, ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 7 36 dyy1 ζητήσετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετέ; καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this in verse [34](../07/34.md).
JHN 7 37 elc6 0 General Information: About three or four days has passed since the events described in verses [14–36](../07/14.md). It is now the last day of the Festival of Shelters and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
JHN 7 37 ipem ἔκραξεν 1 See how you translated this in verse [28](../07/28.md).
-JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here, John records Jesus using **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this use of **thirst** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink Here, John records Jesus using **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this use of **come** and **drink** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 7 37 iy9e figs-metaphor ἐάν τις διψᾷ 1 If anyone is thirsty Here Jesus uses **thirst** figuratively to refer to a person’s need for God, just as someone would **thirst** for water. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “If anyone may recognize your need for God like a thirsty person desires water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 7 37 ayn6 figs-metaphor ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω 1 let him come to me and drink Here Jesus uses **come** and **drink** figuratively to refer together to believing in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use similes. Alternate translation: “let him believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 7 38 u9cx figs-infostructure ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 He who believes in me, just as the scripture says If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 7 38 wtl7 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή, ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the scriptures say that rivers of living water will flow from his stomach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 7 38 q926 figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here, **scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **says** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow Here, **rivers** is used figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this meaning for **rivers** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 7 38 q926 figs-personification εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή 1 Here Jesus uses **scripture** as if it were a person who could speak. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the prophets spoke in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 7 38 uw2q figs-metaphor ποταμοὶ…ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 rivers of living water will flow Here Jesus uses **rivers** figuratively to refer to a constant and abundant flow of **living water**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “an abundance of living water will flow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 7 38 yt75 figs-extrainfo ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 living water Jesus uses **living water** here figuratively to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to save and transform them. However, since John explains this meaning in the next verse, you do not need to explain it further here. See how you translated **living water** in [4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 7 38 y1zb figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this use of **living** would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 38 y1zb figs-explicit ὕδατος ζῶντος 1 Here, **living** is used figuratively to mean “giving eternal life” or “causing people to live forever.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “water that gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 38 ebk7 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If your language does not use **stomach** in this way, then you can say the meaning with a different expression. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 7 38 cx1q figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ 1 from his stomach Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 7 39 i8wx writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 7 39 qbr1 figs-explicit οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα 1 the Spirit had not yet been given John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 39 n599 figs-explicit οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη 1 Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 40 xvts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from verse [38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in verse [39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
-JHN 7 40 schi grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “some from the group of people” or “some from the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 7 40 ifli figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. if this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 7 40 xvts grammar-connect-time-sequential οὖν 1 **Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN 7 40 schi grammar-collectivenouns ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 7 40 ifli figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 John uses the term **words** figuratively to describe the content of what Jesus had said by referring to something associated with it, the **words** he used to communicate it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things he was saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 7 40 shq8 figs-explicit ὁ προφήτης 1 This is indeed the prophet See how you translated **the prophet** in [1:21](01/21.md). Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? John records these people using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said The **Scripture** is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 7 43 h7d3 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **division**, you could translate it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 7 43 lf5r grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “in the group of people” or “among the many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 7 41 alq3 figs-rquestion μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται 1 Does the Christ come from Galilee? These people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Indeed, the Christ surely does not come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 42 n8nb figs-rquestion οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός? 1 Have the scriptures not said that the Christ will come from the descendants of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was? The people are using the form of a question to add emphasis. This group of people does not believe Jesus is the Messiah because they do not think he came from Bethlehem. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate the words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “The scriptures surely say that the Christ will come from the seed of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 42 ep4z figs-personification οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν 1 Have the scriptures not said **Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 7 43 h7d3 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 7 43 lf5r grammar-collectivenouns ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 7 44 yv80 writing-pronouns τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd whom Jesus had just spoken with, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “no one grabbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 7 44 rc64 figs-idiom οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 7 47 z95z figs-explicit μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε? 1 Have you also been deceived? **The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 47 i47o figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? Here, **the Pharisees** use the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 47 i47o figs-activepassive μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 7 48 e8vu figs-rquestion μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων? 1 Have any of the rulers believed in him, or any of the Pharisees? Here, **the Pharisees** are using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely none from the rulers have believed in him, or from the Pharisees!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 48 zkmd figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 7 49 n0am grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “this group of people” or “these many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 7 49 n0am grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 7 49 y4wf grammar-collectivenouns τὸν νόμον 1 See how you translated **the law** in [1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 7 49 jk8j figs-activepassive ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 7 49 jk8j figs-activepassive ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has cursed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 7 50 u5ha writing-background ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 one of the Pharisees, who came to him earlier John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is and the conversation he had with Jesus that is recorded in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “this man was a Pharisee who had spoken with Jesus at an earlier time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 7 50 yw8i εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “although he was one of them” or “despite being one of them”
JHN 7 50 hj1u figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ 1 Does our law judge a man Here, Nicodemus speaks of the **law** as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 7 51 ia3j figs-rquestion μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ? 1 Does our law judge a man … what he does? Nicodemus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Our law certainly does not judge a man unless it might first hear from him and might know what he does!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 7 51 y8df figs-personification μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ 1 Does our law judge a man Nicodemus speaks of the **law** figuratively as if it were a person. If this use of **law** is not natural in your language, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “It is not written in our law that we may judge a man unless we might first hear from him and might know … is it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 7 51 c2h5 figs-genericnoun τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 7 52 pt91 figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ? 1 Are you also from Galilee? The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 7 52 k6pg figs-ellipsis ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε 1 Search and see Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 7 52 jm59 figs-explicit προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται 1 no prophet comes from Galilee The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 7 52 i0im ἐγείρεται 1 Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
-JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on [John 7:53](../07/53.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)
2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)
3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)
4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)
5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)
6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)
Translators may wish to include a note at verse [1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses [8:1–11](../08/01.md). Verses [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Light and darkness
Generally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])
### I AM
John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 8 1 mkz2 translate-textvariants 0 General Information: While some texts have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md), the best and earliest texts do not include them. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-newevent 0 Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς 1 I am the light of the world Here, John records Jesus using **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **light**, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me Here, John records Jesus using an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. If this use of **following** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness Here, Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this use of **darkness** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-possession φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life Here, John records Jesus using the the possessive form to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 8 12 lvdg figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **life**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 7 53 s5fi translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN 8 intro e667 0 # John 8 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)
2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)
3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)
4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)
5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)
6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)
Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Light and darkness
Generally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])
### I AM
John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 8 1 mkz2 translate-textvariants 0 General Information: The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+JHN 8 12 m4ma writing-newevent 0 In this verse Jesus begins speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple some time after the events of [John 7:1–52](../07/01.md). John does not mark the beginning of this new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 8 12 k5ib figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου…ἀλλ’ ἕξει τὸ φῶς 1 I am the light of the world Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness that are revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. See the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes to this chapter. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light … but will have that truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 12 yc5p figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here, **world** refers figuratively to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 12 zf41 figs-idiom ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ 1 he who follows me Here, **following** means to become Jesus’ disciple and obey his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “the one who becomes my disciple” or “the one who obeys me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 8 12 tse3 figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 will not walk in the darkness Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 12 vw7r figs-possession φῶς τῆς ζωῆς 1 light of life Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 8 12 lvdg figs-explicit τῆς ζωῆς 1 Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 13 ih9h figs-explicit σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς 1 You bear witness about yourself The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 13 mrj6 figs-explicit ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής 1 your witness is not true The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 14 bh68 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε 1 In verses [14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 8 15 k92s figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh Here, John records Jesus using **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this use of **flesh** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 14 bh68 figs-you ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε 1 In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 8 15 k92s figs-metaphor τὴν σάρκα 1 the flesh Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 15 j79i figs-ellipsis ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα 1 I judge no one This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 8 16 ys2e figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 8 16 ys2e figs-abstractnouns ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 8 16 jb2f ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν 1 my judgment is true Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
JHN 8 16 ev1r figs-explicit μόνος οὐκ εἰμί 1 I am not alone Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 16 cbrc figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 16 r7dx guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written If you language does not use the passive voice, you could this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 8 17 r2r8 figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Mosses” did it. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 8 17 l6ln figs-explicit δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 the testimony of two men is true Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy [19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 18 gfd3 figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 the Father who sent me bears witness about me In addition to Jesus himself, God the **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father who sent me also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 18 ayl5 figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ 1 Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 18 ycc8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατήρ 2 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 8 19 o66t figs-explicit οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **know**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 19 o66t figs-explicit οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε 1 In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 19 b26z guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 19 wcd1 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε. 1 Here, Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that the Pharisees do not know who he really is and do not really know God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “you do not know me, because if you did, you would also know my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN 8 20 p01r writing-background 0 In this verse, John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 8 20 xa7h figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 20 p01r writing-background 0 In this verse John finishes telling about the events in the story by giving background information about where these events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 8 20 xa7h figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus had just spoken in verses [12–19](../08/12.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things about himself” or “these things to the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 20 witr translate-unknown τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ 1 A **treasury** is the place where treasures are stored. In Jesus’ time, the temple **treasury** referred to a place in the courtyard that had containers for receiving money offerings. If your readers would not be familiar with this use of **treasury**, you could give a fuller description. Alternate translation: “the place where people gave money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 8 20 b11j figs-metonymy οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ 1 his hour had not yet come Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this phrase in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had not yet come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 8 21 ls93 writing-newevent εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς 1 **Then again** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 8 21 ls93 writing-newevent εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς 1 **Then again** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time he said to them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 8 21 lxox figs-extrainfo ἐγὼ ὑπάγω…ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω 1 Two times in this verse Jesus uses **go away** figuratively to refer to his death and return to God in heaven. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 8 21 d70v figs-genericnoun ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν 1 Here, **sin** is singular. This could refer to one: (1) the specific sin of rejecting Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “in your sin of unbelief” (2) sinfulness in general. Alternate translation: “in your state of sinfulness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
JHN 8 21 m0w8 figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “you are not able to come to where I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 8 22 a4p4 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 8 22 upxp figs-explicit μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν 1 John records the Jewish leaders using the form of a question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that he will kill himself?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 22 vskt figs-quotesinquotes ὅτι λέγει, ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Is that why he says that where he goes, we will not be able to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 8 22 mi1t ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this clause in the previous verse.
-JHN 8 23 oc6i figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 In verses [23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 8 23 oc6i figs-you ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 In [verses 23–30](../08/23.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Jewish leaders. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities are from below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 8 23 zug9 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ 1 You are from below The phrase **from below** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from the things below” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to the things below” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 23 tg9d figs-explicit τῶν κάτω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this meaning for **below** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 23 tg9d figs-explicit τῶν κάτω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things below** figuratively to refer to **this world**. It does not refer to hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are from this lower world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 23 a7ny figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί 1 I am from above The phrase **from the things above** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “I came from the things above” (2) the place where the subject belongs, which is heaven. Alternate translation: “I belong to the things above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 23 qlv4 figs-explicit τῶν ἄνω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this meaning for **above** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 23 qlv4 figs-explicit τῶν ἄνω 1 Here, John records Jesus using **the things above** figuratively to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 23 svn1 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 The phrase **from this world** could refer to: (1) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You come from this world; I do not come from this world” (2) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “You belong to this world; I do not belong to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 23 w3vx figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this use of **world** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 23 w3vx figs-metonymy τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 24 jgw4 ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν 1 you will die in your sins This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
JHN 8 24 he1k figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι 1 that I AM This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in Exodus [3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 25 t7tv writing-pronouns ἔλεγον 1 They said Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 8 25 c106 figs-rquestion τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 25 c106 figs-rquestion τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 26 f9pp figs-infostructure ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 8 26 n3gf figs-extrainfo ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ 1 These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 8 26 ivk5 ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
+JHN 8 26 ivk5 ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν 1 Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
JHN 8 26 xj8y figs-explicit κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα 1 Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 26 lsc7 figs-metonymy ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 these things I say to the world Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 27 i7gq writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is a special title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 8 28 x6ca figs-explicit ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this use of **lifted up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 28 qsch figs-123person ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me, the Son of Man, up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 8 27 hh1s guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 8 28 x6ca figs-explicit ὅταν ὑψώσητε 1 When you have lifted up Here, John records Jesus referring to when he would be **lifted up** on the cross to be killed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you have lifted me up on a cross to kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 28 qsch figs-123person ὅταν ὑψώσητε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this clause in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 8 28 er3s figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Son of Man See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 28 tcs5 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 28 zysh figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 28 vq9k guidelines-sonofgodprinciples καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ 1 As the Father taught me, I speak these things **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 29 w9cl figs-explicit ὁ πέμψας με 1 He who sent me Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 29 vai4 figs-metaphor μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 30 ld9x grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
-JHN 8 31 tgat figs-synecdoche τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 8 31 f79h figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 In verses [31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word This is an idiom that means to obey **Jesus**. If this idiom would be confusing in your language, then you can say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free Here, Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 8 32 xf9m figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
-JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? John records the Jews using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 29 vai4 figs-metaphor μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **with me** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “helping me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 30 ld9x grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 As Jesus was saying these things Here, John is describing something that happened at the same time as the other clause in the sentence. If this might confuse your readers, you could make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “At the time Jesus was saying these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+JHN 8 31 tgat figs-synecdoche τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) **those Jews** could refer to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “those Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “those Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 8 31 f79h figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 In [verses 31–59](../08/31.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he could be speaking to: (1) some Jewish people from Judea who were in the temple courtyard with Jesus. Alternate translation: “you Judeans” (2) some of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 8 31 g752 figs-idiom μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ 1 remain in my word The phrase **remain in my word** means to obey what **Jesus** said. If this might confuse your readers, you can express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 8 32 esz8 figs-personification ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς 1 the truth will set you free Jesus speaks of **truth** figuratively as though it were a person who could **free** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “knowing the truth will cause you to be free” or “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 8 32 xf9m figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀλήθειαν…ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth Here, **the truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what is true about God … those true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]).
+JHN 8 33 n34n figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 how can you say, ‘You will be set free’? The Jews are using the question form here to emphasize their shock at what Jesus has said. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 33 s6jz figs-quotesinquotes πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “how can you say that we will be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 8 34 i2pn figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here, John records Jesus using the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this use of **slave** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 34 jg3z figs-metaphor δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας 1 is the slave of sin Here Jesus uses the word **slave** figuratively to refer to someone who cannot stop sinning. This implies that **sin** is like a master for the person who sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile instead. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 35 nfyp figs-genericnoun ὁ…δοῦλος οὐ μένει…ὁ Υἱὸς μένει 1 Jesus is speaking of slaves and sons in general, not of one particular **slave** and **son**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “slaves do not remain … sons remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this use of **house** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 35 sg4a figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ 1 in the house Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to the family that lives inside the **house**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 35 mknn grammar-connect-logic-contrast ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 This clause is in contrast to the previous clause. Although slaves do not remain permanent members of the family who owns them, sons are permanent family members. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the son remains into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
-JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 8 35 j73t figs-ellipsis ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “the son remains in the house into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 8 36 n6fp figs-explicit ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 if the Son sets you free, you will be truly free It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son sets you free from sin, you will truly be free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 36 w3q1 figs-123person ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 if the Son sets you free Unlike the generic use of **son** in the previous verse, here Jesus uses **the Son** to refer to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “if I, the Son, free you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 8 36 mapu figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Here, Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this use of **frees** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 36 mapu figs-metaphor ἐὰν…ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ 1 Here Jesus uses **frees** figuratively to refer to stopping people from being controlled by their sinful desires. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “if the Son frees you from being controlled by sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 36 nqcr guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς 1 **Son** is an important title for Jesus, **the Son** of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 8 36 ak0s figs-metaphor ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here, Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this use of **free** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 36 ak0s figs-metaphor ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε 1 Here Jesus uses **free** figuratively to refer to people no longer being controlled by their sinful desires and thus able to avoid sinning. If this might confuse you readers, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “you will truly no longer be controlled by sin” “you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 37 p4xm translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 **Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 8 37 orw8 figs-idiom ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If your readers might understand this idiom, you could use a similar idiom in your language or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς 1 my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 37 orw8 figs-idiom ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 This phrase **has no place in you** is an idiom that means to truly accept or believe something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a similar idiom in your language or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not receive my words in your hearts” or “you reject my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 8 37 ph1q figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς 1 my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 38 m62y guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 I say what I have seen with my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 38 f9yu figs-extrainfo καὶ ὑμεῖς…ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε 1 you also do what you heard from your father In this clause, Jesus uses the phrase **the father** to refer to the devil. Despite using the same words as in the previous clause, here Jesus is not referring to God. However, since Jesus did not yet reveal what he meant when he used this phrase, but was speaking ambiguously, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 8 39 qp2r figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ 1 father Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” If that use of **father** would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 39 qp2r figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ 1 father Here the people use **father** figuratively to refer to their ancestor. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 39 wg9n figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 8 39 v7og figs-metaphor τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here, the word **children** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 39 xcnx figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 8 40 s615 writing-pronouns τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 8 39 v7og figs-metaphor τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 39 xcnx figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 8 40 s615 figs-explicit τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν 1 Abraham did not do this Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 41 i87r figs-extrainfo ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν 1 You do the works of your father Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 41 y82e figs-explicit ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα 1 We were not born in sexual immorality Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that he is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 42 nh4m grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 8 42 mk2w figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 42 p7iv writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνός 1 Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 8 43 ig11 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε? 1 Why do you not understand my words? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 8 43 yham figs-metaphor οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 43 yham figs-metaphor οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 43 cf8v figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν 1 It is because you cannot hear my words Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 44 vgy1 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ 1 You are of your father, the devil The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 44 csgm writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 8 44 pmda figs-explicit ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς 1 Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 44 i1e4 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν 1 The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 8 44 j6rz figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this use of **truth** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 44 i1e4 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν 1 The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 8 44 j6rz figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 44 hqmo ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ 1 Alternate translation: “he speaks according to his character” or “he speaks what is most natural for him to speak”
-JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here, Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 44 x11i figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this use of **it** would be misunderstood by your readers, you can state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 44 k1qu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 the father of lies Here Jesus uses **father** figuratively to refer to the one who originated the act of lying. Since **the devil** is the first being to tell a lie, he is called the **father** of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who created it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 44 x11i figs-explicit ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **it** refers to the act of lying. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the father of lying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 46 y3gz figs-rquestion τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας? 1 Which one of you convicts me of sin? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has never sinned. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “None of you can convict me concerning sin!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 46 kh6a grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω 1 If I speak the truth John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? John records Jesus using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 46 ibp1 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι? 1 why do you not believe me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to scold the Jews for their unbelief. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 47 lien figs-explicit ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ…ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἐστέ 1 The phrase **from God** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “He who came from God … you did not come from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 47 nmmq figs-gendernotations ὁ ὢν ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Although **He** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “A person who is from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JHN 8 47 njo6 figs-metaphor ἀκούει…ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε 1 Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated **hear** in verse [43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heed … you do not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 47 l7gy figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the words of God Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer what God has said. See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “the things that God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις? 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? **The Jews** use a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 48 vu1h figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 8 48 cic5 figs-rquestion οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις? 1 Do we not truly say that you are a Samaritan and have a demon? **The Jews** are using a rhetorical question here to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We certainly say rightly that you are a Samaritan and have a demon!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 48 ovbe figs-explicit Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ 1 Most Jewish people in Jesus’ time hated and despised Samaritans, so his Jewish opponents here called Jesus a **Samaritan** in order to insult him. Use the natural form in your language to indicate that this is an insult. Alternate translation: “you are one of those accursed Samaritans” or “you are an enemy Samaritan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 48 fk8t δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 See how you translated this phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you!” or “you must be under the control of a demon!”
JHN 8 49 pgts ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “a demon is not inside of me” or “I am not under the control of a demon”
-JHN 8 50 wmmd figs-abstractnouns ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου 1 there is one seeking and judging If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 8 50 fg43 figs-explicit ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging Here, **one** refers to God. If this use of **one** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 50 d00s figs-ellipsis ὁ ζητῶν 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 8 50 wmmd figs-abstractnouns ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου 1 there is one seeking and judging If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seek to glorify myself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 8 50 fg43 figs-explicit ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων 1 there is one seeking and judging Here, **one** refers to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God is the one seeking and judging” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 8 50 d00s figs-ellipsis ὁ ζητῶν 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “one seeking my glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 8 50 cs55 figs-ellipsis κρίνων 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. Here, **judging** could refer to: (1) God **judging** between what Jesus said about himself and what his Jewish opponents were saying about him. Alternate translation: “judging between your testimony and mine” (2) God condemning those who dishonor Jesus. Alternate translation: “judging those who dishonor me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 8 51 fb52 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 8 51 m46r figs-metonymy τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον 1 keeps my word Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. See how you translated this phrase in [5:24](../05/24.md). Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 8 51 bgrt figs-metaphor θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ 1 see death Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-extrainfo θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 see death Here, Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 8 51 bgrt figs-metaphor θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ 1 see death Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 51 gx7l figs-extrainfo θάνατον οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 see death Jesus uses **death** to refer to spiritual **death**, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical **death**. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 8 52 e9xz figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 8 52 bwhv δαιμόνιον ἔχεις 1 Alternate translation: “a demon is inside of you” or “you must be under the control of a demon”
-JHN 8 52 dxll translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 **Abraham** is the name of a man, the most important ancestor of the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 8 52 dxll translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 See how you translated this name in [verse 37](../08/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 8 52 wzq3 figs-quotesinquotes σὺ λέγεις, ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that if anyone keeps your word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 8 52 zah1 ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ 1 If anyone keeps my word See how you translated this in the previous verse.
-JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 taste death **The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 52 a1ls figs-metaphor οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 taste death **The Jews** say here that Jesus used **taste** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he will certainly not experience death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 8 52 il4r figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 See how you translated **death** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν? 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jews use this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 8 53 p38s figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 father Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Our forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς? 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 53 shp3 figs-rquestion μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν? 1 You are not greater than our father Abraham who died, are you? The Jews are using this question to emphasize that they do not think that Jesus is **greater than Abraham**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who died!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 53 p38s figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν 1 father See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 53 cei7 figs-rquestion τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς? 1 Who do you make yourself out to be? The Jews are using this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 54 ab13 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 8 54 lomt figs-quotesinquotes ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “about whom you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this use of **word** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 8 56 wofu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 Here, the word **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). Alternate translation: “Your forefather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 56 vb1v figs-metaphor ἴδῃ…εἶδεν 1 Here, Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day Here, Jesus uses **my day** to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this use of **day** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 55 c3bm figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 Here Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer what God has said. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “what God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 8 56 wofu figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in verse [39](../08/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 56 vb1v figs-metaphor ἴδῃ…εἶδεν 1 Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he might experience … he experienced it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 8 56 tyu5 figs-metonymy τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν 1 my day Here Jesus uses **my day** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus came to earth. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my coming” or “the time when I would come to earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 8 56 hv5g figs-metaphor εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη 1 he saw it and was glad This phrase could mean: (1) Abraham literally **saw** a prophetic vision of Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he foresaw my coming through revelation from God and was glad” (2) when his son Isaac was born, Abraham metaphorically **saw** that God was beginning to fulfill the covenant that would culminate in Jesus coming to earth. Alternate translation: “he perceived my coming when God gave him a son, and he was glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him See how you translated **the Jews** in verse [31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας? 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 8 57 yzf9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 31](../08/31.md). Alternate translation: “the Judeans” or “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 8 57 r1ek figs-rquestion πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας? 1 You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham? Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 8 58 rnw4 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 8 58 k4tp figs-explicit ἐγὼ εἰμί 1 I AM See how you translated this in verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 8 59 bxs5 figs-explicit ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 Then they picked up stones to throw at him The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 8 59 qwe6 figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 **Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in verse [14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)
2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)
3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Who sinned?”
Many of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### “A sinner”
The Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### “He does not keep the Sabbath”
The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
## Important metaphors in this chapter
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Seeing and being blind
Jesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([John 9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([John 9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([John 9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 8 59 qwe6 figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 **Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 9 intro hq31 0 # John 9 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)
2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)
3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “Who sinned?”
Many of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
### “A sinner”
The Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
### “He does not keep the Sabbath”
The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
## Important metaphors in this chapter
### Light and darkness
The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
### Seeing and being blind
Jesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 9 1 un4h grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ 1 Now **And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
JHN 9 2 w44c figs-explicit τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ? 1 who sinned, this man or his parents … blind? This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused illnesses and other deformities. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 2 zzh8 figs-activepassive ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 2 zzh8 figs-activepassive ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he might be blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 9 3 q69k figs-ellipsis ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, John records Jesus leaving out some information that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “he was born blind so that the works of God might be revealed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 9 3 agwa figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 9 3 omt9 figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form, and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 3 agwa figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that are performed by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 9 3 omt9 figs-activepassive φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I might reveal the works of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 9 3 j9re writing-pronouns ἐν αὐτῷ 1 Here, **him** could refer to: (1) the man’s body, especially his blind eyes. Alternate translation: “in his body” (2) the man’s body and spirit. Alternate translation: “in his body and spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 9 4 qs5q figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 9 4 h231 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 We When Jesus says **us** here, he is including himself and the disciples who are with him. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 9 4 qs5q figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants Jesus and his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works that the one who sent me demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 9 4 mv5u figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 4 x8rx figs-explicit ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν; ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here, **day** and **night** could mean: (1) the time when Jesus was on the earth with his disciples and the time when he was no longer on earth, respectively. Alternate translation: “while I am still with you. The time when I will leave you is coming” (2) a person’s lifetime and the time that person dies, respectively. Alternate translation: “while we are still alive. The time when we will die is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν 1 Here, Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this use of **day** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 9 4 rloj figs-metaphor ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here, Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this use of **Night** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here, Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 9 4 g92d figs-metaphor ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν 1 Here Jesus uses **day** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples can do God’s work to the daytime, which is the time when people normally work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “while it is the time like the daylight hours when people usually work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 4 rloj figs-metaphor ἔρχεται νὺξ 1 Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours when people cannot work is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 5 f2xu figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 in the world Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 9 5 dd8k figs-metaphor φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου 1 light of the world See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world that is like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 6 y3s4 figs-explicit ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος 1 made mud with the saliva Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this use of **wash** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 7 haum figs-possession τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 9 7 ror0 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **is translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” Here, John provides a brief break in the story line in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 9 7 ily8 figs-explicit νίψαι…ἐνίψατο 1 wash … washed Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 7 haum figs-possession τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 9 7 ror0 figs-activepassive ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 7 ri9h writing-background ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 9 7 p54y figs-explicit ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος 1 which is translated “Sent” John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 7 q68b figs-go ἦλθεν 1 which is translated “Sent” As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN 9 7 rj0w figs-explicit βλέπων 1 Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If **seeing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 8 d1vq figs-ellipsis ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν 1 This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 9 7 rj0w figs-explicit βλέπων 1 Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 8 d1vq figs-ellipsis ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν 1 This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 9 8 r79x figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν? 1 Is not this the man that used to sit and beg? The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 9 10 m97n figs-activepassive πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί? 1 Then how were your eyes opened? If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this sentence with an active form and say who the people thought might have done the action. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 9 10 yy53 figs-metonymy πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Then how were your eyes opened? Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 9 11 nii1 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς 1 smeared it on my eyes If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this clause with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 10 m97n figs-activepassive πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί? 1 Then how were your eyes opened? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “How did you open your eyes?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 10 yy53 figs-metonymy πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί 1 Then how were your eyes opened? Here, **eyes** **opened** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How are you able to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 9 11 nii1 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς 1 smeared it on my eyes If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom we call Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 9 11 a42y figs-explicit πηλὸν ἐποίησεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt with saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 11 b5zf figs-explicit νίψαι…καὶ νιψάμενος 1 See how you translated **wash** in [verse 7](../09/07.md). Alternate translation: “wash your eyes … and having washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 11 ajxb figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **sight** in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 9 11 ajxb figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **sight**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 9 13 cu14 figs-pastforfuture ἄγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 9 14 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 9 14 ef0w figs-explicit τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If your readers might misunderstanding this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 14 qxy9 figs-metonymy ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 9 15 d6xd figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this use of **again** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 14 dl48 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when Jesus healed the man. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 9 14 ef0w figs-explicit τὸν πηλὸν ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 The negative reaction of the Pharisees described in the following verses is based on their belief that Jesus’ actions were considered to be work according to their religious laws. Therefore, they believed that he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus made the mud and opened his eyes. These were two deeds the Pharisees considered to be work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 14 qxy9 figs-metonymy ἀνέῳξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “caused him to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 9 15 d6xd figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι 1 Then again the Pharisees asked him Here, **again** means that this is the second time people questioned the blind man whom Jesus had healed. It does not mean that this is the second time **the Pharisees** questioned him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then, in addition to his neighbors questioning him, the Pharisees also began asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 15 exy2 figs-abstractnouns ἀνέβλεψεν 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 9 15 g2vb figs-explicit ἐνιψάμην 1 See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 16 hdh9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 16 hdh9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ 1 he does not keep the Sabbath The phrase **does not keep the Sabbath** means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 16 h0tt figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 16 k4sy figs-rquestion πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν? 1 How can a man who is a sinner do such signs? Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 9 16 qn73 σημεῖα 1 signs See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN 9 16 jeyz figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 9 16 jeyz figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 9 17 lxnf figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 9 17 glud figs-explicit ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this clause might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 17 glud figs-explicit ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Because the next verse indicates that the Pharisees did not believe that the man used to be blind, **since** here does not mean that they thought the man had really been healed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since you claim that he opened your eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 17 lcb3 figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **opened** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 9 18 y3wn grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 9 19 npf9 figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 9 20 pg6a figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 9 21 ahky figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If **full maturity** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities … those authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 9 22 dgp7 writing-pronouns αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν 1 would confess him to be the Christ Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “would confess Jesus as the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 18 y3wn grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the result of what the man said about Jesus in the previous verse. Because the formerly blind man believed Jesus was a prophet, **the Jews** who opposed Jesus refused to believe that the man had really been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Since the man said that Jesus was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 9 18 awp6 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 9 19 npf9 figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when you bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 20 pg6a figs-activepassive τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 21 ahky figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 The phrase **full maturity** describes a person who is an adult and is legally responsible for himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is an adult” or “is a full-grown man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 22 yq73 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 9 22 k2iw figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 they were afraid of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 9 22 yjv9 figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue Here John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were **put out of the synagogue**, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 23 go77 figs-explicit ἡλικίαν ἔχει 1 he would be thrown out of the synagogue See how you translated this phrase in [verse 21](../09/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 24 h1tl ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 they called the man Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
-JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 9 24 bkx6 figs-idiom δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 Give glory to God This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 9 24 ww3t figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 this man Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 25 sr93 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 that man Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 9 26 z2l2 figs-metonymy πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? John records the man using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 9 27 rpav figs-irony μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι? 1 Here, the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this use of irony would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN 9 26 z2l2 figs-metonymy πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 Here, **open** **eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 9 27 cf2d figs-rquestion τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν? 1 Why do you want to hear it again? The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 9 27 rpav figs-irony μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι? 1 Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN 9 28 h7hy figs-explicit ἐκείνου 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 28 z2tn figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί 1 but we are disciples of Moses Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 9 29 b8id figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1329,799 +1317,813 @@ JHN 9 29 vv43 figs-explicit τοῦτον…πόθεν ἐστίν 1 where this
JHN 9 30 d9uh figs-exclamations ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε 1 If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
JHN 9 30 i3gm figs-explicit πόθεν ἐστίν 1 that you do not know where he is from See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 30 lent figs-metonymy ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused me to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 9 31 e7ec figs-metaphor ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners … listens to him Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for **hear** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened If your language does not use the passive voice, you can use an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 31 e7ec figs-metaphor ἁμαρτωλῶν…οὐκ ἀκούει…τούτου ἀκούει 1 does not listen to sinners … listens to him Here, **hear** and **hears** mean paying attention to or listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “does not heed sinners … he heeds this one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 32 b2xt figs-activepassive οὐκ ἠκούσθη 1 it has never been heard that anyone opened If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 9 32 hstv figs-metonymy ἠνέῳξέν…ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “caused one having been born blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 9 32 bzxd figs-activepassive τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 32 bzxd figs-activepassive τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of one who was blind when his mother bore him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 9 33 tt5e figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing Here, the formerly blind man uses a double negative sentence pattern to emphasize the positive fact that Jesus must be **from God**. If this double negative pattern would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only a man from God would be able to do anything like that!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 9 33 pyin grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 If this man were not from God, he could do nothing The formerly blind man is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He has concluded that Jesus must have come **from God** because he healed him. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not from God, but he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 9 33 sd3s figs-explicit μὴ ἦν…παρὰ Θεοῦ 1 See how you translated **from God** in [verse 16](../09/16.md). Alternate translation: “did not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 33 ry9j figs-explicit οὐδέν 1 Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this use of **anything** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς? 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? The Jewish leaders used a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 9 34 wo1z figs-activepassive ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 9 34 mcm3 figs-explicit ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **born in sins**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 34 kl2x figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out Here, **threw him out** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 33 ry9j figs-explicit οὐδέν 1 Here, **anything** does not mean “anything at all.” It means **anything** like the miraculous signs that Jesus was performing, particularly his healing this man who was born blind. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “anything like healing a man blind from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 34 da3z figs-rquestion ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς? 1 You were completely born in sins, and you are teaching us? The Jewish leaders are using a question to emphasize their belief that this man was not qualified to question their opinion. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You were completely born in sins and not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 9 34 wo1z figs-activepassive ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Your mother bore you completely in sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 9 34 mcm3 figs-explicit ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος 1 You were completely born in sins The Jewish leaders mention the formerly blind man being **born in sins** to imply that the **sins** of his parents had caused his blindness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You were born blind completely because of your parents’ sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 9 34 kl2x figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 they threw him out Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 35 z6r9 0 General Information: Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
JHN 9 35 amfh figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 35 mxkw figs-explicit εὑρὼν αὐτὸν 1 Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 9 35 tw58 figs-extrainfo τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here, Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 9 35 tw58 figs-extrainfo τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 9 35 v3a0 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 9 36 gurg κύριε 1 The formerly blind man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN 9 37 z3rk figs-123person καὶ ὁ λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form. Alternate translation: “and I, the one who is speaking with you, am that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 9 38 emlm Κύριε 1 Now that the formerly blind man knows that Jesus is the **Lord,** he calls Jesus **Lord**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
-JHN 9 38 gf4d figs-ellipsis πιστεύω 1 Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not understand these uses of these words, you could use similes or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 9 39 t9vo grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 9 40 d8mm figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? John records several **Pharisees** using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 9 40 c8zs figs-metaphor μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? Here to be **blind** is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. If your readers would not understand this use of **blind**, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 38 gf4d figs-ellipsis πιστεύω 1 Here, the formerly blind man is leaving out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from [verse 36](../09/36.md). Alternate translation: “I believe that you are the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 9 39 azp3 figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίμα 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “In order to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 9 39 te5y figs-metaphor ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **not seeing**, **see**, **seeing**, and **become blind** are metaphors. See the discussion of these metaphors in the General Notes for this chapter. If these uses of these words would confuse your readers, you could use similes or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that those who know they are spiritually blind might receive spiritual sight, and those who falsely think they have spiritual sight might remain spiritually blind” or “so that those who recognize that they don’t know God might know him, and those who falsely think they know God might continue not knowing him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 39 t9vo grammar-connect-logic-result ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται 1 so that those who do not see may see and so that those who see may become blind Here, **so that** could indicate that: (1) the rest of the verse is the result of Jesus’ **judgment**, which may require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “The result of my judgment will be that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (2) the rest of the verse is an explanation of the **judgment** Jesus mentioned at the beginning of the verse, which may also require starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “That judgment is that those not seeing might see and those seeing might become blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 9 40 d8mm figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? Several **Pharisees** are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think that they are spiritually blind. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely are not also blind!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 9 40 c8zs figs-metaphor μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν 1 Are we also blind? Here the Pharisees use **blind** figuratively to refer to not knowing God’s truth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “We are not also ignorant of God’s truth, are we?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 41 rh3l figs-metaphor εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin See how you translated **blind** in [verses 39–40](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “If you did not know God’s truth, you would have no sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 9 41 bj0s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 9 41 bj0s figs-metaphor οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν…ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 If you were blind, you would have no sin In these two phrases, Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess or that could remain with a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you would not be sinful … you are still sinful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 41 jmq7 figs-metaphor λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει 1 See how you translated **see** in [verse 39](../09/39.md). Alternate translation: “you say, ‘We know God’s truth,’ your sin remains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 9 41 ch0y figs-quotesinquotes λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “you say that you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)
2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)
3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)
4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)
5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Blasphemy
When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Parable
Parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. But people who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([John 10:1–6](../10/01.md)).
### Sheep
Jesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])
### Sheep pen
A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [John 10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”
### Laying down and taking up life
Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
+JHN 10 intro e8mb 0 # John 10 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus tells the Parable of the Sheep Pen (10:1–6)\n2. Jesus says he is the gate of the sheep pen (10:7–10)\n3. Jesus says he is the Good Shepherd (10:11–18)\n4. The Jewish leaders disagree about who Jesus is (10:19–21)\n5. Jesus says he is God at the Festival of Dedication (10:22–42)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Blasphemy\n\nBlasphemy is when a person claims that he is God or claims that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by throwing stones at them until they died. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they picked up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Parables\n\nParables were short stories that Jesus told so that people who wanted to believe in him could easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. People who did not want to believe in him would not be able to understand the message ([10:1–6](../10/01.md)).\n\n### Sheep\n\nJesus spoke metaphorically of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, do not think well, often walk away from those who care for them, and cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people are similar to sheep in that they also are weak and do foolish things like rebelling against God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/sheep]])\n\n### Sheep pen\n\nA sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep for periods of time, such as over night. There were large sheep pens in which multiple flocks were kept, and also smaller sheep pens for a single flock. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. In [10:1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus uses the sheep pen as a metaphor for the people of Israel. Out of the “sheep pen” of the Jewish people, Jesus calls his first “sheep.”\n\n### Laying down and taking up life\n\nJesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could: (1) lay down on the ground, which is a metaphor for dying, or (2) pick up again, which is a metaphor for becoming alive again.
JHN 10 1 gzd8 figs-parables 0 General Information: In [verses 1–5](../10/01.md), Jesus speaks a parable, which he then uses for teaching purposes in [verses 7–18](../10/07.md). Here, the “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus and “sheep” is a metaphor for people. “His own sheep” are the people who follow Jesus, and the **thief**, **robber**, and “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. Since Jesus does not explain the meaning of this parable here, you should not explain the metaphors within the parable itself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
JHN 10 1 ab9x 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 1–21](../10/01.md), Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees whom he was speaking with at the end of the last chapter. This section continues the story which began in [9:35](../09/35.md).
JHN 10 1 i3tj figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 10 1 xq1f translate-unknown αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen A **sheep pen** is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 10 1 xq1f translate-unknown αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων 1 sheep pen A **sheep pen** is an enclosed or fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a roofless space surrounded by walls or a fence. Alternate translation: “the walled area for protecting the sheep” or “the place where sheep are kept” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 10 1 zz7x figs-explicit κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής 1 a thief and a robber The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. A **thief** is a person who steals by stealth, but a **robber** is a person who steals by force or violence. For this reason, you may want to use “or” instead of **and** between these two terms. Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 10 2 ib4y figs-possession ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 10 3 uy2v translate-unknown ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper opens for him A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “the gate guard” or “the person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 10 3 q48q figs-ellipsis ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 10 2 ib4y figs-possession ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 10 3 uy2v translate-unknown ὁ θυρωρὸς 1 The gatekeeper opens for him A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 10 3 q48q figs-ellipsis ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει 1 The gatekeeper opens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 10 3 ploz writing-pronouns τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ 1 In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 10 3 db3c figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This is implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 3 zxsd figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 3 db3c figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει 1 The sheep hear his voice Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 3 zxsd figs-explicit τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα 1 Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 4 n1ta figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται 1 he goes ahead of them Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 5 z8dm grammar-collectivenouns τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν 1 Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 10 6 u3nw figs-parables ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν 1 this parable This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “this analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
JHN 10 6 i3ot writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 this parable In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 10 7 q3na 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
JHN 10 7 q4hs figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this use of **gate** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 7 wk8s figs-possession ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 10 7 posn figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-hyperbole πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me **Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this use of **Everyone** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber Here, Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this use of **thief** and **robber** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 7 nj4k figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 7 wk8s figs-possession ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe himself as a **gate** that is for **the sheep** to use. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “I am the gate for the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 10 7 posn figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 I am the gate of the sheep Here, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “of those who follow me like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 8 k4z6 figs-hyperbole πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ 1 Everyone who came before me **Everyone** here is an exaggeration that refers to the majority of Israel’s leaders, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Not every leader of Israel throughout history was wicked, but most were. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Most leaders who came before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 10 8 hqq3 figs-metaphor κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber Here Jesus uses **thief** and **robber** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “like a thief and a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 8 o7ou figs-explicit κλέπται…καὶ λῃσταί 1 a thief and a robber The words translated **thief** and **robber** describe two different kinds of criminals. See how you translated this expression in [verse 1](../10/01.md). Alternate translation: “a thief or a robber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 10 8 z4hb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 8 xa5u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this meaning for hearing would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here, Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 9 gda6 figs-metaphor δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ 1 I am the gate Here, Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 9 xl78 figs-metaphor σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this use of **saved** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 9 nmvk figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 10 9 n70e figs-idiom εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται 1 I am the gate The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 10 9 in9p figs-metaphor νομὴν εὑρήσει 1 pasture Here, Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 8 z4hb figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα 1 In this verse, Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer specifically to the Jewish people who believed in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sheep who follow me” or “the sheep, my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 8 xa5u figs-metaphor οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to **hear** what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “did not heed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 9 yp3g figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα 1 I am the gate Here Jesus uses the word **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. See how you translated this phrase in [verse 7](../10/07.md). Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 9 gda6 figs-metaphor δι’ ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ 1 I am the gate Here Jesus uses **enters through me** figuratively to refer to trusting in him for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “If anyone believes in me for salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 9 xl78 figs-metaphor σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate Here, **saved** refers to being **saved** from the eternal punishment in hell that all people deserve because of their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will be saved from hell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 9 nmvk figs-activepassive σωθήσεται 1 I am the gate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will save him” or “I will save him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 10 9 n70e figs-idiom εἰσελεύσεται, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται 1 I am the gate The phrase **go in and go out** is a common Old Testament idiom meaning to travel and move around freely in a safe environment. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he will move about freely” or “he will go around in a safe environment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 10 9 in9p figs-metaphor νομὴν εὑρήσει 1 pasture Jesus uses the phrase ** find pasture** figuratively to refer to having one’s needs provided for. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will find sustenance” or “will receive everything that he needs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 10 ymc7 figs-genericnoun ὁ κλέπτης 1 does not come if he would not steal Jesus is speaking of thieves in general, not of one particular **thief**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “A thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 10 10 nicf figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 Here, Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 10 nicf figs-metaphor ὁ κλέπτης 1 Jesus uses **thief** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders who were deceiving the people. See how you translated the similar use of this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “Every leader is like a thief who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 10 h2gf figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ 1 does not come if he would not steal If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only in order that he might steal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN 10 10 h56c figs-ellipsis κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 10 10 zho7 writing-pronouns ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 10 10 j2k6 figs-explicit ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this use of **life** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 10 10 fnu5 figs-explicit καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this use of **abundantly** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 10 h56c figs-ellipsis κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ 1 steal and kill and destroy Here, Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he might steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 10 10 zho7 writing-pronouns ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the sheep, which is a metaphor for God’s people. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sheep might have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 10 10 j2k6 figs-explicit ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν 1 so that they will have life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 10 fnu5 figs-explicit καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν 1 Here, **abundantly** implies that the eternal **life** Jesus’ followers will receive has more blessings than anyone could expect. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and might have it with abundant blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 11 x196 0 Connecting Statement: In [verses 11–18](../10/11.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) to proclaim that he is the good shepherd who leads his sheep to heaven and takes care of them.
-JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Here, Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this use of **shepherd** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life Here, Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN 10 11 xs4m figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd Jesus uses the phrase **good shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. Just as a **good shepherd** takes care of his **sheep**, Jesus takes care of his followers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 11 llr4 figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν 1 lays down his life Here Jesus uses **lays down his life** to refer to voluntarily dying. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “voluntarily dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 10 11 p4tv figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 lays down his life See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant Here, Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this use of the phrase might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 12 n6ci figs-activepassive ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this passive phrase with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 10 12 ym8w figs-metaphor ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant Jesus uses the phrase **hired servant** figuratively to refer to the Jewish leaders and teachers. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “each of your leaders is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 12 n6ci figs-activepassive ὁ μισθωτὸς 1 The hired servant If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the man whom someone hired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 10 12 bbwn translate-unknown τὸν λύκον…ὁ λύκος 1 The hired servant A **wolf** is a fierce wild dog that is known for attacking and devouring livestock. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a fierce predator or wild dog in your area that commonly eats farmers’ livestock, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the fierce predator … that predator” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 10 12 ue4m figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα…τὰ πρόβατα 1 abandons the sheep See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 12 j3rc grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει 1 This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep and then the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
+JHN 10 12 j3rc grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ καὶ σκορπίζει 1 This clause describes two events. The first event causes the second event. When **the wolf** attacks and **seizes** a sheep, the other sheep scatter. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “the wolf seizes a sheep, and the rest of the sheep scatter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
JHN 10 13 ra00 figs-activepassive μισθωτός 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Here, Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 13 szr8 figs-metaphor οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν προβάτων 1 does not care for the sheep Jesus compares a **hired man** who abandons **the sheep** to the Jewish leaders and teachers who do not care for God’s people. See how you translated **sheep** in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “he is not concerned about the sheep, just like your leaders are not concerned about God’s people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 14 fg93 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός 1 I am the good shepherd See how you translated this in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 15 qr9g guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…τὸν Πατέρα 1 The Father knows me, and I know the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 15 pn9w figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι 1 I lay down my life for the sheep See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 10 15 mwpf figs-metaphor τῶν προβάτων 1 I lay down my life for the sheep See how you translated this phrase in the [verse 8](../10/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Here, Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this use of **other sheep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 16 la1v figs-metaphor τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης 1 I have other sheep Here, Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **sheep pen** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 16 v95z figs-ellipsis κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν 1 I have other sheep Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 10 16 kq11 figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν 1 I have other sheep Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη 1 one flock and one shepherd Here, Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 16 bobi figs-metaphor εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Here, Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 16 y3g7 figs-metaphor ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω 1 I have other sheep Jesus uses **other sheep** figuratively to refer to his followers who are not Jews. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “I have disciples from a different group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 16 la1v figs-metaphor τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης 1 I have other sheep Jesus uses **sheep pen** figuratively to refer to the people of Israel. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 16 v95z figs-ellipsis κἀκεῖνα…ἀγαγεῖν 1 I have other sheep Jesus is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This could mean: (1) Jesus will bring them to himself, as in the UST. (2) Jesus will bring them to God. Alternate translation: “to bring them also to God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 10 16 kq11 figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούσουσιν 1 I have other sheep Here, **hear** refers to listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 8](../10/08.md). Alternate translation: “they will heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 16 w86n figs-metaphor μία ποίμνη 1 one flock and one shepherd Jesus uses **flock** figuratively to refer to all of his followers, including Jews and non-Jews, as if they are one group, like a **flock** of **sheep**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 16 bobi figs-metaphor εἷς ποιμήν 1 one flock and one shepherd Jesus uses **shepherd** figuratively to refer to himself. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for the chapter. See also how you translated **shepherd** in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “one group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 17 kd16 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
JHN 10 17 i59j figs-infostructure διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 Here, **this** refers to all the information in the second clause. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “Because I lay down my life so that I might take it up again, the Father loves me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 10 17 kpr5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 17 wc4l figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου 1 I lay down my life so that I may take it again See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 11](../10/11.md). Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN 10 17 s9ck figs-metaphor ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 so that I may take it again Here, Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this use of **take up** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 18 z4xh figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus figuratively refers to someone killing him as if life were an object that could be taken away. If this use of **takes away** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 17 s9ck figs-metaphor ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν 1 so that I may take it again Jesus figuratively refers to becoming alive again as if life were an object that he could **take up**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “so that I might cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 18 z4xh figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἦρεν αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here Jesus refers to his life figuratively as if it were an object that someone could take away. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “No one is causing me to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 18 rnj4 figs-euphemism ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν…θεῖναι αὐτήν 1 I lay it down of myself See how you translated the similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I voluntarily die … to voluntarily die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 10 18 j945 figs-rpronouns ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 I lay it down of myself The reflexive pronoun **myself** is used here to emphasize that Jesus voluntarily lays down his own life. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
JHN 10 18 lo79 figs-metaphor πάλιν λαβεῖν αὐτήν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “to cause myself to be alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 18 s13n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 10 19 wft1 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **division** in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
-JHN 10 19 g4rs figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 10 19 nici figs-metonymy διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 10 19 wft1 figs-abstractnouns σχίσμα πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “The Jews divided themselves against each other again” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
+JHN 10 19 g4rs figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders, which in this chapter and the previous chapter may have been a group of leaders among the Pharisees. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 10 19 nici figs-metonymy διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to what Jesus has just said to **the Jews** in the previous verses. It wasn’t the words themselves that caused division, but the meaning of what Jesus said. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the things he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 20 uoce δαιμόνιον ἔχει 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “A demon is inside of him!” or “He must be under the control of a demon!”
JHN 10 20 gm3r figs-rquestion τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε? 1 Why do you listen to him? Jesus’ opponents are using the form of a question to emphasize that the people should not listen to Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should certainly not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 10 21 zrwb figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου 1 Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 10 21 zrwb figs-metonymy ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστιν δαιμονιζομένου 1 Here, **words** refers to what a **demon-possessed man** would say. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “These things are not what a demon-possessed man would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 21 mj2b figs-rquestion μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι? 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? The people are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that a **demon** could heal a **blind** person. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 10 21 dcau figs-metonymy τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to caused the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 10 21 dcau figs-metonymy τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι 1 Can a demon open the eyes of the blind? Here, **open the eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, **the eyes**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to cause the blind to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 22 f9cm writing-background 0 General Information: Some Jews begin to question Jesus during **the Festival of Dedication**. This verse gives background information about the time when the events of [verses 24–39](../10/24.md) took place. The next verse gives background information about the place where those events too place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 10 22 w25f translate-unknown τὰ ἐνκαίνια 1 Festival of Dedication The **Festival of Dedication** is an eight-day holiday that Jews celebrate in the **winter** to remember when they dedicated the Jewish temple to God after it had been defiled by the Syrians. If your readers would not be familiar with this holiday, you could use a general expression to explain it. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple dedication festival” or “the Jewish festival for remembering the dedication of their temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 10 23 v6wn figs-synecdoche περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Jesus was walking in the temple **Jesus was walking** in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated** temple** in [8:14](../08/14.md). Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 10 23 henb figs-possession τῇ στοᾷ τοῦ Σολομῶνος 1 porch Here, the possessive form describes **the porch** that was associated with King **Solomon** in some way. It may have been the only remaining part of the temple built during the time of **Solomon**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the porch associated with Solomon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 10 23 hw7y translate-names Σολομῶνος 1 porch **Solomon** is the name of a man, the king who oversaw the building of the first Jewish temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 10 23 cs2b translate-unknown στοᾷ 1 porch A **porch** was a structure with a roof, had at least one wall missing, and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting This is an idiom which means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 10 23 cs2b translate-unknown στοᾷ 1 porch A **porch** was a structure with a roof; it had at least one wall missing and was attached to the side of a building. See how you translated this word in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 10 24 m8ja figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews surrounded him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 10 24 nk9t figs-idiom τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις 1 hold us doubting Here, **taking away our life** is an idiom that means to keep people in suspense by not telling them something. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will you keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 10 25 cb95 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “The miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “The miracles and teaching” See how you translated this in [5:36](../05/36.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 25 e7zh figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 in the name of my Father Here, **name** could mean: (1) Jesus performed miracles by means of God’s authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s authority” (2) Jesus performed miracles as God’s representative. Alternate translation: “as my Father’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 25 bqz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep Here, the word **sheep** is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. If this use of **sheep** might be misunderstood in your language, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 10 25 n34x figs-personification ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ 1 these testify concerning me Jesus speaks figuratively of his **works** as though they were a person who could testify and offer proof in a court of law. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 10 26 als6 figs-metaphor οὐκ…ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν 1 not my sheep Jesus uses **sheep** figuratively to refer to people who believe in him. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 27 rdw7 figs-metaphor τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ 1 My sheep hear my voice See how you translated **My sheep** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “My followers” or “My disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 10 27 xakd figs-metaphor τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν 1 Here, **hear** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [verse 16](../10/16.md). Alternate translation: “heed my voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 27 f7y8 figs-idiom ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι 1 Here, Jesus uses an idiom that refers to becoming Jesus’ disciple and obeying his teachings. See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “they have become my disciples” or “they obey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this use of **hand** and **snatch** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 10 27 f7y8 figs-idiom ἀκολουθοῦσίν μοι 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 10 28 bpx3 figs-metonymy οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου 1 no one will snatch them out of my hand Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to his protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from me” or “they all will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 29 g82a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι 1 My Father, who has given them to me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 29 k1ya figs-metonymy οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός 1 the hand of the Father Here, Jesus uses the word **hand** figuratively to refer to God’s protective care and **snatch** to refer to removing someone from that care. See how you translated **hand** and **snatch** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “no one will steal any of them away from my Father” or “they all will remain secure forever in my Father’s care” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 10 30 xok8 figs-explicit ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this use of **one** might be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 30 xok8 figs-explicit ἕν ἐσμεν 1 I and the Father are one Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 30 rs4j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I and the Father are one **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 10 31 fl8i figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Then the Jews took up stones Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 10 31 a42t figs-explicit ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν 1 **The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 32 uvdo figs-explicit πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ…αὐτῶν ἔργον 1 See how you translated **works** in [verse 25](../10/25.md). Alternate translation: “many good miracles … of those miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 32 kttb ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father”
JHN 10 32 t5q8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? Here, Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 10 33 khfg figs-abstractnouns περὶ βλασφημίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **blasphemy** in another way. Alternate translation: “because you blaspheme” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 10 32 tx8h figs-irony διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε 1 For which of those works are you stoning me? Here Jesus is using irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done **good works**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your certainly are not stoning me because of those works” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN 10 33 bq1l figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him See how you translated this in [verse 31](../10/31.md). Alternate translation: “The Jewish authorities answered him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 10 33 khfg figs-abstractnouns περὶ βλασφημίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because you are blaspheming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 10 33 w0v8 figs-explicit βλασφημίας 1 Here, the **Jews** use the word **blasphemy** with its technical sense, which refers to a human being claiming to be God. This is what the Jewish leaders felt Jesus was doing in [verse 30](../10/30.md). Here, **blasphemy** does not have a general sense of “insult.” See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “committing the crime of blasphemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 33 h4kp ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν 1 making yourself God This phrase means to claim to be God. It does not mean to try to make oneself into God or become God. Alternate translation: “claiming to be God”
-JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 10 34 tb1l figs-activepassive οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον 1 Is it not written … gods”’? If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 10 34 smk1 writing-quotations οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 10 34 rycn figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this use of **law** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 10 34 b3gp figs-123person ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Here, Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 10 34 qi82 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε? 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It is certainly written in your law, ‘I said, “You are gods”’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 10 34 tb1l figs-activepassive οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον 1 Is it not written … gods”’? If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 10 34 smk1 writing-quotations οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Is it not written … gods”’? Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 11 3 ue08 writing-quotations ἀπέστειλαν…αἱ ἀδελφαὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν λέγουσαι 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the sisters sent to him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 11 32 sn74 writing-quotations ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα αὐτῷ 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 10 34 rycn figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 10 34 b3gp figs-123person ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 10 34 h189 figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε 1 You are gods If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 10 35 nfly 0 Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
JHN 10 35 ieot grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς 1 the word of God came **If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 10 35 gtb4 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 10 35 g0kv figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 10 35 gtb4 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Here, Jesus used the term **word** figuratively to describe the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s message came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 10 35 m8ji figs-personification ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο 1 the word of God came Jesus speaks of **the word of God** figuratively as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “God spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 10 35 g0kv figs-activepassive οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one can break the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 10 35 u9j2 figs-metaphor οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή 1 the scripture cannot be broken This phrase could mean: (1) no one can prove that the Scriptures are false or contain errors. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be proven false” (2) the authority of Scripture cannot be ignored. Alternate translation: “the Scriptures are not able to be ignored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι? 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Here, Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 10 36 fj9f figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 You are blaspheming If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instance of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 10 36 wzhd figs-123person ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Here, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 10 36 dvp5 figs-rquestion ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι? 1 do you say to him whom the Father set apart and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God’? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to rebuke his opponents for accusing him of blasphemy. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not say to the one the Father sanctified and sent into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ because I said, ‘I am the Son of God!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 10 36 fj9f figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι 1 You are blaspheming If the direct quotations inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the two instances of second direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “do you say … that he is blaspheming because I said that I am the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
+JHN 10 36 wzhd figs-123person ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me whom the Father sanctified and sent into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 10 36 rax1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father … Son of God **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 10 36 r7ex figs-ellipsis βλασφημεῖς 1 Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 10 36 bkl5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 10 37 wyd2 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here, Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 10 36 r7ex figs-ellipsis βλασφημεῖς 1 Jesus is leaving a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. See how you translated “blasphemy” in [verse 33](../10/33.md) and also see the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “You have committed the crime of blaspheming God” or “You are guilty of blaspheming God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 10 36 bkl5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This phrase, **the Son of God**, is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 10 37 wyd2 figs-possession τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 Here Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that God wants him to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:4](../09/04.md). Alternate translation: “the works that my Father demands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 10 37 us7v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 10 38 finz grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ποιῶ 1 believe in the works Here, Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I am doing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 10 38 k2zf figs-explicit τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and God. If this use of **in** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 10 38 k2zf figs-explicit τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε 1 believe in the works Here, **believe in** means to acknowledge that the **works** Jesus does are done with the authority of the Father and prove that he is God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “believe that the works I do are from God” or “believe that the works I do are done with God’s power”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 38 t8uf figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father Here Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my Father has a close relationship with me, and I have a close relationship with my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 10 38 n8ue figs-doublet ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί 1 the Father is in me and that I am in the Father These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the truth of what Jesus is saying. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “my Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 10 39 eqh1 figs-metonymy ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν 1 went away out of their hand Here, John used the word **hand** figuratively to refer to the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he escaped from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 10 40 b41s figs-explicit πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 beyond the Jordan Here,** beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the **Jordan** River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. See how you translated this expression in [1:28](../01/28.md). Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 10 40 t8mj figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the Apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 10 40 wztl figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων 1 Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this use of **first** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 40 t8mj figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See how you translated this in [1:26](../01/26.md). Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 10 40 wztl figs-explicit ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων 1 Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 40 f5dx figs-explicit ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ 1 he stayed there Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 10 41 yfin σημεῖον 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
JHN 10 41 gd31 writing-pronouns τούτου 1 Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)
2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)
3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Ancient Jewish burial customs
According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).
### Passover
After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then ([John 11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”
In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when worry they about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.
### “One man dies for the people”
In the law of Moses God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.
### “The Jews”
This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.
### Hypothetical situation
When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother had died.
+JHN 11 intro tks5 0 # John 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)\n2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)\n3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).\n\n### Passover\n\nAfter Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”\n\nIn [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.\n\n### “One man dies for the people”\n\nIn the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.\n\n### “The Jews”\n\nThis term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.\n\n### Hypothetical situation\n\nWhen Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
JHN 11 1 fsf7 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 1 s5im writing-participants ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας 1 This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who write Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that what would happen at a time after the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this reference to an event that had not occurred yet in the story might be misunderstood by your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN 11 1 p19k translate-kinship Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that **Martha** was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for an older **sister** here. Alternate translation: “her older sister Martha” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN 11 2 c6r9 figs-events ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς 1 It was Mary who anointed the Lord … her hair Here, John refers to an event that would happen at a time following the events recorded in this chapter ([12:1–8](../12/01.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this as a future event. Alternate translation: “Now it was Mary who would later anoint the Lord with myrrh and wipe his feet with her hair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+JHN 11 2 xlio translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος 1 Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and **Lazarus** was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **brother** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **brother** here. Alternate translation: “younger brother Lazarus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 11 3 i2ar figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν…πρὸς αὐτὸν 1 sent for Jesus Here, John is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “sent messengers to him” or “sent a message to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 11 3 g1im figs-declarative Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick** because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN 11 3 czm1 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pray attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 11 4 nk3g grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If this use of **not to** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 11 3 g1im figs-declarative Κύριε, ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς ἀσθενεῖ 1 Here, the **sisters** are using a present statement to make a request indirectly. They tell Jesus that Lazarus is **sick**, because they want Jesus to come and heal him. If this use of a statement is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “Sir, behold, he whom you love is sick and needs your help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
+JHN 11 3 czm1 figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Here, **behold** means to take notice of something or pay attention to something. It is used here to emphasize the urgency of the words that follow. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 11 4 nk3g grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον 1 This sickness is not to death Here, **not to** indicates that what follows is not the result of the **sickness**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This sickness will not result in death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 11 4 q343 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Jesus is stating the purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “but for the purpose of glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 11 4 wln1 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 11 4 wln1 figs-abstractnouns ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in order to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 11 4 y9vx grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς 1 Jesus is stating the second purpose for Lazarus’s **sickness**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a second purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “and for the purpose of glorifying the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN 11 4 asqb figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus In this verse, John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 11 5 w6tg translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus Because those who wrote Scripture usually list the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
+JHN 11 4 ad99 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 11 5 j6r4 writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ relationship with **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 11 5 w6tg translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 Now Jesus loved Martha and her sister and Lazarus Because those who wrote scripture usually listed the names of siblings in order from oldest to youngest, the list in [verse 5](../11/05.md) suggests that Martha was the oldest and Lazarus was the youngest of the three siblings. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a younger **sister** here. Alternate translation: “younger sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 11 6 vx3p grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** connects this verse to the previous verse in order to indicate that Jesus delayed going to Lazarus because he loved him and his sisters. Jesus’ delay is not in contrast to his love for them. Although Lazarus’s family would suffer for a short time, they would experience a great blessing when Jesus brought Lazarus back to life. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus loved them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 11 7 zq1l figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ? 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? Here, the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας? 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? Jesus uses the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world Here, Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 if he walks at night In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN 11 8 p4x9 figs-synecdoche οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md) and the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 11 8 y4jm figs-rquestion πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ? 1 Rabbi, right now the Jews are trying to stone you, and you are going back there again? Here the disciples use the form of a question to emphasize that they do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you surely should not go back there again!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 11 9 uv34 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας? 1 Are there not twelve hours of light in a day? Jesus is using the form of a question for emphasis. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “There are surely 12 hours in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 11 9 ln4r figs-metaphor ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 1 If someone walks in the daytime, he will not stumble, because he sees by the light of this world Here Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking in the daylight figuratively to refer to himself doing what God wants him to do while he is still on the earth. In this metaphor, Jesus uses **the light of this world** figuratively to refer to himself, who has previously called himself “the Light of the World” in [8:12](../08/12.md) and [9:5](../09/05.md). He also uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to death. The statement in this verse has a similar meaning to Jesus’ statement in [9:4](../09/04.md). Jesus does not want his disciples to worry about him going to Judea because he will be safe as long God wants him to remain on the earth. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “Just as someone who walks in the daytime does not stumble because they can see in the light, so you do not need to worry about me while I, the Light of the World, am still with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 11 10 vm6h figs-exmetaphor ἐὰν δέ τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 if he walks at night In this verse Jesus continues the metaphor of a person walking outside. Jesus uses the idea of **someone** walking **at night** figuratively to refer to the time when his earthly ministry would be complete, and he would die and leave the earth. Jesus uses **night** figuratively to refer to the time when his ministry on earth would end. He uses **stumble** figuratively to refer to his death, and uses **light** figuratively to refer to his life. If this metaphor would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. See the discussion of this passage in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “But just as someone who walks at night stumbles because there is no light, so I will die when it is time for me, the Light of the World, to leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 11 11 fan2 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 11 bev5 figs-euphemism Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται 1 Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep Jesus uses **fallen asleep** to refer to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. Since Jesus explains the meaning in [verse 14](../11/14.md), you do not need to explain it here. However, If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep Here, Jesus uses the phrase **wake him out of sleep** figuratively to refer to his plan to bring Lazarus back to life. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 11 11 ze1z figs-idiom ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν 1 but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 11 12 hn2j figs-euphemism εἰ κεκοίμηται 1 if he has fallen asleep See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN 11 13 h3kl writing-background 0 In this verse, John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 11 13 h3kl writing-background 0 In this verse John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 13 tt6v writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνοι 1 Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 11 13 leg3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 11 13 pf8u figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1 John is using the possessive form to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 11 13 pf8u figs-possession τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου 1 John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 11 14 azy3 τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ 1 Then Jesus said to them plainly Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
JHN 11 15 c4wj δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 for your sakes Alternate translation: “for your benefit” or “for your good”
-JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 11 15 ar2j figs-ellipsis ἵνα πιστεύσητε 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. You may also need to start a new sentence. Alternate translation: “ for I allowed this to happen so that you may believe in me” or “for I let Lazarus die so that you may believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 11 1 b2r5 translate-names Λάζαρος 1 **Lazarus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 11 1 eglj translate-names Βηθανίας 1 See how you translated **Bethany** in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 11 1 xoy8 translate-names Μαρίας…Μάρθας 1 **Mary** and **Martha** are the names of two women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 16 e043 translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 **Thomas** is the name of a man, one of Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus If your language does not us the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus This is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put him in the tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 11 16 dzc3 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 who was called Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 11 16 ymy6 translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus **Didymus** is the name of a man. It is a Greek word that means “twin” and is Thomas’ other name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 11 17 we1k figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ 1 he found that Lazarus had already been in the tomb for four days If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus found him; people had put his body in the tomb four days earlier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 11 18 icrj writing-background ἦν δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων, ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away This verse gives background information about the place where this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place in Bethany, which was near Jerusalem and was about 15 stadia away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 18 d35v translate-bdistance ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε 1 fifteen stadia away The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about two miles away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
JHN 11 19 pxw3 writing-background 0 This verse gives background information about the people who were present when this event took place. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 11 19 ctr6 figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 about their brother Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **Jews** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 19 ctr6 figs-explicit τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 about their brother Here, **the Jews** refers to people living in Judea, particularly the Jewish friends of Lazarus’ family. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders or those Jews who opposed Jesus. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 19 m26v translate-kinship τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ 1 about their brother See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 11 20 k7dy figs-quotations ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται 1 about their brother If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this statement as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “she heard that Jesus was coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 11 21 ef5h grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου 1 my brother would not have died **Martha** is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but she knows that the condition is not true. **Jesus** had not been there and her **brother** had **died**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “if you had been here, but you were not, my brother would not have died, but he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 11 21 g9xt translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 11 23 c1rc figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this use of **rise again** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 11 23 j8p2 figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου 1 Your brother will rise again Here, **rise again** is an idiom that refers to a died person becoming alive **again**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 11 23 hf5m translate-kinship ὁ ἀδελφός 1 Your brother will rise again See how you translated **brother** in [verse 2](../11/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
JHN 11 24 f0qy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 he will rise again Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 24 z7el figs-idiom ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise again See how you translated **rise again** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 11 24 bco7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 he will rise again If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “resurrect.” Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 11 24 lxqk figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 25 ky99 figs-explicit ἡ ἀνάστασις 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this use of **resurrection** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 25 o9qv figs-explicit ἡ ζωή 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this use of **life** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 25 chs2 figs-explicit κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 25 ef7a figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **live**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 26 a6gs figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ζῶν 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **living**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 24 bco7 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει 1 he will rise again If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **resurrection**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “when God resurrects people” or “when God brings people back from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 11 24 lxqk figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when God judges everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 25 ky99 figs-explicit ἡ ἀνάστασις 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the resurrection** in order to say that he is the one who causes dead people to come back to life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who resurrects dead people” or “the one who brings dead people back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 25 o9qv figs-explicit ἡ ζωή 1 Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the life** in order to say that he is the one who gives people eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people live forever” or “the one who causes people to live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 25 chs2 figs-explicit κἂν ἀποθάνῃ 1 even if he dies Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 25 ef7a figs-explicit ζήσεται 1 will live Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 26 a6gs figs-explicit πᾶς ὁ ζῶν 1 whoever lives and believes in me will never die Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 26 fue3 figs-explicit οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 26 js8v figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Here, Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
+JHN 11 26 js8v figs-litotes οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 will never die Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JHN 11 27 mk4e figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 She said to him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 11 27 y83q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 11 27 au1i figs-explicit ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος 1 This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 28 yd61 translate-kinship τὴν ἀδελφὴν 1 she went away and called her sister Mary See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN 11 28 zs2t figs-explicit διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If your readers might misunderstand this use of **Teacher**, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here, John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 11 31 zpe9 οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN 11 31 q0iv figs-distinguish οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this is confusing in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
-JHN 11 32 zmp7 figs-explicit ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this use of **fell down** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 28 zs2t figs-explicit διδάσκαλος 1 Teacher Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 30 k5hy writing-background οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην 1 Now Jesus had not yet come into the village Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 11 31 zpe9 οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
+JHN 11 31 q0iv figs-distinguish οἱ ὄντες μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτήν 1 This phrase is making a distinction between **the Jews** who were **comforting** **Mary** in her **house** and those who were not doing so. It is not giving us further information about **the Jews**. If this might confuse your readers, you could make the relationship between these phrases more clear. Alternate translation: “the Jews, that is, those Jews who were with her in the house and comforting her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
+JHN 11 32 zmp7 figs-explicit ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας 1 fell down at his feet Here, **fell down** means that Mary voluntarily threw herself down on the ground in front of Jesus to show the respect that she had for him. The phrase does not mean that **Mary** involuntarily **fell down**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “she prostrated herself at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 32 j2wr Κύριε, εἰ ἦς ὧδε, οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός 1 my brother would not have died See how you translated this sentence in [11:21](../11/21.md).
-JHN 11 33 ct82 τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
+JHN 11 33 ct82 τοὺς…Ἰουδαίους 1 See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
JHN 11 33 qef6 figs-doublet ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John combines these phrases to express the intense emotional distress that Jesus was feeling. Alternate translation: “he was very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 11 33 s5uz figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 33 w7f8 figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this use of **spirit** might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this would be confusing in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN 11 35 bj6b figs-explicit ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept The word translated **wept** is different than the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 36 b6ee οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 loved See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ? 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? Here, some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 11 33 w7f8 figs-explicit ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι 1 he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 34 xl9p figs-euphemism ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν 1 Where have you laid him Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN 11 35 bj6b figs-explicit ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus wept The word translated **wept** is different from the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 36 b6ee οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 loved See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
+JHN 11 37 b3at figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ? 1 Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die? Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 11 37 a76u figs-metonymy ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ 1 opened the eyes See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 11 38 e72n ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [verse 33](../11/33.md).
-JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 11 38 xu7k writing-background ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ 1 Now it was a cave, and a stone lay against it John provides a brief break in the story to describe the tomb where the people had entombed Lazarus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place Lazarus was entombed was a cave that had a stone laying against it.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 39 hevw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 39 l2pd translate-kinship ἡ ἀδελφὴ 1 Martha, the sister of Lazarus **Martha** was Lazarus’ oldest **sister**. If your language uses different words for **sister** depending on birth order, use the word for a older or oldest **sister** here. Alternate translation: “the oldest sister” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
-JHN 11 39 lt1d figs-explicit τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν 1 This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If it would be clearer to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 39 lt1d figs-explicit τεταρταῖος γάρ ἐστιν 1 This means that it has been **four days** since Lazarus **died**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for he has been dead for four days” or “for it has been four days since he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 40 c082 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 40 q5mw figs-rquestion οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ? 1 Did I not say to you that, if you believed, you would see the glory of God? Jesus is using the form of a question to emphasize that God is about to do something wonderful. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I certainly said to you that, if you believe, you would see the glory of God!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 11 40 mpl5 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be confusing in your language, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 11 40 mpl5 figs-ellipsis ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς 1 Here, Jesus is leaving out some words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “if you believe in me” or “if you believe that I am the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 11 40 pbc9 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 This could mean: (1) God receives the glory. Alternate translation: “the glorification of God” (2) glory that comes from God. Alternate translation: “the glory from God”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 11 40 lfrs figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 11 40 lfrs figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “God glorified” or “how glorious God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 11 41 lj5j figs-idiom Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω 1 Jesus lifted up his eyes Here, “lifted up his eyes” is an idiom that means to look upward. See how you translated a similar phrase in [4:35](../04/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 11 41 j54b guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 11 42 gw6t grammar-collectivenouns τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people that is standing around” or “the many people who are standing around” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth If your language does not use the passive voice, you can state this in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 11 42 gw6t grammar-collectivenouns τὸν ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 11 44 x4cb figs-activepassive δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone having bound his feet and hands with cloths, and someone having bound his face with a cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 11 44 h203 translate-unknown δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο 1 his feet and hands were bound with cloths, and his face was bound about with a cloth Wrapping a dead body in strips of **cloth** was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “his feet and hands having been bound with burial cloths, and his face having been wrapped with a burial cloth” or “his feet, hands, and face having been wrapped in clothes for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 11 44 n5yj figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 11 45 rlf4 0 General Information: [Verses 45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
JHN 11 45 ksi3 τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN 11 47 yl3k figs-explicit Συνέδριον 1 The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 47 yl3k figs-explicit Συνέδριον 1 The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 47 y70t translate-names Συνέδριον 1 **Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 47 z5e9 figs-explicit τί ποιοῦμεν 1 What will we do? It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 47 q01y figs-explicit οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος 1 Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 47 ha2e σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 11 47 ha2e σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN 11 48 kq4z figs-explicit πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν 1 all will believe in him The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 11 48 hr3p figs-synecdoche ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι 1 the Romans will come The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 11 48 ah4r figs-explicit καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον 1 take away both our place and our nation Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 48 zy0k figs-explicit τὸ ἔθνος 1 Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 49 efq8 writing-participants εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας 1 a certain man among them This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 11 49 lj6b figs-hyperbole ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν 1 You know nothing Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 11 50 fvry figs-explicit καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish **nation** if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Romans would not kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 50 zh9n figs-synecdoche καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται 1 than that the whole nation perishes Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 11 51 qww5 writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 11 51 kw41 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 11 51 mw4e grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning of this clause, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 11 51 mw4e grammar-connect-logic-result ἀλλὰ ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 This clause indicates the reason why Caiaphas **prophesied** a true prophecy from God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 11 51 eh17 figs-synecdoche ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους 1 die for the nation See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 11 52 gee2 figs-synecdoche τοῦ ἔθνους 1 See how you translated **nation** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 11 52 mle1 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here, John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between children and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation, but you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 11 52 tpe1 figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say the two passive phrases in this verse with an active form and say who would do those actions. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 11 53 xyda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 would be gathered together into one John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 11 52 mle1 figs-metaphor τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 children of God Here John uses the word **children** figuratively to express the relationship between God and those who trust Jesus for salvation. That relationship is like the relationship between **children** and their father. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 1. Since this is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should keep it in your translation. However, you can use a simile if it might confuse your readers. Alternate translation: “those who are like God’s children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 11 52 tpe1 figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could express the ideas of these two passive phrases in active forms or in another way that is natural in your language. You may need to change the sentence structure in order to do this. Alternate translation: “so that also Jesus would gather together into one the children of God who have scattered themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 11 52 d85p figs-ellipsis συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν 1 would be gathered together into one Here, John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order for the sentence to be complete. The word **people** is implied by the context. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 11 53 xyda grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 would be gathered together into one John is telling his readers what the Jewish leaders did as a result of what Caiaphas said in [verses 49–50](../11/49.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 11 53 psay ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 The word translated **plotted** could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders made plans together for how to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they schemed” (2) the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “they resolved”
JHN 11 54 bnd8 figs-synecdoche παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 walk openly among the Jews Here, **the Jews** does not refer to the Jewish people in general. It could refer to: (1) the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “among the Jewish authorities” (2) the people living in Judea. Alternate translation: “among the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here, **walked openly** is a metaphor for “walked around where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 11 54 s9km figs-metaphor παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Here John uses **walked openly** figuratively to mean “walked around where everyone could see him.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “walked around where all the Jews could see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 11 54 cg66 τὴν χώραν 1 the country Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
JHN 11 54 h5jk figs-explicit κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν 1 There he stayed with the disciples Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 11 55 qd5y ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα 1 went up to Jerusalem The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
-JHN 11 55 zh3j translate-names τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival … before the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 11 55 zh3j translate-names τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 11 55 rsgm τῆς χώρας 1 Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
JHN 11 56 a5kt figs-events 0 General Information: The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover Celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 11 56 y3xz figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. John is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. Alternate translation: “in the courtyard of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 11 56 i7en figs-idiom τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** Festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 11 56 x6im figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
-JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)
2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)
3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)
4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)
5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)
6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet
The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.
### The donkey and the colt
Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.
### Glory
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Light and darkness
In [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.
### “Son of Man”
Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 11 56 kc75 writing-pronouns ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 They were looking for Jesus Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 11 56 y3xz figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 The people were standing in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 11 56 i7en figs-idiom τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? This is an idiom used to ask for someone’s opinion. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “What is your opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 11 56 p2wz figs-rquestion ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 What do you think? That he will not come to the festival? The people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that they do not think Jesus will **come** to the **Passover** festival. The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since the Jewish leaders wanted to kill him. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He will certainly not come to the festival!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 11 56 x6im figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν? 1 The people are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “Does it seem to you that he will come to the festival?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 11 57 glb6 figs-events δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς 1 Now the chief priests This event occurs before that of the previous verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of this verse before the text of [verse 56](../11/56.md). Another option would be to clearly state that this verse refers to an earlier event. Alternate translation: “Earlier, the chief priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
+JHN 12 intro qzv4 0 # John 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Mary pours perfume on Jesus (12:1–11)\n2. Jesus enters Jerusalem (12:12–19)\n3. Some Greeks come to Jesus (12:20–26)\n4. Jesus predicts his death (12:27–36)\n5. John explains the Jews’ rejection of Jesus (12:37–43)\n6. Jesus says that he is God (12:44–50)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry sections in [12:38](../12/38.md) and [40](../12/40.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Mary poured perfume on Jesus’ feet\n\nThe Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. However, they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty.\n\n### The donkey and the colt\n\nJesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal, which was a common practice for kings. The kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on donkeys. So by riding on a donkey Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel.\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In [12:16](../12/16.md) John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection and possibly his return to heaven as well.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Light and darkness\n\nIn [12:35–36, 46](../12/35.md), Jesus uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good, and darkness represents what is false and evil. He applies that light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in [12:25](../12/25.md): “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in [12:26](../12/26.md) Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life.\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 12 1 s1v2 writing-newevent οὖν…πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα 1 Six days before the Passover John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later, six days before the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 12 1 bepc translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 **Bethany** is the name of a village. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 12 1 ii2v translate-names Λάζαρος 1 **Lazarus** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 12 2 ohcf translate-names Μάρθα 1 had raised from the dead **Martha** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 12 2 m6al translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 had raised from the dead It was the custom in this culture at a relaxed meal such as this one for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 12 3 l85m translate-names Μαρία 1 a litra of perfume **Mary** is the name of a woman. See how you translated this name in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 1 bepc translate-names Βηθανίαν 1 See how you translated this village name, **Bethany**, in [1:28](../01/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 1 ii2v translate-names Λάζαρος 1 See how you translated this man’s name, **Lazarus**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 1 z1jp figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 had raised from the dead Here, **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “had caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 12 2 ohcf translate-names Μάρθα 1 had raised from the dead See how you translated this woman’s name, **Martha**, in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 2 m6al translate-unknown τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 had raised from the dead At a relaxed meal such as this one, it was the custom in this culture for host and guests to eat while lying down comfortably around a table that was close to the ground. You could translate this by using the expression in your language for the customary posture at a meal. Alternate translation: “those sitting down at the table to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 12 3 l85m translate-names Μαρία 1 See how you translated **Mary** in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 3 c8kf translate-bweight λίτραν μύρου 1 a litra of perfume If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. A **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. If your language does not measure liquids by weight, you may refer to its volume equivalent, which would be about half a liter. You might also refer to the container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “about half a liter of perfume” or “a one-half liter bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN 12 3 ki9d translate-unknown μύρου 1 perfume Here, **perfumed oil** refers to a liquid made from the the oils of pleasant-smelling plants and flowers. This **oil** was put on a person’s skin or hair in order for that person to smell pleasant. If your readers would not be familiar with this **oil**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of scented liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 12 3 qblr figs-possession μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 perfume John is using the possessive form to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 12 3 qblr figs-possession μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 perfume John is using **of** to describe **perfumed oil** that is made from **very precious pure nard**. If this use of the possessive **of** would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “of perfumed oil made from very precious pure nard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 12 3 b3sa translate-unknown νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυτίμου 1 nard The **perfumed oil** was made from the **oil** of a **nard** plant, which is sometimes called “spikenard.” The **oil** is extracted from the roots of this plant. If your readers would not be familiar with **nard** plants, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of very precious scented plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 3 pq7c figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου 1 The house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the fragrance of the perfumed oil filled the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 4 frgx translate-names Ἰούδας ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the one who would betray him **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing term that most likely means he came from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 12 4 qbja figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the one who would betray him Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he though the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius,” which was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
+JHN 12 5 e8d7 figs-rquestion διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς? 1 Why was this perfume not sold for three hundred denarii and given to the poor? Judas is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he thought the **perfumed oil** should not be poured on Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for 300 denarii and given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 12 5 dx9e translate-bmoney δηναρίων 1 denarii The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “for 300 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
JHN 12 5 tted figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Judas is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background 0 In this verse, John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 12 6 ri5l writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the story to explain why Judas made the statement in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 12 6 sl8u figs-infostructure εἶπεν…τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “he said this because he was a thief, not because it was a concern to him about the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 12 6 mgm8 figs-nominaladj τῶν πτωχῶν 1 See how you translated **the poor** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN 12 6 qoun figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 12 6 ol4t figs-activepassive τὰ βαλλόμενα 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 6 qoun figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 12 6 ol4t figs-activepassive τὰ βαλλόμενα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 7 z6s7 figs-ellipsis ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 12 7 dcn3 figs-explicit ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό 1 Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 8 wo1a figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 8 wo1a figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately, because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 8 r82p figs-explicit τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν 1 You will always have the poor with you Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 8 b6lf figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 You will always have the poor with you See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-JHN 12 8 qctd figs-you ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε 1 In this verse, every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. \\(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me Jesus implies that he will not always be with them because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 12 9 i6mn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 12 8 qctd figs-you ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε 1 In this verse every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 12 8 kn28 figs-explicit ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 But you will not always have me Jesus implies that he will not always be with them, because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 9 qm36 writing-background οὖν 1 Now **Then** is used here to mark a break in the main storyline. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 12 9 i6mn grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 12 9 ycv6 figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 12 9 ilgp figs-pastforfuture ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 12 9 yokk figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md). Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 12 10 nt9p ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 See how you translated this word in [11:53](../11/53.md).
-JHN 12 10 b9ri figs-explicit καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 9 yokk figs-idiom ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 12 10 nt9p ἐβουλεύσαντο 1 See how you translated **plotted** in [11:53](../11/53.md).
+JHN 12 10 b9ri figs-explicit καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν 1 Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 11 kjk7 figs-explicit δι’ αὐτὸν 1 because of him This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 11 n6gl τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 because of him See how you translated this in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
-JHN 12 11 ex1y figs-explicit ὑπῆγον 1 because of him Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many** **Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this use of **went away** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 11 n6gl τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 because of him See how you translated this phrase in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
+JHN 12 11 ex1y figs-explicit ὑπῆγον 1 because of him Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many of the Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 12 f1im 0 General Information: Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
-JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day John uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “One the day after that happened” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 12 12 sy8h grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a large group of people” or “very many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 12 12 t3jl figs-explicit τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. If this use of **festival** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 13 nu7x figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** too express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **palm tree branches**, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 13 cw5w writing-quotations ἐκραύγαζον 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover Festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 12 13 lzn9 figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this word would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this use of name might be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 12 w1c2 writing-newevent τῇ ἐπαύριον 1 On the next day John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “On the day after that happened,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
+JHN 12 12 sy8h grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 a great crowd See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 12 12 t3jl figs-explicit τὴν ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 13 nu7x figs-explicit τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων 1 In that culture a **palm tree** branch was a symbol that represented the nation of Israel. Here, the people were waving these **branches** to express their belief that Jesus was the Messiah who would free Israel from Roman rule. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **the branches of the palm trees**, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the branches of the palm trees, which represented their hope to be freed from Roman rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 13 cw5w writing-quotations ἐκραύγαζον 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book of Psalms ([Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md)) which occurs next in the verse. The Jews recite Psalm 118 at the Passover festival to express their hope that the Messiah would come. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 13 hf0a figs-quotemarks ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου, καὶ ὁ Βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 118:25–26](../psa/118/25.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN 12 13 lzn9 figs-explicit ὡσαννά 1 Hosanna **Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 13 w7ty figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 comes in the name of the Lord Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 12 14 dbc5 writing-background 0 In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 12 14 b9ry figs-explicit εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό 1 John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 14 lqyy writing-quotations καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and saw who did the action. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this use of **daughter** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 14 lqyy writing-quotations καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 21 rfff writing-quotations ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες 1 as it was written Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 23 dkmf writing-quotations ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων 1 as it was written Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 14 h6xz figs-activepassive καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον 1 as it was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 15 ts1f figs-quotemarks 1 This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN 12 15 vra1 figs-metonymy θυγάτηρ Σιών 1 daughter of Zion Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 12 15 c36a πῶλον ὄνου 1 A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
-JHN 12 16 rq52 figs-explicit ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα 1 His disciples did not understand these things In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 16 rq52 figs-explicit ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα 1 His disciples did not understand these things In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 16 xdm7 figs-activepassive ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 16 u9hf figs-explicit ἐδοξάσθη 1 when Jesus was glorified Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 16 w0hx figs-activepassive ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the prophets has written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 12 17 nr1j grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 12 17 wyrv figs-explicit ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 17 cq7a ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
+JHN 12 16 w0hx figs-activepassive ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα 1 when Jesus was glorified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 17 nr1j grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 12 17 wyrv figs-explicit ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 17 cq7a ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
JHN 12 18 h0l2 figs-explicit ὁ ὄχλος 1 they heard that he had done this sign Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 18 czmv figs-explicit τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 2 this sign This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this use of **this** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 18 v2nx τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this sentence might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this use of **world** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 19 oraj figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **gone after**, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 18 czmv figs-explicit τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον 2 this sign This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 18 v2nx τὸ σημεῖον 1 this sign See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
+JHN 12 19 c43j figs-explicit θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν 1 Look, you can do nothing The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 19 i5uq figs-hyperbole ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 see, the world has gone after him The Pharisees use **the world** as an exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to follow Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows shock. Alternate translation: “Behold, it seems like everyone has gone after him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 12 19 ev6e figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 19 oraj figs-explicit ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν 1 Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 20 k8v2 writing-participants δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες 1 Now certain Greeks This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN 12 20 ehkd figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this use of **Greeks** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “Non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 20 ehkd figs-explicit Ἕλληνές 1 Now certain Greeks Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 20 ks5z figs-explicit τῶν ἀναβαινόντων 1 The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 20 i6nd figs-ellipsis ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 12 20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival This refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
-JHN 12 21 ha8d translate-names Φιλίππῳ 1 Bethsaida **Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 12 21 lr8c translate-names Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the name of a city in the region of **Galilee**. See how you translated this name in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 12 21 c8qt κύριε 1 The Greeks call **Philip** **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
+JHN 12 20 rbrb τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 to worship at the festival This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
+JHN 12 21 ha8d translate-names Φιλίππῳ 1 Bethsaida See how you translated **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 21 lr8c translate-names Βηθσαϊδὰ 1 Bethsaida See how you translated **Bethsaida** in [1:44](../01/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 21 l774 translate-names τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 21 c8qt κύριε 1 Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
JHN 12 21 xgoj figs-declarative θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν 1 The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN 12 22 e9vn figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ 1 **Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speaks to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 22 e9vn figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ 1 **Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “relates to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 22 vzih figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 12 22 b9re figs-explicit λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 **Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified See the discussion of this in the General Notes to chapter four and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 23 zj5j figs-explicit ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this use of **glorified** might be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 23 pfmt figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 12 23 ekcc figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 23 j0dp figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you could translate this with an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 23 jl9u figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified See the discussion of this in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 23 zj5j figs-explicit ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 23 pfmt figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 12 23 ekcc figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 23 j0dp figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “so that God might glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 24 m255 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit Here, Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer himself. He uses the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this use of **grain of wheat** would confuse your readers, you could use a similar or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-idiom ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, Jesus uses **the one loving his life** figuratively to refer to considering one’s own physical life to be more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-idiom ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here, Jesus uses **the one hating his life** figuratively to refer to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hate” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this use of **hating** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 12 25 r4h6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life This phrase states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life which will result in **eternal life**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 12 24 gq2y figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει 1 unless a grain of wheat falls into the earth and dies … it will bear much fruit Here Jesus uses **a grain of wheat** figuratively to refer to himself. He speaks of the death of that **grain** to refer to his death, burial, and resurrection. He also uses **fruit** to refer to those people who will trust in him for salvation after his resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows into a plant that will bear **much fruit**, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I am like a grain of wheat. Unless that grain of wheat, having fallen into the earth, dies, it remains by itself; but if it would die, it bears much fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 25 sk6e figs-idiom ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν 1 He who loves his life will lose it Here, **the one loving his life** refers to someone who thinks that his own physical life is more important than anything else. If this clause would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Whoever values his own life more than anything else will still die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 12 25 mp7b figs-idiom ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 12 25 r4h6 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 12 26 ytxu figs-idiom ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω 1 where I am, there will my servant also be In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 12 26 i8ky figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται 1 where I am, there will my servant also be Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to you readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 26 wx3m guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 the Father will honor him **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης? 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? Here, Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 12 27 ytv9 figs-rquestion τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης? 1 what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 12 27 bx1j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 12 27 hmv9 figs-metonymy τῆς ὥρας ταύτης…τὴν ὥραν ταύτην 1 this hour In this verse **this hour** refers to the time when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. See how you translated **hour** in [verse 23](../12/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 27 ktpa figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 this hour Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this use of **this** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 27 ktpa figs-explicit διὰ τοῦτο 1 this hour Here, **this reason** refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to suffer and die,” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 28 t69i guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω 1 glorify your name In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this use of **name** and **it** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metonymy ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven Here, John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 29 dnsk grammar-collectivenouns ὁ…ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 12 30 kd86 figs-metonymy οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν 1 Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this use of **voice** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 31 hlcg figs-abstractnouns νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **judgment** in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 12 28 v2fk figs-metonymy δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα…καὶ ἐδόξασα…δοξάσω 1 glorify your name In this verse, **name** and **it** refer to God himself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “glorify yourself … I have both glorified myself … I will glorify myself”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 28 r6qk figs-metaphor ἦλθεν…φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 a voice came from heaven Here John refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that **came from heaven**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 29 dnsk grammar-collectivenouns ὁ…ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 12 30 kd86 figs-metonymy οὐ…ἡ φωνὴ αὕτη γέγονεν 1 Here, Jesus refers to the sound of God’s **voice** as if it were an object that came down from heaven. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “God did not speak this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 31 hlcg figs-abstractnouns νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Now God will judge this world”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 12 31 fc6r figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 Now is the judgment of this world Here, **this world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in the **world**. See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-explicit νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this use of **ruler** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 31 o63p figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 31 pv51 figs-explicit νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out Here, **ruler of this world** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Now Satan will be thrown out”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 31 o63p figs-activepassive νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω 1 Now will the ruler of this world be thrown out If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who will do the action, Jesus implies that God will do it. Alternate translation: “Now God will throw out the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 32 a7tc figs-activepassive ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people lift me up from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 12 32 ms6n figs-explicit ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς 1 When I am lifted up from the earth Here, **lifted up from the earth** could refer to: (1) Jesus’ crucifixion only, in which case **earth** would refer to the ground. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the ground on a cross” (2) Jesus’ crucifixion and return to heaven, in which case **earth** refers to both the ground and the planet. See the discussion about double meaning in the Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “if I am lifted up from the earth on a cross and then up to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 32 n7i6 πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself See how you translated “draws” in [6:44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “will pull everyone to myself”
-JHN 12 32 f45r figs-hyperbole πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 12 33 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse, John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 12 34 swpp grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). Alternate translation: “the group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 12 34 su0r figs-synecdoche τοῦ νόμου 1 Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-explicit δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this use of **lifted up** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 34 jzfm figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 32 f45r figs-hyperbole πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν 1 will draw everyone to myself Here, **everyone** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to refer to all people groups, both Jews and non-Jews. The context of non-Jewish people coming to see Jesus in [verse 20](../12/20.md) suggests this meaning. This clause does not mean that every individual person will believe in Jesus. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will draw people from both Jews and non-Jews” or “will draw people, all people, Jews and non-Jews alike” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 12 33 b1zu writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John explains the meaning of what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 12 34 swpp grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
+JHN 12 34 su0r figs-synecdoche τοῦ νόμου 1 The crowd is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the law, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated this use of **the law** in [10:34](../10/34.md). Alternate translation: “the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 12 34 mx1k figs-explicit δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The Son of Man must be lifted up Here, the phrase **lifted up** means “crucified.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for the Son of Man to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 34 jzfm figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου…ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 34 t386 figs-explicit τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Who is this Son of Man? This could mean: (1) they are asking to know the identity of **the Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “What is the identity of this Son of Man?” (2) they are asking to know what Jesus means when he says, ‘Son of Man.’ Alternate translation: “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 35 l2w4 figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to refer to himself. He is “the Light of the World” who reveals God’s truth and goodness the way a **light** reveals a person’s surroundings. See how you translated **light** in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “The one who reveals God’s truth and goodness will be with you … while you have him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 35 k6td figs-123person τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν…ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these phrases in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the light, will be with you … while you have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Here, Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has given them while he has been with them. If this use of **walk** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: \\“Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Here, Jesus refers to evil as **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully as if the darkness of sin has taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN 12 35 veok figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 This phrase figuratively refers to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 35 ughp figs-metaphor περιπατεῖτε 1 Jesus uses **walk** figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. He is telling the crowd to live and act according to the example that he has shown them while he has been with them. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 35 e715 figs-personification ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ 1 Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively as though it were a person who could **overtake** someone. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way or with a simile. Alternate translation: “so that you do not act sinfully, as if the darkness of sin had taken control of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 12 35 veok figs-metaphor σκοτία 1 Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated this term in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 35 h0q9 figs-metaphor ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ 1 Jesus uses this phrase figuratively to refer to a person who lives a sinful life and behaves sinfully. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who lives sinfully” or “the one who does not behave righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 36 j1rs figs-metaphor τὸ φῶς…εἰς τὸ φῶς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Both occurrences of **the light** here refer to Jesus. See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 36 xu4p figs-idiom υἱοὶ φωτὸς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light The phrase **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness that Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 12 37 s1wh writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 37–43], John interrupts the main story line in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 12 37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
-JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive voice, you can say this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 38 hps9 translate-names Ἠσαΐου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled **Isaiah** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 12 38 y9ya writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)) which occurs in the rest of this verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 36 xu4p figs-idiom υἱοὶ φωτὸς 1 While you have the light, believe in the light so that you may be sons of light Here, **sons of light** is an idiom that refers to people who live according to God’s truth and goodness, which Jesus has revealed to them. Here, **sons** does not refer specifically to male children and **light** does not refer to Jesus. If this expression would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “people who share in God’s truth and goodness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 12 37 s1wh writing-background 0 General Information: In [verses 37–43](../12/37.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to explain how the Jewish people had fulfilled prophecies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information for these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 12 37 g1z3 σημεῖα 1 See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN 12 38 k15e figs-activepassive λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 38 n4m7 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled Here, **word** refers to the specific prophecy written down by Isaiah that is quoted in the second half of this verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this prophecy of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 38 hps9 translate-names Ἠσαΐου 1 See how you translated **Isaiah** in [1:23](../01/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 12 38 y9ya writing-quotations ὃν εἶπεν 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This phrase introduces a quotation that occurs in the rest of this verse. The quotation is from the Old Testament book written by Isaiah the prophet ([Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “which Isaiah said in the Old Testament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 38 aa5b figs-quotemarks Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 so that the word of Isaiah the prophet would be fulfilled This sentence is a quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 12 38 gx5x figs-rquestion Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη? 1 Lord, who has believed our report, and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed? This quotation from [Isaiah 53:1](../../isa/53/01.md) contains two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his **report**. If you would not use rhetorical questions for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as two statements or exclamations and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, no one has believed our message! It seems like the arm of the Lord has been revealed to no one!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 12 38 tcb7 figs-activepassive ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you can say this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metonymy ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this use of **arm** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 38 tcb7 figs-activepassive ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to whom has the Lord revealed his arm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 38 dh6s figs-metaphor ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου 1 the arm of the Lord Here, John quotes **Isaiah** using **arm** figuratively to refer to the Lord’s power. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 39 f28y τοῦτο 1 Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
-JHN 12 39 cskd writing-quotations ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 12 40 opz8 figs-metaphor τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here, John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 Isaiah uses the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 39 cskd writing-quotations ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας 1 This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 12 40 q8k8 figs-quotemarks τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN 12 40 opz8 figs-metaphor τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς 1 Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 40 wac6 figs-metaphor ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 12 40 zs9l grammar-collectivenouns αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN 12 40 v6ic figs-metaphor μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς 1 Isaiah uses the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this use of **see** and **eyes** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 40 btbb figs-metaphor νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 Isaiah uses the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn Here, **turn** is used figuratively to mean repent, which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this use of **turn** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 40 be3d figs-metaphor καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 and turn Here, Isaiah uses **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this use of **heal** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 41 q2x6 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 12 42 srml figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 12 42 jl6b figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγοι 1 Here, **put out of the synagogue** is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 43 fx72 figs-explicit ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this use of **loved** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 43 cqqw figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 12 40 v6ic figs-metaphor μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 40 btbb figs-metaphor νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 40 h99a figs-metaphor καὶ στραφῶσιν 1 and turn John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 40 be3d figs-metaphor καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 and turn John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 41 q2x6 figs-abstractnouns τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 12 42 srml figs-explicit τῶν ἀρχόντων 1 Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 42 hdh1 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται 1 so that they would not be banned from the synagogue If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 12 42 jl6b figs-metaphor ἀποσυνάγωγοι 1 John uses **put out of the synagogue** figuratively to refer to no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attended services at the synagogue. When people were put out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they would not be allowed to enter the synagogue” or “they would no longer belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 43 fx72 figs-explicit ἠγάπησαν…τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God Here, **loved** refers to preferring one thing over something else. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “they preferred the glory of men more than the glory of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 43 cqqw figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **men**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 12 43 pib1 figs-gendernotations τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 12 43 oyf8 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God John is using the possessive form to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 12 43 oyf8 figs-possession τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 12 44 t7cq writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events in [verses 20–36](../12/20.md). The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 44 d27w figs-explicit Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν 1 Jesus cried out and said John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking loudly to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 44 kcnd figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 45 s6xx figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here, Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 46 nggy figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come as a light Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here, Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 12 47 vehn figs-metonymy μου…τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 47 xlyd figs-explicit καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this use of **keep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this use of **judge** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 46 wib3 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα 1 I have come as a light Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 46 nggy figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come as a light Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 46 i31g figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ 1 may not remain in the darkness Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. See how you translated **darkness** in [verse 35](../12/35.md) and also see the discussion of **light** and **darkness** in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “might not remain in sin and evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 12 47 vehn figs-metonymy μου…τῶν ῥημάτων 1 Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my message” or “what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 12 47 xlyd figs-explicit καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “but does not obey them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 12 47 xvq6 figs-explicit ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν…ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον 1 If anyone hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him; for I have not come to judge the world, but to save the world In this verse, the word **judge** implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people to be eternally punished in hell. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not condemn him … so that I might condemn the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 47 u4o4 figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον…σώσω τὸν κόσμον 1 See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 12 48 wtwv τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 on the last day See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
+JHN 12 48 wtwv τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 on the last day See how you translated **my words** in the previous verse.
JHN 12 48 uxjk τὸν κρίνοντα…κρινεῖ 1 on the last day See how you translated this **judge** in the previous verse.
-JHN 12 48 c76d figs-personification τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν 1 on the last day Here, Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
+JHN 12 48 c76d figs-personification τὸν κρίνοντα αὐτόν…ὁ λόγος ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος κρινεῖ αὐτὸν 1 on the last day Jesus refers to his **word** figuratively as though it were a person who could judge someone. He means that his teachings will be used as the criterion by which God will judge those who have rejected Jesus. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “one by which he will be judged. The word which I have spoken, this will be the standard by which you will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JHN 12 48 b1ds figs-explicit ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the last day See how you translated this phrase in [6:39](../06/39.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 49 ovmm figs-explicit ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 12 49 ybm5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ…Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 12 49 l77y figs-doublet τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω 1 Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 12 50 tar2 figs-explicit οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ 1 I know that his command is eternal life Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 12 50 q9cr figs-explicit ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. The Passover Meal Begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper” or the “Lord’s Supper.” This Passover meal parallels in many ways Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet **Passover** and **Jesus** is together with his disciples for the evening meal. Verses 1–4 explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 12 50 q9cr figs-explicit ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν 1 I know that his command is eternal life This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 intro zk68 0 # John 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)\n2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)\n3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)\n4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)\n\nThe events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The washing of feet\n\nPeople in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### I AM\n\nJohn records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “Son of Man”\n\nJesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 13 1 wk2k writing-background 0 General Information: It is not yet **Passover**, and **Jesus** is with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 13 1 z4q9 figs-metonymy ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα 1 Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 13 1 w7w3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 13 1 a1w4 figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ 1 This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, the phrase **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus The phrase **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 13 1 g86x figs-idiom εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς 1 Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 13 2 xn6r figs-idiom τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 13 2 iq56 translate-names Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 13 3 qtr3 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Father Here, the word **Knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “Although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 13 3 qtr3 grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς 1 Father Here, the word **knowing** could mean: (1) the rest of this verse is the reason why Jesus did the result that John describes in the next verse. Alternate translation: “because he knew” (2) this verse provides a contrast between who Jesus is and what he would do in the next verse. Alternate translation: “although he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 13 3 fd2t guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this use of **hands** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 13 3 x8hc figs-metonymy εἰς τὰς χεῖρας 1 had given everything over into his hands Here, John uses **hands** figuratively to refer to power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into his power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 13 4 t7cu figs-pastforfuture ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 4 nm8h figs-explicit ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this use of **gets up from supper** might confuse your readers, you could sat the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “He gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 4 nm8h figs-explicit ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 4 a9yt τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια 1 He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
JHN 13 4 gfe4 figs-explicit λαβὼν λέντιον 1 Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 5 qfqd figs-pastforfuture βάλλει 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 5 adm9 figs-activepassive ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 13 5 adm9 figs-activepassive ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος 1 began to wash the feet of the disciples If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 13 6 hevx figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 13 6 bz27 figs-rquestion Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας? 1 Lord, are you going to wash my feet? **Peter** is using a rhetorical question here to show that he does not want Jesus to wash his feet. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash my feet!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 13 7 o7nf figs-explicit μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this use of **these things** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 7 o7nf figs-explicit μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after the events that are about to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 8 oy8j figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 13 8 f6dg figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 If I do not wash you, you have no share with me **Jesus** uses two negative statements to convince **Peter** to allow him to **wash** his **feet**. If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I must wash you so that you can have a share with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 13 8 m90p figs-explicit ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 Here, Jesus’ use of **no share with me** could imply: (1) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to receive his **share** of the inheritance that God promised to give his people. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will not share in God’s promised inheritance with me” (2) that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being his disciple. Alternate translation: “If I do not wash you, you will no longer be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 9 bjgq figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 9 irnh figs-ellipsis μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 13 9 irnh figs-ellipsis μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον, 1 Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 13 10 dp8l figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to dirty roads. If this use of **washed** and **feet** might be confusing in your language, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 13 10 bbon figs-activepassive ὁ λελουμένος 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 13 10 o25q figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this use of **clean** might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 13 10 is57 figs-metaphor ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 13 10 bbon figs-activepassive ὁ λελουμένος 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 13 10 o25q figs-metaphor ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 13 10 tv57 figs-yousingular ὑμεῖς 1 Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
JHN 13 11 tzj7 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 13 11 ccz4 figs-metaphor οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε 1 Not all of you are clean See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? Here Jesus uses a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 12 p45l figs-rquestion γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν? 1 Do you know what I have done for you? Jesus is using a question to emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 13 13 m9z8 figs-explicit ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος 1 You call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord,’ Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 14 xlgr grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας, ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Διδάσκαλος 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If I then, the Lord and the Teacher, have washed your feet, and I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 13 15 pk3l figs-declarative καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε 1 you should also do just as I did for you Jesus is using a statement to give an instruction. Jesus is telling his disciples to follow his example and serve one another. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “you also must do just as I did to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
JHN 13 16 h6gt figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 13 16 tpl8 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this use of **greater** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 16 tpl8 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Here, **greater** means to be more important or deserving of more respect than another person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a slave is not respected more than his master, nor is a messenger respected more than the one who sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 16 rj4z figs-doublet οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus’ disciples are not more important than him, so they should humbly serve each other. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “none of you are greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 13 16 k3zj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 greater Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **slave** and **master**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 13 16 la0x figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him and he has humbly served them. If your readers would not understand this use of **messenger** and **the one who sent him**, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 13 17 nwhg grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, and you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 13 17 nxou figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who would do the action, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 13 18 ji7u figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those whom he is speaking to will be blessed for serving each other because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 16 k3zj figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 greater Jesus uses the words **slave** and **master** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 13 16 la0x figs-metaphor οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτόν 1 greater Jesus uses **messenger** and **the one who sent him** figuratively to refer to his disciples and himself, respectively. He is telling his disciples that they should humbly serve each other because they are not more important than him, and he has humbly served them. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Jesus’ meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “and you are not greater than me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 13 17 nwhg grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
+JHN 13 17 nxou figs-activepassive μακάριοί ἐστε 1 you are blessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 13 18 ji7u figs-explicit οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω 1 Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 18 ztpw figs-explicit ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην 1 Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 18 lpug figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the Scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled If it would be more natural in your language, you could translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 13 18 dk5l writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me **The one eating bread with me** is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 13 18 wr0c figs-idiom ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 13 19 qd39 figs-ellipsis ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I tell you this now before it happens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 13 19 gg19 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM See how you translated this in [8:24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for chapter eight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 18 lpug figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 13 18 u5fl figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 this so that the scripture will be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 13 18 dk5l writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 13 18 tx1f figs-quotemarks ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
+JHN 13 18 v5pv figs-idiom ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me The phrase, **The one eating bread with me**, here is an idiom that refers to someone who acts like a friend would act. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one who has acted like he is my friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 13 18 wr0c figs-idiom ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ 1 He who eats my bread lifted up his heel against me Here, **lifted up his heel** is an idiom that refers to someone who has become an enemy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “has turned against me” or “has become my enemy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 13 19 qd39 figs-ellipsis ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I tell you this now before it happens Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “From this moment I tell you this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 13 19 gg19 figs-explicit ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I AM See how you translated **I am** in [8:24](../08/24.md), and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for Chapter 8. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 20 di3t figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 13 20 zcyh figs-doublet ὁ λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει…λαμβάνων…λαμβάνει 1 In this verse, **receiving** and **receives** mean to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in [1:12](../01/12.md). Alternate translation: “the one accept him” or “did not welcome him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 13 20 ksfj figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 21 bq84 figs-explicit ἐταράχθη τῷ πνεύματι 1 troubled See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:33](../11/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 21 j7x1 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 13 23 xvi8 figs-explicit εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 23 xvi8 figs-explicit εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ…ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 One of his disciples, whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the discussion in the General Notes for this chapter. If this phrase would be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” or “John, one of his disciples, whom Jesus loved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 23 z8ze translate-unknown ἀνακείμενος 1 lying down at the table During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to a table. If your readers would not be familiar with this meal practice, you could use a general expression for sitting to have a meal. Alternate translation: “seated at the table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 13 23 p2ee figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If **against the chest** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 24 eido figs-explicit τούτῳ 1 Jesus’ side Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this use of **this one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 25 iqcj figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος…λέγει 1 Jesus’ side Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this use of **that one** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 25 kqza figs-explicit λέγει 1 Jesus’ side [Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 23 p2ee figs-explicit ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Jesus’ side In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 24 eido figs-explicit τούτῳ 1 Jesus’ side Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 25 iqcj figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος…λέγει 1 Jesus’ side Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 25 kqza figs-explicit λέγει 1 Jesus’ side [Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 25 b22k figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Jesus’ side Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 26 qpj8 translate-names Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means **Satan** took complete control of Judas. If this idiom would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 13 26 qpj8 translate-names Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 13 27 r8lk figs-ellipsis καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον 1 Then after the bread John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 13 27 xk39 figs-idiom τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς 1 Satan entered into him Here, **entered into** is an idiom that means that **Satan** took control of Judas. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Satan then started to command Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 13 27 agd7 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 28 r37z writing-background 0 In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md), John interrupts the main story line in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 13 28 r37z writing-background 0 In [verses 28–29](../13/28.md) John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide background information about the disciples’ confusion. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 13 28 fl66 figs-explicit τῶν ἀνακειμένων 1 See how you translated **reclining to eat** in [verse 23](../13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 29 yagv figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 29 p66v figs-explicit ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover Festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 29 p66v figs-explicit ἑορτήν 1 Here, **festival** refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [12:12](../12/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 13 29 rv4z figs-quotations τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ 1 that he should give something to the poor If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “Give something to the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἦν δὲ νύξ 1 It was night Here John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 13 30 dw7m writing-background ἦν δὲ νύξ 1 It was night In this sentence John provides background information about the time of day when Judas **went out** to betray Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 13 31 wi4o figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 31 apde figs-pastforfuture νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In this verse, Jesus uses the past tense **has been glorified** twice figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 13 31 apde figs-pastforfuture νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 In this verse, Jesus twice uses the past tense **has been glorified** figuratively in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “Now the Son of Man will be glorified, and God will be glorified in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 13 31 d6l8 figs-activepassive νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Now the Son of Man is glorified, and God is glorified in him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “Now God will glorify the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 13 31 gd4y figs-123person ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, have been glorified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 13 31 o91a figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated it in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 13 31 n421 figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 13 31 o91a figs-explicit ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 See how you translated **the Son of Man** in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 13 31 n421 figs-activepassive ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 13 32 i7yz translate-textvariants 0 In some Bibles, this verse begins with the clause, “If God has been glorified in him”. However, these words are not in most of the oldest ancient manuscripts. Nevertheless, if a translation of the Bible already exists in your region, consider using whichever reading is found in that version. If a translation does not already exist, we recommend that you follow the reading in the ULT text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-JHN 13 32 bfxt writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 13 32 bfxt writing-pronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν…αὐτόν 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately Both occurrences of the pronoun **him** refer to the Son of Man, Jesus. If this use of **him** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God will glorify the Son of Man … the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 13 32 uaj7 figs-rpronouns ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 God will glorify him in himself, and he will glorify him immediately The word **himself** here refers to God and is used to emphasize that God is the one who would **glorify** Jesus. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “God himself will glorify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
-JHN 13 33 zki6 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. You could translate this in a non-figurative way, or you could represent the metaphor as a simile, as the UST does. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 13 33 zki6 figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 Little children Jesus is using the phrase **Little children** figuratively to describe the disciples to whom he is speaking. He loves them as if they were his own children. If this might confuse your readers, you could translate this in a non-figurative way or use a simile. Alternate translation: “You dear disciples who are like children to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 13 33 lp65 figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 as I said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 13 33 zrqu figs-infostructure καὶ καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “and just as I said to the Jews, now I also say this to you, ‘Where I go, you are not able to come.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 13 33 sjwl figs-infostructure ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [8:21](../08/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 13 34 nmf5 figs-declarative καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους 1 love Jesus is using a future statement to give an instruction. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for instruction. Alternate translation: “just as I have loved you, so also you must love one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 13 35 kyd9 figs-hyperbole πάντες 1 everyone Here, Jesus uses **everyone** as an exaggeration that refers only to those people who would see how the disciples loved each other. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 13 36 s0gc figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 13 37 xpt1 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 13 37 ye6m figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχήν μου…θήσω 1 lay down my life See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 13 38 qp88 figs-rquestion τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις? 1 Will you lay down your life for me? **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. He knows that Peter is not really willing to **lay down** his life for Jesus. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You will certainly not lay down your life for me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 13 38 juha figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 13 38 sp7p οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times If your readers would misunderstand this negative statement, you could express it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely deny me three times before the rooster crows”
-JHN 13 38 ef9n figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 13 38 ef9n figs-metonymy οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ 1 the rooster will not crow before you have denied me three times Jesus is referring figuratively to a certain time of day. Roosters crow just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before another morning begins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 13 38 ui2h translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the birds that sing in the morning may certainly not sing before which you will deny three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 13 38 kfze figs-genericnoun ἀλέκτωρ 1 Jesus is not speaking of one particular **rooster** but of roosters in general. Alternate translation: “the roosters” or “the birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)
2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “My Father’s house”
Jesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God lives. It does not refer to the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
### The Holy Spirit
Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([John 14:16](../../jhn/14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also calls him the Spirit of Truth ([John 14:17](../../jhn/14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
-JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus is reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
-JHN 14 1 ughe figs-you 0 In verses 1–7, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Here, Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this use of **heart** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 intro kv6m 0 # John 14 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the way to the Father (14:1–14)\n2. Jesus promises that the Holy Spirit will come (14:15–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “My Father’s house”\n\nJesus used these words to refer to heaven, where God dwells. It does not refer to any temple in Jerusalem or to a church building. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. He called the Holy Spirit the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)), who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. Jesus also called him the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)), who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
+JHN 14 1 a2xv 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues in this chapter. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples during the evening meal and continues to speak to them.
+JHN 14 1 ughe figs-you 0 In [verses 1–7](../14/01.md) the word “you” is always plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 14 1 w3dn figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled Jesus uses **heart** figuratively to represent the disciples’ thoughts and emotions. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Do not let your thoughts be troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 1 rq43 figs-declarative πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεόν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ πιστεύετε 1 Both of these clauses could be: (1) commands, as in the UST. (2) statements. Alternate translation: “You believe in God; you also believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN 14 2 eca3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house Here, Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this use of **house** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 2 eca3 figs-metaphor ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 In my Father’s house Jesus uses **house** figuratively to refer to heaven, which is the place where God dwells. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “In the place where my Father dwells” or “In heaven where my Father dwells”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 2 v9px guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 2 n3wl εἰ δὲ μή, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν, ὅτι πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν 1 Father The word translated **for** could also be translated “that,” in which case this sentence would be a question instead of a statement. With either interpretation the point of the sentence is the same: Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said in the previous sentence is true. He is going to heaven **to prepare a place for** his people. Alternate translation: “But if not, would I have told you that I am going to prepare a place for you?”
JHN 14 3 sadi grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν πορευθῶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he knows that it will actually take place. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “when I go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-extrainfo τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way Here, Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN 14 5 aode translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 14 4 ir1d figs-extrainfo τὴν ὁδόν 1 the way Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively. This could refer to: (1) himself as the means by which people can go to God in heaven, which is clearly the meaning for **the way** in [verse 6](../14/06.md). (2) a manner of life that will eventually lead someone to be with God in heaven. Since the disciples did not understand this when Jesus said it, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
+JHN 14 5 aode translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 14 5 o21d figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 14 5 j2go figs-rquestion πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι 1 **Thomas** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “We surely do not know the way!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 14 6 jdwf figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the truth Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 14 6 qoc0 figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς 1 Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this use of **the way** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth Here Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this use of **the truth** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life Here Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this use of **the life** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this use of **through me** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 6 qoc0 figs-metaphor ἡ ὁδὸς 1 Here Jesus uses **the way** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can go to God, who is in heaven. Trusting in Jesus is the only way to have access to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who gives people access to the Father” or “the means by which one may come to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 6 i8le figs-metaphor ἡ ἀλήθεια 1 the truth Jesus uses **the truth** figuratively to indicate that he is the one who reveals God’s truth to people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who reveals God’s truth” or “the means by which people can know God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 6 z9tr figs-metaphor ἡ ζωή 1 the life Jesus uses **the life** figuratively to indicate that he is the means by which people can receive eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who makes people spiritually alive” or “the means by which one may receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 6 g5hn figs-explicit οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ 1 no one comes to the Father except through me Here, **through me** means that a person can come to God only by trusting Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “No one comes to the Father except by believing in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 6 f95q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 7 wx89 grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ἐγνώκατε με 1 Father Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you have known me, and you have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
-JHN 14 8 wwv7 translate-names Φίλιππος 1 **Philip** is the name of a man who was one of Jesus’ twelve disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 14 8 wwv7 translate-names Φίλιππος 1 See how you translated the name **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 14 8 fy8b figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 14 8 kum1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα 1 Lord, show us the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 9 q2iy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε? 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So long a time I am with you, and you should know me, Philip!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 14 9 mr1a figs-rquestion τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε? 1 I have been with you for so long and you still do not know me, Philip? **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “So long a time I am with you, and you should know me, Philip!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 14 9 vx5b figs-you ὑμῶν…σὺ 1 The first occurrence of **you** in this verse is plural, but the second occurrence is singular. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 14 9 l3s8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Whoever has seen me has seen the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 9 x1uh figs-rquestion πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα? 1 How can you say, ‘Show us the Father’? **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to **Philip**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should not say, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 14 10 hc1z figs-rquestion οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν? 1 Do you not believe … in me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying to Philip. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You really should believe that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 14 10 li33 figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν 1 Do you not believe … in me? See how you translated this expression in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 14 10 e4se guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὶ…ὁ Πατὴρ…Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 14 10 wh9w figs-you τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN 14 10 pgk6 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this use of **words** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the message” or “the teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 14 10 seon figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 10 e3li figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **works** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 10 wh9w figs-you τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν 1 The words that I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus shifts from speaking to Philip to speaking to all of his disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN 14 10 pgk6 figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 The words that I say to you I do not speak from my own authority Here, **words** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The message” or “The teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 14 10 seon figs-explicit ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated **from myself** in [5:30](../05/30.md). Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 10 e3li figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **work** in [7:3](../07/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 11 ew6g figs-idiom ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί 1 I am in the Father, and the Father is in me See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 14 11 r2w8 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **works** in the previous works. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 11 r2w8 figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 12 gh64 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 14 12 icjc figs-infostructure ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “the one believing in me will also do the works that I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 14 12 h2rh figs-explicit τὰ ἔργα 1 See how you translated **works** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 12 ui5t figs-ellipsis καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 14 13 bn30 figs-ellipsis ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 Whatever you ask in my name Jesus is leaving out some a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 14 13 n2id figs-idiom ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself was requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 14 12 ui5t figs-ellipsis καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “and he will do greater works than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 14 12 cn14 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 14 13 bn30 figs-ellipsis ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 Whatever you ask in my name Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask God” or “whatever you might ask me”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 14 13 n2id figs-idiom ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Whatever you ask in my name Here, **ask in my name** could mean: (1) to request something as the representative of Jesus or as if Jesus himself were requesting it. Alternate translation: “whatever you might ask as if I were asking” or “whatever you might ask that I would ask” (2) to request something with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “whatever you ask with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 14 13 i138 figs-activepassive ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 so that the Father will be glorified in the Son If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The one that may do the action could be: (1) Jesus, in which case **in the Son** would mean “by the Son.” Alternate translation: “so that the Son may glorify the Father” (2) everyone who experiences the result of what has been asked. Alternate translation: “so that everyone may glorify the Father in the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 14 13 j6nh guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ…Υἱῷ 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 13 zr8g figs-123person ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ 1 Son Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase in the first person. Alternate translation: “in me, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 14 14 sgk6 figs-idiom ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 If you ask me anything in my name See how you translated **in my name** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 14 15 bws1 figs-explicit τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this use of **keep** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 16 tu1e figs-explicit Παράκλητον 1 Comforter **Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this use of **Helper** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 17 sc6r figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this term might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 17 ms9g figs-possession τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a difference expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 14 15 bws1 figs-explicit τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσετε 1 Here, **keep** means to obey. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will obey my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 16 tu1e figs-explicit Παράκλητον 1 Comforter **Helper** here refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “one who helps, the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 17 sc6r figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 17 ms9g figs-possession τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 Spirit of truth Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 14 17 i2v7 figs-metonymy ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν 1 The world cannot receive him Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 17 clz3 figs-explicit ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται 1 The world cannot receive him Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Here Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this use of **orphans** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 18 hy8v figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς 1 leave you alone Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 18 k5bs figs-pastforfuture ἔρχομαι 1 Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 14 19 r5q8 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 14 19 yjsl figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε 1 the world In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this use of **live** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 19 yjsl figs-explicit ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε 1 the world In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 19 cil5 figs-pastforfuture ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ 1 the world Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 14 20 ckki figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 you will know that I am in my Father **On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this phrase would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 20 b87j figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you will know that I am in my Father In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 20 ckki figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 you will know that I am in my Father **On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 20 b87j figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you will know that I am in my Father In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 20 he2a guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρί μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 14 20 ht8z figs-doublet ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 14 21 rw8n figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could say the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 20 ht8z figs-doublet ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 you are in me, and that I am in you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
+JHN 14 21 rw8n figs-metaphor ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου 1 Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 21 x8m8 figs-explicit τηρῶν αὐτὰς 1 Here, **keeping** means obeying. See how you translated this word in [verse 15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 14 21 gjl8 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 he who loves me will be loved by my Father If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “and my Father will love the one loving me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 14 21 qsu7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 21 jd80 figs-explicit ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus will reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection, as also stated in [verse 19](../14/19.md). Alternate translation: “I will show myself to him after I live again” (2) Jesus will reveal his character to the minds of anyone who loves and obeys him, as suggested by his statement in [verse 23](../14/23.md). Alternate translation: “I will reveal to him what I am like” (3) Jesus will both reveal himself to his disciples after his resurrection and reveal his character to everyone who loves and obeys him. Alternate translation: “I will reveal myself to him after I live again and will reveal what I am like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 22 r22b translate-names Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης 1 Judas (not Iscariot) Here, **Judas** is the name of a man who was another disciple of Jesus. He was not the other disciple named **Judas** who was from the village of Kerioth and betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 14 22 qet7 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 14 22 a7aa figs-explicit τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us **Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 22 a7aa figs-explicit τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us **Judas** uses the expression **what has happened** to express his confusion about what Jesus said in the previous verse. The Jewish people were expecting the Messiah to come and reveal himself to the whole **world**, but Jesus said he would only show himself to his disciples. Therefore, **Judas** thinks something has caused Jesus to act differently than he had expected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what is causing you to only show yourself to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 22 v7dr figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 why is it that you will show yourself to us When **Judas** says **us**, he is speaking of himself and Jesus’ other disciples, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 14 22 gv3a figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 not to the world Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 23 xez7 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει 1 If anyone loves me, he will keep my word See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 23 xk31 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 23 ad6d figs-exclusive πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 My Father When **Jesus** says **we** in this verse, he is speaking of himself and God the Father, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If **make a dwelling place with** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 23 h9tl figs-explicit καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα 1 we will come to him and we will make our home with him This clause refers to God and **Jesus** dwelling within the person who **loves** and obeys **Jesus**. After Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven, he and God live inside every believer through the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and we will live within him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 24 dj2n figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 14 24 c3ju figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 The word Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say that meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 14 24 d7ay figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς 1 that you hear Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this use of **mine** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 24 ke2f figs-possession τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 14 24 c3ju figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 The word Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this would confuse your readers, you could express that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 14 24 d7ay figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς 1 that you hear Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 24 ke2f figs-possession τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 14 24 az71 figs-explicit τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός 1 Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 24 jhdc guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ…Πατρός 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 14 26 lbgf figs-infostructure ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν. 1 Father If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 14 26 n7ez ὁ…Παράκλητος 1 Father See how you translated this in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
+JHN 14 26 lbgf figs-infostructure ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν. 1 Father If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN 14 26 n7ez ὁ…Παράκλητος 1 Father See how you translated **the Helper** in [verse 16](../14/16.md).
JHN 14 26 hk8n guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 14 26 jjhy figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 Father Here, **in my name** could mean: (1) as the representative of Jesus or in place of Jesus. Alternate translation: “as my representative” or “in place of me” (2) with the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 14 26 ig83 figs-hyperbole πάντα 1 Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 14 27 t9c4 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 14 27 fb4o figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν 1 Here Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 14 27 jve8 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 14 27 i7gm figs-explicit οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 14 26 ig83 figs-hyperbole πάντα 1 Here, **everything** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses for emphasis. He means that the **Holy Spirit** would teach the disciples all that they needed to know about what he had taught them. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the plain meaning. Alternate translation: “everything that you need to know about what I have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 14 27 t9c4 figs-abstractnouns εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν; εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I leave you a peaceful feeling; I give you my peaceful feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 14 27 fb4o figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἀφίημι ὑμῖν 1 Jesus speaks of **peace** figuratively as if it were an object that he could **leave** with someone. If this would confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “You will feel peace after I leave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 14 27 jve8 figs-ellipsis οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you peace as the world gives peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 14 27 i7gm figs-explicit οὐ καθὼς ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν 1 Here, **as the world gives** could mean: (1) the manner in which **the world gives** **peace**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you in the manner that the world gives” (2) the type of **peace** that **the world gives**. Alternate translation: “I do not give to you the kind of peace that the world gives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 27 nx8a figs-metonymy κόσμος 1 world See how you translated the **world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 27 m6qq figs-metaphor μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not be afraid See how you translated this clause in [verse 1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 14 28 s8bx figs-quotesinquotes ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν, ὑπάγω καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said to you that I am going away, and I will come back to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
JHN 14 28 ayiy grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με, ἐχάρητε ἄν 1 Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that at this point his disciples don’t truly love him in the way that they should. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you loved me, but you don’t, you would be glad, but your aren’t” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 14 28 s3t3 figs-explicit πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 I am going to the Father Here Jesus implies that he will return to his **Father**. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 28 gtk5 figs-explicit ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν 1 the Father is greater than I Here Jesus could mean: (1) that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (2) that Jesus functions in a subordinate role to the Father for all time. Alternate translation: “the Father has a superior role than I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 14 28 ymq4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 14 29 cj9y figs-ellipsis εἴρηκα ὑμῖν 1 Father Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 14 29 cj9y figs-ellipsis εἴρηκα ὑμῖν 1 Father Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I have told you this” or “I have told you what will happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 14 30 ah3s figs-explicit ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων 1 ruler of this world Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this phrase in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν 1 ruler … is coming Here **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this phrase might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 14 31 n3et grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do, so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know See how you translated this in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 14 30 ea6m figs-explicit ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν 1 ruler … is coming Here, **has nothing in me** means that Satan has no control over Jesus and cannot make him do anything. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he is not able to control me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 14 31 n3et grammar-connect-logic-goal ἀλλ’ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος, ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν Πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς ἐνετείλατο μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὕτως ποιῶ 1 Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. The first event that is done to accomplish this purpose could be: (1) a phrase Jesus left out that can be supplied from the context of the previous verses. Alternate translation: “but the ruler of this world is coming so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” or “but these things will happen so that the world might know that I love the Father, and just as the Father commanded me, thus I do” (2) what is stated later in the sentence, in which case the order of the clauses must be changed. Alternate translation: “but just as the Father commanded me, thus I do so that the world might know that I love the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN 14 31 jhq1 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 in order that the world will know See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 14 31 r9ub guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)
2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)
3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Vine
Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
### “Remain in me”
Jesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([John 15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “If my words remain in you” as “If you live according to my teachings.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
-JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
-JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Here Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. The way that a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, we recommend that you translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 1 puzl translate-unknown ἡ ἀληθινή 1 The word translated **vine** refers specifically grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that grows fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 15 intro k9jd 0 # John 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus says he is the vine (15:1–8)\n2. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (15:9–17)\n3. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Vine\n\nJesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. The vine of the grape plant takes water and minerals from the ground and gives them to the leaves and grapes that are on the branches. Without the vine, the branches, grapes, and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/vine]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/grape]], and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Remain in me”\n\nJesus uses the word “remain” as a metaphor. He is speaking of a believer being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. In ([15:7](../15/07.md)), the UST expresses this idea of “my words remain in you” as “obey what I have taught you.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model.
+JHN 15 1 aws2 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here,” at the end of the previous chapter ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
+JHN 15 1 fen5 figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή 1 I am the true vine Jesus uses the **true vine** figuratively to refer to himself. As a **vine** is the source of life for its branches, so Jesus causes people to live in a way that pleases God and brings other people to believe in Jesus. Since the **vine** is an important metaphor in the Bible, you should translate the words directly or use a simile and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: “I am like a true vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 15 1 puzl translate-unknown ἡ ἀληθινή 1 The word translated **vine** refers specifically to the grapevine plant that produces grapes. If your readers would not be familiar with grapevines, use an equivalent word in your language for a **vine** that produces fruit. Alternate translation: “grapevine” or “fruit-producing vine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 15 1 hqj7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener Here, Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this use of **farmer** would be confusing in your language, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 15 1 w2d4 figs-metaphor ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν 1 my Father is the gardener Jesus uses **farmer** figuratively to refer to God. Just as a **farmer** takes care of the**vine** to ensure it is as fruitful as possible, so God takes care of his people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 15 1 t4ne ὁ γεωργός 1 my Father is the gardener While **farmer** is a general term for anyone who farms the ground, in this context it refers to someone who takes care of grapevines and grows grapes. Alternate translation: “vine grower” or “grape farmer”
-JHN 15 2 p311 figs-exmetaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN 15 2 p311 figs-exmetaphor πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν…καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπὸν φέρον…ἵνα καρπὸν πλείονα φέρῃ 1 He takes away every branch in me that does not bear fruit Jesus speaks about people who claim to be his disciples but are not by continuing the metaphor of a vine. In this paragraph, Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to both true and false disciples. He also uses **bearing fruit**, **bears fruit**, and **bear more fruit** figuratively to refer to living in a manner that pleases God, especially demonstrating the Christian qualities called the “fruit of the Spirit” in [Galatians 5:22–23](../../gal/05/22.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “Everyone who claims to be my disciple but does not please God is like a branch in me that does not bear fruit … and every person who pleases God is like a branch that bears fruit … so that he might be like a branch that bears more fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
JHN 15 2 wt8w αἴρει αὐτό 1 takes away Alternate translation: “he cuts it off of the vine and takes it away” or “he breaks it off of the vine and throws it away”
-JHN 15 2 enrh καθαίρει αὐτὸ 1 takes away The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
-JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this use of **clean** might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 3 ls0g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **word**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 15 2 enrh καθαίρει αὐτὸ 1 takes away The word translated **prunes** could mean: (1) to remove excess parts from a plant. Alternate translation: “he trims it” (2) to cause something to become clean. Alternate translation: “he cleans it” (3) to remove excess parts from a plant in order to make it clean. See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. Alternate translation: “he prunes it so that it will be clean”
+JHN 15 3 xn3j figs-metaphor ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you The word translated **clean** is related to the word translated “prunes” in the previous verse. Here Jesus uses **clean** to imply that the branches have already been cleaned by pruning off the excess parts. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “You are like branches that have already been pruned and are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 15 3 ls0g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 You are already clean because of the message that I have spoken to you Here, **word** refers to the message or teachings of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 15 3 l5zz figs-you ὑμεῖς…ὑμῖν 1 you The words **You** and **you** in this verse are plural and refer to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 15 4 qvv9 figs-explicit μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν…ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε 1 Remain in me, and I in you See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:56](../06/56.md). See also the discussion of **Remain in me** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 5 mw4t figs-metaphor ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα 1 I am the vine, you are the branches See how you translated **vine** in [verse 1](../15/01.md) and “branch” in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 15 5 r4di figs-explicit ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ 1 He who remains in me and I in him See how you translated this similar expression in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 5 hzh4 figs-metaphor οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν 1 he bears much fruit See how you translated **bears fruit** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 5 b1qd figs-explicit ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 he bears much fruit Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this use of **nothing** would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 15 6 fgnm ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 In middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
+JHN 15 5 b1qd figs-explicit ποιεῖν οὐδέν 1 he bears much fruit Here Jesus uses **nothing** to refer to doing **nothing** that pleases God or to lack any spiritual fruit. It does not refer to doing **nothing** at all. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “do nothing that pleases God” or “do nothing acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 15 6 fgnm ἐὰν μή τις μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη, καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 In the middle of this verse, Jesus changes from referring to the **branch** in a singular form to a plural form. If this change would be confusing in your language, you could change the singular forms into plural forms. Alternate translation: “If people do not remain in me, they are thrown outside like branches and are dried up, and they gather them into the fire, and they are burned up”
JHN 15 6 d5mt figs-explicit μένῃ ἐν ἐμοί 1 See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 15 6 h6cu figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor τὸ κλῆμα 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Here Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 6 ura6 figs-metaphor καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up The first **they** refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 15 6 h6cu figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the farmer throws him outside like a branch, and he dries up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 15 6 k1tm figs-metaphor τὸ κλῆμα 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up Jesus uses **branch** figuratively to refer to someone who claims to be Jesus’ disciple, but is not. See how you translated the similar use of **branch** in [verse 2](../15/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 15 6 ura6 writing-pronouns καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τὸ πῦρ βάλλουσιν, καὶ καίεται 1 he is thrown away like a branch and dries up The first **they** in this verse refers to an indefinite subject, but the second **they** refers to the object. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate them differently. Alternate translation: “and some helpers gather them and throw them into the fire, and they are burned up” or “and someone gathers them and throws them into the fire, and those branches are burned up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 15 6 e789 figs-activepassive καίεται 1 they are burned up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 15 7 knr4 figs-explicit μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 ask whatever you wish See how you translated **remain in me** in the previous three verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 7 lpzq figs-idiom τὰ ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ 1 ask whatever you wish This is an idiom that means to obey Jesus. See how you translated a similar expression in [8:31](../08/31.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 15 7 m38f figs-ellipsis ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 15 7 m38f figs-ellipsis ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε 1 ask whatever you wish Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 15 7 mcz5 figs-activepassive γενήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be done for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will do it for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 15 8 pq2t figs-pastforfuture ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this Jesus is figuratively using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “My Father will be glorified in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “You glorify my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 15 8 yq67 figs-activepassive ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father is glorified in this If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You glorify my Father in this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 15 8 z1ww guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου 1 My Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 15 8 wpa6 figs-metaphor καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε 1 that you bear much fruit See how you translated a similar expression in [verse 5](../15/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 15 8 vtg5 γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί 1 are my disciples Alternate translation: “show that you are my disciples” or “demonstrate that you are my disciples”
JHN 15 9 nf5v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ 1 As the Father has loved me, I have also loved you **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 15 9 d32z figs-metaphor μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love Here, Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this use of **remain in** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 15 9 d32z figs-metaphor μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ 1 Remain in my love Jesus uses **remain in** figuratively to refer to continuing in a certain state. Jesus is commanding his disciples to continue being in a close and loving relationship with him by obeying his commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “continue having a loving relationship with me” or “live in a way that enables you to continue experiencing my love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 15 10 thg9 figs-explicit τηρήσητε…τετήρηκα 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love Here, **keep** and **kept** refer to obeying. See how you translated this word in [14:15](../14/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 10 cu4e figs-metaphor μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου…μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ 1 If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of my Father and remain in his love See how you translated the similar clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 15 10 k1nm guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 15 11 rcv8 ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ 1 I have spoken these things to you so that my joy will be in you Alternate translation: “I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
-JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 15 11 r1p1 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ 1 so that your joy will be complete If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that you will be joyful to the fullest extent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 15 13 uqny μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “The greatest love a person can have for his friends is to voluntarily die for them” or “The best way that a person can show that he loves his friends is to willingly die for them”
-JHN 15 13 bu8j figs-explicit τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this use of **life** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 15 13 bu8j figs-explicit τὴν ψυχὴν 1 life Here, **life** refers to physical **life**. It does not refer to eternal life. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “physical life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 13 emyr figs-euphemism τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ θῇ 1 life See how you translated the similar phrase in [10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JHN 15 15 b56f guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 15 16 qj98 figs-metaphor καρπὸν φέρητε 1 bear fruit In this verse, **bear fruit** could mean: (1) preach the gospel to people who respond by trusting in Jesus, as suggested by the use of **go** before **bear**. Alternate translation: “would lead people to believe in me” (2) live in a manner that pleases God, as **bear fruit** is used in [verses 2–8](../15/02.md). Alternate translation: “would do what pleases God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 16 v3je figs-explicit καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this use of **remain** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 15 16 kc4z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 that your fruit should remain This phrase introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN 15 16 v3je figs-explicit καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ 1 that your fruit should remain Here, **remain** means to last forever. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and your fruit should last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 15 16 kc4z grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε 1 that your fruit should remain Here, **so that** introduces a purpose clause. It could mean: (1) the content of this clause is the purpose for Jesus choosing his disciples. Alternate translation: “and he chose you so that whatever you would ask” (2) the content of this clause is the purpose for the disciples’ fruit remaining. Alternate translation: “and this fruit would remain so that whatever you would ask” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN 15 16 bcy1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 15 16 acqo figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated this in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 15 17 rib2 ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”
+JHN 15 16 acqo figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 See how you translated **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 15 17 rib2 ταῦτα 1 Here, **These things** could refer to: (1) the commands Jesus referred to in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “These commands” (2) the command in the second half of this verse. Alternate translation: “This”
JHN 15 18 ntzw grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεῖ 1 the world Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If the world hates you, and it does” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
JHN 15 18 d5ff figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 15 19 aj8s grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε 1 the world Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that his disciples are not **from the world**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If you were from the world, but you are not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 15 19 x6q8 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος…τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου…ὁ κόσμος 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 15 19 ayo7 figs-infostructure ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστέ, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος 1 the world If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “But because you are not from the world, this world hates you, but I chose you from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 15 20 v53s figs-metonymy μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν 1 Remember the word that I said to you Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to what he says later in this sentence. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Remember the teaching that I said to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 15 20 wzg6 figs-explicit οὐκ ἔστιν δοῦλος μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὐτοῦ 1 Remember the word that I said to you See how you translated this in [13:16](../13/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 20 a8kw figs-metonymy εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν…τηρήσουσιν 1 Remember the word that I said to you See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 15 21 eh1v figs-metonymy ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 because of my name Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 15 21 eh1v figs-metonymy ταῦτα πάντα ποιήσουσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 because of my name Here, **all these things** refers to the bad things Jesus told his disciples that the unbelievers in the world would do to them in [verses 18–20](../15/18.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they will hate and persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 15 21 z35m figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 because of my name Here, Jesus uses **my name** figuratively to refer to himself. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. If this use of **name** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 15 21 hs9x figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 22 m75h grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that he did come and speak to the world. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not come and spoken to them, but I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN 15 22 uble figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 22 uj4o figs-explicit ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically the the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this use of **sin** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 15 22 uble figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess. See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:41](../09/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 15 22 uj4o figs-explicit ἁμαρτίαν…ἁμαρτίας 1 If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not have sin, but now they have no excuse for their sin Here, Jesus uses **sin** to refer specifically to the **sin** of rejecting Jesus and his teachings. It does not refer to **sin** in general, because everyone is guilty of **sin**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sin of rejecting me and my teachings … sin of rejecting me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 23 u9u7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 15 24 bd47 figs-doublenegatives εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν…δὲ 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Because I have done the works that no one else did among them, they have sin, and” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 15 24 rnt4 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, they would have no sin, but Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He has done **works that no one else did** among the people. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If I had not done the works that no one else did among them, but I did, they would have no sin, but they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 15 24 v23s figs-metaphor ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν 1 they would have no sin See how you translated this in [15:22](../15/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 15 24 z6we figs-ellipsis καὶ ἑωράκασιν 1 The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father** referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 15 24 z6we figs-ellipsis καὶ ἑωράκασιν 1 The object of the verb **seen** could be: (1) **the works** referred to earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen the works” (2) Jesus and the **Father**, referred to at the end of the verse. Alternate translation: “they have both seen me and my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 15 24 v6pt guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα μου 1 they have seen and hated both me and my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this use of **word** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 15 25 s5wj writing-quotations ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 15 25 rod8 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive voice, you can translate this in an active form and say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 15 25 x7g9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος 1 to fulfill the word that is written in their law Here, Jesus uses **word** figuratively to refer to a specific prophecy in the Old Testament. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 15 25 s5wj writing-quotations ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 Here Jesus uses **the word that is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “the statement that has been written in their scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 15 25 rod8 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they might fulfill the word that a prophet wrote in their law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 15 25 j2m2 figs-synecdoche τῷ νόμῳ 1 law Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. See how you translated a similar expression in [10:34](../10/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 15 25 jhqg figs-quotemarks ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν 1 law This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 35:19](../../psa/35/19.md) or [69:4](../../psa/69/04.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 15 26 eexc figs-explicit ὁ Παράκλητος 1 See how you translated this in [14:16](../14/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 15 26 tpw6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρός…Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this use of **beginning** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)
2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)
3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)
4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### The Holy Spirit
Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
### “The hour is coming”
Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
## Important figures of speech in this chapter
### Simile
Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the chapter fourteen ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
+JHN 15 26 tzi9 figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of truth See how you translated **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 15 27 ew2v figs-metonymy ἀρχῆς 1 the beginning Here Jesus uses **beginning** figuratively to refer to the first days of his ministry. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 16 intro wb8v 0 # John 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus promises that his disciples will be persecuted (15:18–16:4)\n2. Jesus describes the work of the Holy Spirit (16:5–15)\n3. Jesus says that he will return to his Father (16:16–28)\n4. Jesus says that his disciples will soon abandon him (16:29–33)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The Holy Spirit\n\nJesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Helper ([14:16](../14/16.md)) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them. He is also the Spirit of Truth ([14:17](../14/17.md)) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n### “The hour is coming”\n\nJesus used these words to begin prophecies about events that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers ([16:2](../16/02.md)) lasted for many years. However, “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone ([16:32](../16/32.md)) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJesus said that just as a woman is in pain when she gives birth to a baby, so also his followers would be sad when he died. But just as the woman is happy after the baby is born, so also his followers would be happy when Jesus became alive again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
+JHN 16 1 pbc8 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus continues to speak to his disciples either at the end of their evening meal or after they have finished that meal and are walking to Gethsemane. It is unclear whether or not they left immediately after Jesus said “Let us go from here” at the end of the Chapter 14 ([John 14:31](../14/31.md)).
JHN 16 1 hn4j 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 1–4 are part of the same topic Jesus began in [15:18](../15/18.md). He is speaking about the persecution that his disciples will experience.
-JHN 16 1 kz43 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 1 kz43 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [15:18–25](../15/18.md) about the coming persecution of his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the warnings that you will be hated by everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 1 vui6 figs-explicit μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε 1 you will not fall away Here, Jesus uses **fall away** figuratively to refer to no longer trusting in him or no longer being his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might not stop trusting me” or “you might not stop being my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 2 hhgj figs-metaphor ἀποσυναγώγους 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:22](../09/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 16 2 i79b figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 2 xueq grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of what **an hour** refers to. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+JHN 16 2 i79b figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming when everyone who kills you will think that he is offering a service to God See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 16 2 xueq grammar-connect-words-phrases ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς 1 Here, **for** could indicate: (1) time, as in the UST. (2) an explanation of to what **an hour** refers. Alternate translation: “that everyone who kills you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
JHN 16 3 k4r6 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 16 4 b8z1 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 4 b8z1 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus has just said in [16:2–3](../16/02.md) regarding what the Jews will do to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you the Jews will persecute you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 4 blb2 figs-metonymy ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν 1 when their hour comes See how you translated **hour** in [verse 2](../16/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 16 4 dh5i figs-metonymy ἐξ ἀρχῆς 1 in the beginning See how you translated **beginning** in [15:27](../15/27.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 16 5 gbpt figs-explicit τὸν πέμψαντά με 1 Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated this phrase in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 5 c542 figs-explicit καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ 1 Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise they they are not asking him where he is going like they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 5 c542 figs-explicit καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ 1 Here Jesus uses **and** to emphasize his surprise that they are not asking him where he is going, as they had done previously in [13:36](../13/36.md) and [14:5](../14/05.md). Use a natural form in your language to express this emphasis. Alternate translation: “but none of you are even asking” or “but how is it that none of you asks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 5 cq44 figs-quotesinquotes ἐρωτᾷ με, ποῦ ὑπάγεις 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asks me where I am going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 16 6 zhlg figs-metaphor ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Here Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 16 6 zhlg figs-metaphor ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart Jesus speaks of **sadness** figuratively as if it were a thing that could fill someone. If this use of **sadness** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your heart is very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 16 6 kr4d figs-metaphor ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν 1 sadness has filled your heart See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 16 7 g3ze figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν…μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 if I do not go away, the Comforter will not come to you If it would be more natural in your language, you can translate this double negative expression in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Helper will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter See how you translated this in [14:26](../14/26.md).
-JHN 16 8 bpu5 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 16 7 d1zd Παράκλητος 1 Comforter See how you translated **Helper** in [14:26](../14/26.md).
+JHN 16 8 bpu5 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Helper” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 16 8 i78r figs-metonymy κόσμον 1 world See how you translated this in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 8 im9o figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως 1 world If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment** in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
-JHN 16 8 gihm figs-explicit περὶ δικαιοσύνης 1 world Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness** that **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees that people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
-JHN 16 10 t4qe figs-explicit περὶ δικαιοσύνης 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 8 im9o figs-abstractnouns περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιοσύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως 1 world If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sin**, **righteousness**, and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “about what is sinful and about what is righteous and about the fact that God will judge them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 16 8 gihm figs-explicit περὶ δικαιοσύνης 1 world Here, **righteousness** could refer to: (1) God’s **righteousness**, which **the world** does not have. Alternate translation: “about the righteousness that the world lacks” (2) the false **righteousness** in **the world**, such as the actions of the Pharisees, which people thought were **righteous**. Alternate translation: “about the world’s false righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 9 v4hk περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ 1 about sin, because they do not believe in me Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness, because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
+JHN 16 10 t4qe figs-explicit περὶ δικαιοσύνης 1 about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me See how you translated the phrase **about righteousness** in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 10 r121 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 10 fmk5 figs-explicit οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με 1 Father Jesus uses this phrase to imply that anyone who could **see** him saw true righteousness. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see my righteous example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 11 l71y figs-explicit περὶ…κρίσεως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 11 x2z1 figs-explicit ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here, **the ruler** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 11 dp4r figs-activepassive ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 16 11 l71y figs-explicit περὶ…κρίσεως 1 See how you translated the phrase **about judgment** in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 11 x2z1 figs-explicit ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 1 the ruler of this world Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 11 dp4r figs-activepassive ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 16 11 llxw figs-pastforfuture κέκριται 1 This could mean: (1) Satan has already been condemned to future judgment. Alternate translation: “has already been condemned” (2) Satan’s future judgment is so certain that Jesus uses the past tense. Alternate translation: “will be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 16 13 j7gr figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth See how you translated this phrase in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this use of **truth** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 13 j7gr figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας 1 the Spirit of Truth See how you translated the phrase **the Spirit of Truth** in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 13 pau7 figs-explicit ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ 1 he will guide you into all the truth Here, **truth** refers to true information about Jesus and God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will guide you into all truth about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 13 pter figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might be confusing to your readers, you could see the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 13 v738 figs-explicit ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει 1 he will say whatever he hears Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. If this might confuse to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 13 mzns τὰ ἐρχόμενα 1 Alternate translation: “things that are about to happen” or “things that will soon take place”
-JHN 16 14 srk5 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 16 14 srk5 writing-pronouns ἐκεῖνος 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **that one** refers to the Holy Spirit, who is called “the Spirit of Truth” in the previous verse. If this use of **that one** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 16 14 nfxp figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 1 he will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you Here, **the things of mine** could refer to: (1) what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “the things I have said” (2) who Jesus is and what he has said and done. Alternate translation: “my true identity and the things I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 15 s73e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 15 rmq9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ 1 the Spirit will take from what is mine and he will tell it to you See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2132,525 +2134,534 @@ JHN 16 17 zd1n μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πά
JHN 16 17 w3kp ὅτι ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα 1 See how you translated this statement in [verse 10](../16/10.md).
JHN 16 17 sz1v guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 18 mmdm τὸ μικρόν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
-JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με? 1 Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’? Jesus uses this question to get his disciples to focus on what he has just told them so that he can give an explanation. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 16 19 rwoq grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι εἶπον 1 The word **that** introduces a clause that explains what the preceding **this** refers to. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “name, that I said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+JHN 16 19 j7wv figs-rquestion περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με? 1 Are you seeking among yourselves concerning this because I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me’? **Jesus** is using this question to get his disciples to focus on what he has just told them so that he can give an explanation. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are seeking among yourselves concerning this, that I said, ‘A little while and you do not see me, and again a little while and you will see me.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 16 19 rwoq grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι εἶπον 1 The word **that** introduces a clause that explains to what the preceding **this** refers. Use a word or phrase that introduces a further explanation or elaboration in your language. Alternate translation: “name, that I said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
JHN 16 19 ya90 μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [verses 16](../16/16.md).
JHN 16 20 jx6s figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 16 20 p9x1 figs-metonymy ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται 1 but the world will be glad Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 16 20 i94b figs-abstractnouns ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for these ideas, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **sorrow** and **joy** in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 16 20 p6v5 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς λυπηθήσεσθε 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You will have grief” or “What happens will grieve you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 16 20 i94b figs-abstractnouns ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **sorrow** and **joy**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “you will change from being sorrowful to being joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 16 21 km17 figs-genericnoun ἡ γυνὴ ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς; ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ τὸ παιδίον, οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy Jesus is speaking of women in general, not of one particular **woman**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “When women give birth, they have pain because their hour has come, but when they have given birth to their children, they no longer remember their suffering, because of the joy that men have been born into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 16 21 c71q figs-metonymy ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **hour**, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 21 m474 figs-abstractnouns οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract nous **suffering** in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 16 21 c71q figs-metonymy ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy Here, **her hour** refers to the time when the **woman gives birth**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for her to give birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 16 21 m474 figs-abstractnouns οὐκέτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως 1 but your sorrow will be turned into joy If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **suffering**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “she no longer remembers that she suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 16 22 j7ge figs-metaphor χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία 1 your heart will be glad See how you translated **heart** in [14:1](../14/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 16 23 qoi2 figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 Here, **in that day** refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 23 g4qt figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 Truly, truly, I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 16 23 w5jj guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 16 23 q75v figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 16 23 q75v figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name See how you translated the phrase **in my name** in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 16 24 gm2h figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 in my name See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 16 24 p83u figs-activepassive ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη 1 your joy will be fulfilled See how you translated a similar phrase in [15:11](../15/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 16 25 m4wc figs-parables παροιμίαις…παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech See how you translated this word in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-JHN 16 25 n93q figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 16 25 m4wc figs-parables παροιμίαις…παροιμίαις 1 in figures of speech See how you translated this phrase in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
+JHN 16 25 n93q figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 the hour is coming See how you translated this in [4:21](../04/21.md) and see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to Chapter 4. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 16 25 r73l παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν 1 tell you plainly about the Father Alternate translation: “I will tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
JHN 16 25 bq3q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατρὸς 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 26 sd3d figs-explicit ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 you will ask in my name See how you translated this phrase in [14:20](../14/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 26 vf63 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου 1 you will ask in my name See how you translated this phrase in [14:13](../14/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 16 26 s8a5 figs-explicit οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples because they will have direct access to God after he becomes alive again. If this statement would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 26 s8a5 figs-explicit οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τὸν Πατέρα 1 Here Jesus implies that he will not have to **ask the Father** on behalf of his disciples, because they can ask God directly after Jesus becomes alive again. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not say to you that I will need to ask the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 26 cy76 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατέρα 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I came from the Father Here, **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
+JHN 16 27 b49q guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 I came from the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 28 wyz7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς…τὸν Πατέρα 1 I came from the Father … going to the Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον 1 world Here, **world** refers to to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 29 sol1 figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν 1 world To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 16 28 l3zb figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον…ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον 1 world Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the earth … I am leaving the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 16 29 sol1 figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν 1 world Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 16 29 i23p figs-parables παροιμίαν 1 world See how you translated this word in [verse 25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-JHN 16 30 u18y figs-explicit οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ 1 world By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 16 30 u18y figs-explicit οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις, ἵνα τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ 1 world By saying that Jesus does not need anyone to ask him questions, his disciples are implying that Jesus already knows what people will ask him before they ask. Since he already knows what they will ask him, he does not need them to ask him. If this statement would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 16 31 c8cu figs-rquestion ἄρτι πιστεύετε? 1 Do you believe now? This could mean: (1) Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me!” (2) Jesus is asking a question in order to express doubt that the disciples really believe in him, since he knows they will soon leave him. Alternate translation: “Do you really trust me now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 16 32 wbs6 figs-metonymy ἔρχεται ὥρα 1 you will be scattered See how you translated this phrase in [verse 25](../16/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 16 32 fbet figs-pastforfuture καὶ ἐλήλυθεν 1 you will be scattered Here Jesus uses **has come** in the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the very near future. If this use of **has come** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and will come right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 16 32 fbet figs-pastforfuture καὶ ἐλήλυθεν 1 you will be scattered Here Jesus uses **has come** in the past tense to refer to something that will happen in the very near future. If this use of **has come** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and will come right away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 16 32 yza2 figs-activepassive σκορπισθῆτε 1 you will be scattered If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 16 32 zjnx εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 Alternate translation: “each of you to his own place” or “every one of you to his own place”
JHN 16 32 k3br guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father is with me **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 16 33 k6d6 figs-explicit ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε 1 so that you will have peace in me If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **peace** in another way. Alternate translation: “so that you might experience a peaceful feeling in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 16 33 wraa figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they are objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 16 33 ysh6 figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that you will have peace in me Here Jesus uses **in me** to refer to being united with him or having a close relationship with him. If this use of **in me** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 16 33 wraa figs-metaphor εἰρήνην ἔχητε…θλῖψιν ἔχετε 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, Jesus speaks figuratively of **peace** and **troubles** as if they were objects that someone can possess. If these uses of **peace** and **troubles** might confuse your readers, you could use different expressions. Alternate translation: “you might be peaceful … you experience troubles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 16 33 ysh6 figs-idiom ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 so that you will have peace in me Here, **in me** refers to being united with Jesus or having a close relationship with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 16 33 z7wj figs-metonymy ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον 1 I have conquered the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this is [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
This chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:
1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)
2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)
3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### Glory
Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
### Jesus is eternal
Jesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Prayer
Jesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
+JHN 17 intro nb2a 0 # John 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\nThis chapter is one long prayer that can be divided into three parts according to the topics of Jesus’ prayer requests:\n\n1. Jesus prays for himself (17:1–5)\n2. Jesus prays for his disciples (17:6–19)\n3. Jesus prays for all Christians (17:20–26)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### Glory\n\nScripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, bright light that visually represents how great God is. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory ([17:1](../17/01.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])\n\n### Jesus is eternal\n\nJesus existed before God created the world ([17:5](../17/05.md)). John wrote about this in [1:1](../01/01.md).\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Prayer\n\nJesus is God’s one and only Son ([3:16](../03/16.md)), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that might seem to be commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
JHN 17 1 uf8z 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
-JHN 17 1 an1o figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 1 an1o figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** refers to everything that Jesus told his disciples in [chapters 13–16](../13/01.md). If this use of **these things** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that things about what would happen to him and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 1 b4pj figs-idiom ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 he lifted up his eyes to the heavens See how you translated this idiom in [6:5](../06/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 17 1 k7tb figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heavens Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse you, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky towards God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 1 k7tb figs-explicit εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 heavens Here, **heaven** refers to the sky. The Jews believed that **heaven**, the place where God dwells, was located above the sky. If this use of **heaven** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “beyond the sky toward God in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 1 l8sa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ…Υἱὸς 1 Father … Son **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this use of **hour** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 1 jup7 figs-metonymy ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 1 the hour has come Here, Jesus uses **hour** figuratively to refer to the time when Jesus would suffer and die. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time for me to suffer and die has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 1 ya24 figs-imperative δόξασόν 1 the hour has come **Glorify** here is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN 17 1 bk1m figs-123person σου τὸν Υἱόν…ὁ Υἱὸς 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 17 2 jzlt grammar-connect-logic-result καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός 1 Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 17 2 jzlt grammar-connect-logic-result καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν πάσης σαρκός 1 Here, **since** indicates that this clause is the reason for the request given in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because you gave him authority over all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JHN 17 2 cpi0 figs-123person αὐτῷ…αὐτῷ…δώσῃ 1 all flesh Throughout this verse Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 17 2 vbt4 figs-metonymy πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this use of **flesh** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 2 vbt4 figs-metonymy πάσης σαρκός 1 all flesh Jesus is describing people figuratively by referring to something associated with them, the **flesh** that they are made of. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “over all human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 3 i5pm αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ 1 all flesh The clause could mean: (1) the rest of the verse describes what **eternal life** is. Alternate translation: “Now this is what it means to have eternal life” (2) the rest of the verse describes the means by which one receives eternal life. Alternate translation: “Now this is how people live forever”
JHN 17 3 zmsw figs-123person ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν 1 all flesh Jesus uses **the one whom you sent** and **Jesus Christ** to refer to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this use of **work** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 4 h4hu figs-metonymy τὸ ἔργον…ὃ δέδωκάς μοι 1 the work that you have given me to do Here, Jesus uses **work** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ entire ministry while on the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the ministry that you have given me here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 5 k9ra figs-explicit δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ, τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον…παρὰ σοί 1 Father, glorify me … with the glory that I had with you before the world was made Here, **with yourself** and **with you** refer to Jesus and God the **Father** being physically near to each other. If this use of **with** might be confusing to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Father, glorify me at your side with the glory that I had at your side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 5 g8at guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 5 ximp figs-imperative δόξασόν 1 Father Here, **glorify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please glorify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN 17 5 xhph figs-abstractnouns τῇ δόξῃ 1 Father If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **glory**, you could express the idea behind it with a different expression. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 17 5 xhph figs-abstractnouns τῇ δόξῃ 1 Father If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “with the glorious characteristics” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 17 5 s4p3 figs-activepassive πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “before we made the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this use of **name** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 6 vbn8 figs-metonymy ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα 1 I revealed your name Jesus uses **name** figuratively to refer to God himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I revealed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 6 hn8z figs-metonymy ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 from the world See how you translated **world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 6 u8lc figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν 1 kept your word See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 8 bzvc figs-metonymy τὰ ῥήματα 1 kept your word See how you translated **words** in [5:47](../05/47.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 9 ndb1 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 I do not pray for the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this in [14:17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 10 mql5 figs-activepassive δεδόξασμαι ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they glorify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 17 10 q0tm figs-explicit ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in** **all things**. Alternate translation: “within them”
+JHN 17 10 q0tm figs-explicit ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 This could mean: (1) **all things** are the means by which Jesus is glorified. Alternate translation: “by means of them” (2) Jesus is glorified **in all things**. Alternate translation: “within them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 11 viya figs-pastforfuture οὐκέτι εἰμὶ…πρὸς σὲ ἔρχομαι 1 Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “I will no longer … I am about to come to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν 1 in the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 11 bk2h figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσίν 1 in the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in this world with people who oppose you, but they are in this hostile world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 11 kp1d guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 11 dvel figs-imperative τήρησον 1 Here, **keep** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “please keep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
-JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [verse 6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in the unity with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 11 yq9z figs-metonymy τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 keep them in your name that you have given me Here, **name** could refer to: (1) God’s power. Alternate translation: “keep them by your power” (2) God himself, as in [verse 6](../17/06.md). In this case, Jesus would be requesting that God keep his disciples united with God. Alternate translation: “keep them in unity with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 12 s5kw figs-metonymy ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου 1 I kept them in your name See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 12 a4s8 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 17 12 a4s8 figs-metaphor οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction Here Jesus uses **perished** and **destruction** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this use of these words might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “not one of them died spiritually, except for the son of spiritual death” or “not one of them experienced spiritual death, except for the son of spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 17 12 buiv figs-pastforfuture οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 not one of them was destroyed, except for the son of destruction Jesus uses the past tense **perished** to refer to eternal punishment as if it had already happened, even though **the son of destruction** had not yet **perished**. If this use of the past tense might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “not one of them will perish, except for the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of destruction** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 17 12 dkpa figs-idiom ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 17 12 dh0a figs-abstractnouns ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **destruction** in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 17 12 az2m figs-explicit ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Here, **son of destruction** refers to Judas, the disciple who betrayed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Judas, the son of destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 12 dkpa figs-idiom ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction Here, **son of** is an idiom used to describe what a person is like. The defining characteristic of Judas was that he would be destroyed because he betrayed Jesus. If this use of **son of** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one characterized by destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 17 12 dh0a figs-abstractnouns ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας 1 the son of destruction If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the son that must be destroyed” or “the son whom you will destroy”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 17 12 blz4 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the scriptures would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that he would fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 17 13 p71q figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 the world See how you translated **the world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 13 jp4v figs-activepassive ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς 1 so that they will have my joy fulfilled in themselves If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that I might give them my full joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 17 14 bc1y figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 14 bc1y figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου 1 I have given them your word See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 14 qf43 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου…ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world … because they are not of the world … I am not of the world Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who oppose God. If this use of **the world** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people who oppose you … from those who oppose you … I am not from them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 14 wz9e figs-explicit οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 The phrase **from the world** could refer to: (1) the place where the subject belongs. Alternate translation: “they do not belong to the world, just as I do not belong to the world” (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “they did not come from the world, just as I did not come from the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 15 hg22 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου 1 the world Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to both being on the earth and being among the people in the **world** who oppose God. See how you translated this use of **world** in [verse 11](../17/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this use of **the evil one** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 15 s3vp figs-explicit τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 keep them from the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you would keep them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 16 pw1m figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσὶν, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 1 keep them from the evil one See how you translated **from the world** in [verse 14](../17/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 17 qtld figs-imperative ἁγίασον 1 Set them apart by the truth **Sanctify** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Please sanctify” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
JHN 17 17 y53e figs-explicit ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 Set them apart by the truth The phrase **by the truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of the truth” (2) the realm in which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them in the truth” (3) both the means and realm of the disciples’ sanctification. Alternate translation: “Sanctify them by means of and in the truth” See the discussion of John’s use of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 17 17 y5qx figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς 1 Your word is truth See how you translated this phrase in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 17 y5qx figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς 1 Your word is truth See how you translated **your word** in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 18 bh1a figs-metonymy εἰς τὸν κόσμον…εἰς τὸν κόσμον 2 into the world Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in the world. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 19 zam3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν 1 Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 19 zam3 figs-explicit ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτόν 1 Jesus uses the phrases **for their sakes** and **sanctified** together to refer to his sacrificial death on the cross. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for their sakes I have sanctified myself to die as a sacrifice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 19 z4z8 figs-activepassive ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that they may also sanctify themselves in truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 17 19 x08k figs-explicit ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ 1 so that they themselves may also be set apart in truth The phrase **in truth** could refer to: (1) the means by which Jesus’ disciples would be sanctified. Alternate translation: “sanctified by means of truth” (2) the nature or degree of their sanctification. Alternate translation: “truly sanctified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 21 jwiu figs-explicit ἵνα…ἵνα 1 The first **that** indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 20 n7mp figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν 1 those who will believe in me through their word Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus and his disciples proclaimed. If this use of **word** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “through their message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 17 21 jwiu figs-explicit ἵνα…ἵνα 1 The first **that** in this verse indicates one of Jesus’ prayer requests, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to each other. The second **that** indicates another prayer request, namely, that all those who believe in Jesus would be united to Jesus and God the Father. If this would not be clear in your language, you could make these two prayer requests more explicit by making them into two sentences. Alternate translation: “I request that … I also request that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 21 s8a1 figs-doublet σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί 1 they will all be one, just as you, Father, are in me, and I am in you. May they also be in us These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “you, Father, and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 17 21 yt2w guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 17 21 v6i7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Father Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
+JHN 17 21 v6i7 ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
JHN 17 21 nef9 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 the world Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 22 p4mj figs-infostructure κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς 1 The glory that you gave me, I have given to them If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 17 23 yznz figs-explicit ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 that they may be brought to complete unity This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 23 fld5 grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν 1 that they may be brought to complete unity Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN 17 23 spot grammar-connect-logic-goal ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας 1 that they may be brought to complete unity Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
JHN 17 23 s7ph figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος 1 that the world will know See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 23 mm2f figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this use of **them** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 23 mm2f figs-explicit ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς 1 Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus’ prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 17 24 da83 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 24 pd24 figs-pastforfuture ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Here Jesus uses **am** in the present tense to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “where I will soon be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **foundation** in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 17 24 xh1a figs-explicit ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ 1 where I am Jesus uses **where I am** to refer to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “where I am in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 17 24 fiv7 figs-abstractnouns πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 before the creation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “before we founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 17 24 hz83 figs-metonymy κόσμου 1 Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 25 ur9j guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 Righteous Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 17 25 xpf5 figs-metonymy ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω 1 the world did not know you Here, **the world** refers to the people in **the world** who are opposed to God. Alternate translation: “those who are against you did not know you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 17 26 xpi3 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά 1 I made your name known to them Here, **name** refers to God himself. See how you translated this word in [verse 6](../17/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 17 26 gk2j figs-metaphor ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ 1 love … loved Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 17 26 ilzj figs-idiom κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 love … loved Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between him and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)
2. The priests question Jesus and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)
3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)
## Special concepts in this chapter
### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”
The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).
### King of the Jews
When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 1–2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 17 26 gk2j figs-metaphor ἡ ἀγάπη ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ 1 love … loved Here Jesus speaks of God’s **love** figuratively as if it were an object that could be inside a person. If this use of **love** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they may love others in the same way that you have loved me” or “the love with which you have loved me may be experienced by them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 17 26 ilzj figs-idiom κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 love … loved Here, Jesus uses the word **in** to express the close personal relationship between himself and those who believe in him. See how you translated a similar phrase in [10:38](../10/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 18 intro ltl2 0 # John 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers and guards arrest Jesus (18:1–11)\n2. The priests question Jesus, and Peter denies Jesus (18:12–27)\n3. Pilate questions Jesus (18:28–40)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death”\n\nThe Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him ([18:31](../18/31.md)).\n\n### King of the Jews\n\nWhen Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews ([18:33](../18/33.md)), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be a political leader like King Herod, whom the Romans allowed to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews ([18:39](../18/39.md)), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN 18 1 sq3t writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 1–2](../18/01.md) give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 says where the events took place. Verse 2 gives background information about Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 1 cxz8 writing-newevent ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς 1 After Jesus spoke these words John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 18 1 pxtm figs-possession τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley John is using the possessive form to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say this in whatever way is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 1 pxtm figs-possession τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 18 1 z9bw translate-names τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν 1 Kidron Valley **Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount and the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 1 w3zx figs-explicit ὅπου ἦν κῆπος 1 where there was a garden The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 3 j08o ὑπηρέτας 1 See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
JHN 18 3 h1u5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 18 4 sh2u grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If this causal use of **knowing** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 18 5 vg2d translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 4 sh2u grammar-connect-logic-result εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν 1 Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN 18 5 vg2d translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth The soldiers and guards call Jesus **the Nazarene** because he was from the town of Nazareth in Galilee. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a more natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus, from the town of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 18 5 qxyj figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 18 5 g4hx writing-background ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 who betrayed him With this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 18 5 fd9y figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 18 5 g4hx writing-background ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 who betrayed him In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 6 b8tl figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 I am See how you translated **I am** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 18 6 w38n figs-explicit ἔπεσαν χαμαί 1 fell to the ground Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 7 uf85 translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 8 xdp8 figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated this in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 18 9 l8as writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main story line as John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 7 uf85 translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus of Nazareth See how you translated **Jesus the Nazarene** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 8 xdp8 figs-ellipsis ἐγώ εἰμι 1 See how you translated **I am** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 18 9 l8as writing-background 0 In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 9 zpbq figs-activepassive ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word that he had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 18 10 betq translate-names Σίμων…Πέτρος 1 See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 10 yq44 figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus Malchus is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? Here Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 18 9 bjp9 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν 1 This was in order to fulfill the word that he said Here, **the word** refers to what Jesus said while praying to God the Father in [17:12](../17/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 18 10 betq translate-names Σίμων…Πέτρος 1 See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 10 yq44 figs-explicit μάχαιραν 1 The word translated **sword** here refers to a small sword that is similar to a dagger or long knife. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a dagger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 10 fe37 translate-names Μάλχος 1 Malchus **Malchus** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 11 ghz6 figs-rquestion τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό? 1 Should I not drink the cup that the Father has given me? **Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to his statement. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I should certainly drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 18 11 m4f3 figs-metaphor τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό 1 the cup Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 18 11 cjx7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 18 12 cl3f figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 12 i6bz figs-explicit ἔδησαν αὐτὸν 1 seized Jesus and tied him up The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 13 tiki translate-names Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 **Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated this term in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 18 13 je4z figs-explicit πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου 1 Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 14 kzvh writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 14 xq5l figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 See how you translated **to the Jews** in [verse 12](../18/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 14 fkx1 συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 See how you translated the similar clause in [11:50](../11/50.md).
-JHN 18 14 uqs5 figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 18 15 p7ms translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated this name in [6:8](../06/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 15 xshi figs-explicit ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 14 uqs5 figs-ellipsis συμφέρει ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἀποθανεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 Caiaphas is leaving out a clause that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from his original statement in [11:50](../11/50.md). Alternate translation: “it would be better for one man to die on behalf of the people than to let the Romans kill all of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 18 15 p7ms translate-names Σίμων Πέτρος 1 See how you translated **Simon Peter** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 15 xshi figs-explicit ἠκολούθει…τῷ Ἰησοῦ…ἄλλος μαθητής. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν 1 Here, **another disciple** and **that disciple** could refer to: (1) the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. This interpretation would mean that these phrases would be similar to the phrase “the other disciple, whom Jesus loved” that occurs in ([20:2](../20/02.md)). Alternate translation: “I, another disciple, followed Jesus. Now I was known to the high priest, and I entered” (2) an unknown disciple. Alternate translation: “a certain disciple, followed Jesus. Now that other disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 15 hch7 figs-activepassive ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 18 15 sr05 figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 16 o10j figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 15 sr05 figs-explicit τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ…τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 Now that disciple was known to the high priest, and he entered with Jesus In verses 15–23, **the high priest** refers to Annas, which is indicated in [verse 13](../18/13.md). It does not refer to Caiaphas. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the high priest Annas … of Annas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 16 o10j figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος 1 See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 16 utf4 figs-activepassive ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως 1 So the other disciple, who was known to the high priest If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 18 17 xw8d figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 18 17 r82l figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου? 1 Are you not also one of the disciples of this man? The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 18 hbw6 writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 18 g8xj figs-infostructure ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο 1 Now If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 18 18 bbe9 figs-explicit οἱ δοῦλοι 1 Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 19 e8h3 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is plainly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 18 20 ltlp figs-hyperbole ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 18 19 e8h3 figs-explicit ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς 1 The high priest According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 20 h2kj figs-metonymy τῷ κόσμῳ 1 I have spoken openly to the world Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 18 20 ltlp figs-hyperbole ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ 1 Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 18 20 s4k6 figs-genericnoun ἐν συναγωγῇ 1 Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN 18 20 ebdf figs-explicit οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 20 vcv3 figs-hyperbole ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται 1 where all the Jews come together Here, **all the Jews** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that Jesus spoke where many Jewish people could hear him. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “where so many Jews come together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 18 20 ebdf figs-explicit οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish people in general. It does not refer to the Jewish leaders. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 21 dlu6 figs-rquestion τί με ἐρωτᾷς? 1 Why did you ask me? Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. The Jewish law required the Jewish leaders to question witnesses first in legal cases. Therefore, Jesus is using this question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are breaking their own law by questioning him instead of questioning witnesses. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 21 x42e figs-metaphor ἴδε 1 Why did you ask me? Jesus uses **Behold** to call attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “Take notice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 18 22 ri22 writing-quotations ἔδωκεν ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰπών 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “gave Jesus a slap and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 18 22 szv3 figs-rquestion οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ? 1 Is that how you answer the high priest? The officer is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not answer the high priest in this manner!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 23 d76y μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ 1 testify about the wrong Alternate translation: “tell me what I said that was wrong”
-JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? Jesus uses the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 18 23 r8dy figs-rquestion εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις? 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? **Jesus** is using the form of a question to add emphasis to what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “but if rightly, you should not strike me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 24 mojw figs-explicit ὁ Ἅννας…πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα 1 if rightly, why do you hit me? For political reasons both **Annas** and **Caiaphas** were high priests at this time. See how you translated these names in [verse 13](../18/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 25 ki76 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος 1 Now **Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. You can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
+JHN 18 25 ki76 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ἦν δὲ Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος 1 Now **Now** here indicates that John is changing topics to return to the story about Peter in the high priest’s courtyard. [Verses 25–27](../18/25.md) describe what Peter was doing in the courtyard while the high priest was questioning Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you can make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “In the meantime” or “While Jesus was being questioned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
JHN 18 25 l2bj figs-rquestion μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ? 1 Are you not also one of his disciples? Someone in the high priest’s courtyard is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 26 oka8 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ? 1 One of the high priest’s **servants** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I surely saw you in the garden with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 18 26 jfba figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 18 26 pj7v figs-explicit τῷ κήπῳ 1 See how you translated **garden** in [verse 1](../18/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 27 msy6 figs-explicit πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος 1 Peter then denied again Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 27 jww8 translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ 1 immediately the rooster crowed See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 18 28 a6e7 0 General Information: Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him.
JHN 18 28 r4fk writing-pronouns ἄγουσιν 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 18 28 ija7 figs-explicit ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα 1 Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 28 fyx3 figs-explicit εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 28 v6e4 writing-background ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 In this sentence John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 28 v6e4 writing-background ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 28 h3vx figs-doublenegatives αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover Festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 18 28 f47s figs-explicit αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα 1 Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 28 bj1x figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 John is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. If your readers might not understand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 18 29 g7jo translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 **Pilate** is the name of a man. He was the Roman governor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **accusation**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 18 40 ovim translate-names τὸν Βαραββᾶν…ὁ Βαραββᾶς 1 **Barabbas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 18 29 c9aj figs-abstractnouns τίνα κατηγορίαν φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **accusation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What crime do you accuse this man of doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 18 30 j9w3 figs-explicit οὗτος 1 Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN 18 30 pup9 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 18 30 gj5s figs-doublenegatives εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν 1 If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 18 31 ln9s figs-synecdoche εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews said to him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put** a man **to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 32 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 31 ph54 figs-explicit ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα 1 It is not lawful for us to put any man to death According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 32 s3l4 writing-background 0 General Information: In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 32 ta7m figs-activepassive ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ 1 so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 18 32 tu3c figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 33 tr28 figs-explicit ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 32 tu3c figs-explicit σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν 1 to indicate by what kind of death he would die Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 33 tr28 figs-explicit ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 34 liov figs-explicit ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ 1 Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 18 35 en38 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 18 35 kfq5 figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι? 1 I am not a Jew, am I? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 18 35 en38 figs-metonymy τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν 1 Your own people Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 18 36 wsd9 figs-explicit ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου 2 My kingdom is not of this world See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 18 36 gq19 figs-metonymy τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου…ἐντεῦθεν 2 My kingdom is not of this world In this verse, Jesus uses **this world** and **here** figuratively to refer to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. See how you translated a similar use of **this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 18 36 bf3i grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 My kingdom is not of this world Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they did not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
+JHN 18 36 bf3i grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμή, οἱ ὑπηρέται οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 My kingdom is not of this world Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If my kingdom were from this world, but it is not, my servants would fight so that I would not be handed over to the Jews, but they do not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
JHN 18 36 s2lq figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 so that I would not be given over to the Jews If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that someone would not have handed me over to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 18 36 pu8j figs-synecdoche τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 37 pfgj figs-extrainfo σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι 1 I have come into the world Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 18 37 wt50 figs-parallelism ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus came to the earth to tell people the truth about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason I came here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JHN 18 37 ug7i figs-explicit τὸν κόσμον 1 I have come into the world Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 18 37 gl3k figs-abstractnouns τῇ ἀληθείᾳ 1 bear witness to the truth Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 18 37 ltn9 figs-idiom ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας 1 who belongs to the truth This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 18 37 b8gv figs-metaphor ἀκούει 1 who belongs to the truth Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this use of **voice** might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 18 37 fa97 figs-synecdoche μου τῆς φωνῆς 1 my voice Jesus uses **voice** figuratively to refer to what Jesus says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the things I say” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 38 ygns figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 18 38 zbm5 figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια? 1 What is truth? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he does not believe anyone really knows what **truth** is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No one can know the truth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 18 38 lcrg figs-abstractnouns ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **truth**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 18 38 lcrg figs-abstractnouns ἀλήθεια 1 What is truth? Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 18 38 rma7 figs-synecdoche τοὺς Ἰουδαίους 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 18 38 h1b8 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ 1 **Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 18 39 nhqn figs-explicit ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν 1 Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 39 fm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** Festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 18 39 fm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 18 40 xdxz writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 18 40 a7pl figs-ellipsis μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Not this man, but Barabbas The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 18 40 qy3p figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 Not this man, but Barabbas Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber Here John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 18 40 h11k writing-background ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber In this sentence John provides background information about **Barabbas**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 18 40 gq8w λῃστής 1 Now Barabbas was a robber The word usually translated **robber** can also refer to an insurrectionist, as is indicated by the description of **Barabbas** in [Mark 15:7](../../mrk/15/07). Alternate translation: “an insurrectionist”
-JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. Once the body had decomposed, which was a one-year process in Jewish tradition, the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nThese are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
+JHN 19 intro u96u 0 # John 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Soldiers beat and mock Jesus (19:1–3)\n2. The Jewish leaders convince Pilate to crucify Jesus (19:4–16)\n3. Soldiers crucify Jesus (19:17–27)\n4. Jesus dies on the cross (19:28–37)\n5. Jesus’ friends put his body in a tomb (19:38–42)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text in order to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [19:24](../19/24.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Purple garment”\n\nPurple is a color like red or blue. The soldiers mocked Jesus by putting him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n### “You are not Caesar’s friend”\n\nPilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws ([19:12](../19/12.md)).\n\n### Ancient Jewish burial customs\n\nAccording to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would then place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 39–42](../19/39.md).\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([19:41](../19/41.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Gabbatha, Golgotha\n\nJohn explained the meanings of these two Aramaic words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”). Then he used Greek letters to express the sound of these words. You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words.
JHN 19 1 u3gi 0 Connecting Statement: The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Pilate has been speaking outside his headquarters with the Jewish leaders who are accusing Jesus.
-JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to branches with thorns on them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made of thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN 19 1 yay2 figs-synecdoche τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν 1 Then Pilate took Jesus and whipped him **Pilate** himself did not whip Jesus. John uses **Pilate** to refer to the soldiers whom Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pilate then ordered his soldiers to take Jesus and whip him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 19 2 mzrb figs-synecdoche πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 John uses **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “twisted together a crown from thorny branches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 19 2 f1rj figs-explicit ἐπέθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτόν 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** and **purple garment** were worn by kings. The soldiers put a **crown** made from thorns and a **purple garment** on Jesus in order to mock him. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. See the discussion of this idea in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “They put it on his head and put a purple garment on him in order to ridicule him by pretending that he was a king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 3 u4vw figs-irony καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Hail, King of the Jews **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers use this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They also did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. If this might confuse your readers, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “and they said in a mocking manner, ‘Hail, King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JHN 19 4 hn1f figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 19 4 zd8v writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 19 4 zd8v writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 19 4 c6v2 figs-metaphor αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω 1 I find no guilt in him See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 5 wyql figs-go ἐξῆλθεν 1 Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
JHN 19 5 t9wn figs-explicit τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον 1 crown of thorns … purple garment See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 5 i2ay figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 6 pgs5 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 19 6 ha6y writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 6 bzm0 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ…οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ αἰτίαν 1 See how you translated a similar clause in [verse 4](../19/04.md) and [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something. If your readers would not understand this, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 19 7 x7bg figs-synecdoche ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι 1 The Jews answered him Here, **The Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../-01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 19 7 vr7p figs-idiom Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν 1 he has to die because he claimed to be the Son of God Here, **made himself** is an idiom that refers to pretending to be something they think he is not. If this might confuse your readers, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “he pretended to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 19 7 xt93 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸν Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to the what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 19 8 nx2u figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he came even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he came even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 8 lw3u figs-metonymy τοῦτον τὸν λόγον 1 Here, **word** refers to what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 19 8 nx2u figs-ellipsis μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he grew even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he grew even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 9 seyo figs-explicit εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 9 lb11 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? Pilate is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 19 10 wcm8 figs-rquestion ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς? 1 Are you not speaking to me? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 19 10 iap3 figs-rquestion οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε? 1 Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you? **Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 19 11 x2as figs-doublenegatives οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 19 11 fxu9 figs-metaphor εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 11 i7nu figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 11 vc79 figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess and could be in different amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 19 11 vc79 figs-ellipsis μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 11 kbrx figs-metaphor μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει 1 gave me over Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 12 a39p figs-explicit ἐκ τούτου 1 At this answer Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 12 q1vq figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 12 r8va figs-explicit τοῦτον 1 The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 12 p6j4 writing-quotations ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 12 g9xj οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος 1 you are not a friend of Caesar Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
-JHN 19 12 bhl3 figs-idiom βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king See how you translated **made himself** in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 19 13 o54h figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 12 bhl3 figs-idiom βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν 1 makes himself a king See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 19 13 o54h figs-metonymy τῶν λόγων τούτων 1 he brought Jesus out Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 19 13 xr6b figs-explicit ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 he brought Jesus out John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 13 il9r figs-explicit ἐκάθισεν 1 he brought Jesus out Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair that a leader sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for **judgment**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+JHN 19 13 qhu4 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ βήματος 1 in the judgment seat The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JHN 19 13 g8h4 figs-activepassive εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 13 v2ss figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 in a place called “The Pavement,” but See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 13 xbpv Γαββαθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
-JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the story line. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover Festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
+JHN 19 14 t5qt writing-background δὲ 1 Now **Now** marks a break in the storyline. Here John provides information about the upcoming Passover festival and the time of day when Pilate presented Jesus to the Jewish leaders. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 19 14 en2i ὥρα ἦν ὡς ἕκτη 1 the sixth hour In this culture, people counted the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, **the sixth hour** indicates noon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about 12:00 PM”
JHN 19 14 qi7t figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 the sixth hour Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 14 lc5y figs-synecdoche λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις 1 Pilate said to the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 19 15 vi6h figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 Should I crucify your King? **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 15 vi6h figs-explicit ἆρον! ἆρον! 1 Should I crucify your King? **Take him away** here implies taking a person away to be executed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Take him away to be killed! Take him away to be killed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 15 krld figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could use say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
-JHN 19 15 osy8 figs-irony λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω? 1 Should I crucify your King? **Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, consider providing a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
-JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 19 15 tlj2 figs-explicit τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω 1 Should I crucify your King? Pilate uses **I** to imply that he would order his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Pilate himself did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Should I command my soldiers to crucify your King” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 15 osy8 figs-irony λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πειλᾶτος, τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω? 1 Should I crucify your King? **Pilate** does not believe that Jesus is a king. He actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could provide a brief explanation. Alternate translation: “Pilate says to them in a mocking manner, ‘Should I crucify your King’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
+JHN 19 16 t3yb writing-pronouns τότε…παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Then Pilate gave Jesus over to them to be crucified In this verse, the pronouns **them** and **they** refer to the Roman soldiers who would crucify Jesus. These pronouns do not refer to “the chief priests” in the previous verse because they did not crucify people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 19 16 dw2m figs-activepassive ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the soldiers might crucify him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 16 j6jg figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 The phrase **led him away** implies that the soldiers led Jesus away in order crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and led him away to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 17 qv6j figs-activepassive εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον, ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’ which the Jews call ‘Golgotha’ in Hebrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 17 mwy4 figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστὶ 1 to the place called “The Place of a Skull,” See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 17 hs8e Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
-JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** that Jesus was crucified on. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross that they crucified Jesus on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 17 hs8e Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning earlier in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
+JHN 19 18 fb84 figs-ellipsis μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο 1 with him two other men John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “they also crucified two others with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 19 cx5s figs-explicit ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross John uses **Pilate** to imply that **Pilate** ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded his soldiers to write a title on a sign and put it on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 19 ziak figs-explicit ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** on which Jesus was crucified. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross they used to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 19 gk8e figs-activepassive ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 1 There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 ke3t figs-activepassive ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the place where Jesus was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 20 k3mp figs-explicit τῆς πόλεως 1 the place where Jesus was crucified Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 20 mgb7 figs-activepassive καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί 1 The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 20 bzub figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 20 bzub figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase, **in Hebrew**, in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 20 w41e figs-explicit Ῥωμαϊστί 1 Latin **Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 21 qk7w figs-explicit ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 21 js2b figs-explicit ἐκεῖνος 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 21 ixay figs-quotesinquotes ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 22 sus9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 22 vgn9 figs-explicit ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα 1 What I have written I have written **Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 23 s74c figs-explicit καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα 1 also the tunic The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main story liner that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 19 23 lis8 writing-background δὲ 1 There is a break from the main storyline that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 23 sk7l figs-activepassive ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου 1 also the tunic If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-ellipsis λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 24 ks7m figs-ellipsis λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 19 24 umc2 translate-unknown λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ…ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “we should gamble for it … gambled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 19 24 us8x writing-quotations ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 22:18](../../psa/22/18.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “This happened so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 24 j1f9 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 24 yrxw figs-quotemarks διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον 1 so that the scripture would be fulfilled which said In these phrases, John quotes [Psalm 22:19](../../psa/22/19.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using the possessive form to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross Jesus was crucified on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 19 25 octl figs-possession τῷ σταυρῷ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 John is using **of** to describe **the cross** on which the soldiers had crucified Jesus. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the cross on which Jesus was crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 19 1 v3ea translate-names ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 See how you translated **Pilate** in [18:29](../18/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 25 b38l translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή 1 **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 26 gkf1 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν…ὃν ἠγάπα 1 the disciple whom he loved See how you translated a similar phrase in [13:23]((./13/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 26 mva3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated this word in [2:4](../02/04.md).
-JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 19 26 cxlv γύναι 1 Woman, see, your son See how you translated **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md).
+JHN 19 26 t7tc figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου 1 Woman, see, your son Here, Jesus uses **son** figuratively to indicate that he wants his disciple, John, to be like a **son** to his mother. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 19 27 a8x3 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 See, your mother Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “me … I took her into my own” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 19 27 iz8j figs-explicit τῷ μαθητῇ…ἔλαβεν ὁ μαθητὴς αὐτὴν εἰς τὰ ἴδια 1 See, your mother In this verse, **the disciple** and **his** refer to John, who calls himself “the disciple whom he loved” in the previous verse and who is the author of this Gospel. If this would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved … that disciple took her into his own home” or “to me … I took her into my own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 27 qc7d figs-metaphor ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου 1 See, your mother Here, Jesus uses **mother** figuratively to indicate that he wants his **mother** to be like a **mother** to his disciple, John. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “here is the woman who will be like a mother to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 19 27 q615 figs-metonymy ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας 1 From that hour Here, **hour** refers to a point in time. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 19 28 uynk writing-newevent μετὰ τοῦτο 1 knowing that everything was now completed **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 19 28 crd3 figs-activepassive ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται 1 knowing that everything was now completed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he had already completed all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 28 pxie figs-explicit πάντα 1 knowing that everything was now completed Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 28 pxie figs-explicit πάντα 1 knowing that everything was now completed Here, **all things** refers to everything that God sent Jesus to the world to do. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the things that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 28 wh4n figs-activepassive τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he might fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 28 w999 writing-quotations ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 19 28 w999 writing-quotations ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ 1 Here John uses **that the scripture might be completed** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:21](../../psa/69/21.md)).If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 28 ezfy figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 19 29 x1cy figs-activepassive σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 29 x8z8 figs-explicit ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 29 x8z8 figs-explicit ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he had said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 29 gh7n figs-explicit σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες 1 A container full of sour wine was placed there John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 29 y2eg translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 19 29 y2eg translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 a sponge A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 19 29 mg3t translate-unknown ὑσσώπῳ 1 on a hyssop staff Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 30 u8xq figs-explicit τὸ ὄξος 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit See how you translated this phrase, **the sour wine**, in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 30 vq53 figs-activepassive τετέλεσται 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The thing Jesus **finished** could be: (1) all the work that God had sent Jesus to the world to do. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement Jesus made in [17:4](../17/04.md) when he said that he had “completed the work” that God had given him to do. Alternate translation: “I finished all that I came here to do” (2) all the Old Testament prophecies about what Jesus would do the first time he came to the earth. This interpretation would connect this phrase to the statement in verse 28, “knowing that all things had already been completed, so that the scripture might be completed.” Alternate translation: “I completed all that the scripture has said about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit This clause is an idiom meaning “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 19 30 vz56 figs-idiom παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 He bowed his head and gave up his spirit This clause is an idiom that means “willingly die.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 19 31 jtq9 figs-infostructure οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἐπεὶ παρασκευὴ ἦν, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πειλᾶτον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Then, because it was the day of preparation, the Jews asked Pilate that the men’s legs would be broken and they would be taken away, so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath (for that Sabbath was an especially important day)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 19 31 zuk9 figs-synecdoche οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι 1 the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when they Jewish people prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover Festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 31 oeeb figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses that the men were hanging on, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN 19 31 rodw figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover Festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover Festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 31 c49h figs-explicit παρασκευὴ 1 day of preparation Here, **day of preparation** refers to the day when the Jewish people prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath. See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). Alternate translation: “the day when the Jews prepared for both the Passover festival and the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 31 h3j1 figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ Σαββάτῳ 1 day of preparation According to Jewish religious law, dead bodies could not remain on crosses during the Sabbath. Therefore, the Jewish leaders wanted Pilate to order his soldiers to kill the three men on crosses and remove their bodies before the Sabbath began at sundown. If this clause might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath, which the Jewish law forbids” or “so that the bodies would not remain on the cross during the Sabbath and thereby violate Jewish law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 31 oeeb figs-genericnoun ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 John is speaking of the three crosses on which the men were hanging, not of one particular cross. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “on the three crosses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN 19 31 rodw figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκείνου τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 John notes that this **Sabbath** was **an especially important day** because it was a **Sabbath** day that occurred at the same time as the Passover festival. If this statement would confuse your readers, express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for that Sabbath was especially important because it occurred during the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 31 f96h figs-activepassive ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to have someone break their legs and take them away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man whom they had crucified with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main story line in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main story line in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 19 36 uyvo writing-quotations ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 19 31 gz48 figs-explicit κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν 1 to break their legs and to remove them The Jewish leaders wanted Pilate’s soldiers to break the legs of the men who were hanging on crosses because doing that would cause the men to die quickly. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “their legs would be broken so that they would die quickly and their bodies could be taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 32 q2yq figs-activepassive τοῦ ἄλλου τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ 1 who had been crucified with Jesus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “of the other man with whom they had crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 19 35 p17b writing-background 0 This verse is a break from the main storyline in which John provides some background information about himself. John is telling readers that they can trust what he has written because he saw these events happen. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 19 35 bs5s figs-123person ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖνος οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει 1 The one who saw this This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. He is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the one who saw this … my … I know that I speak the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 19 35 c9q7 figs-ellipsis ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε 1 so that you would also believe John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 19 36 wid6 writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main storyline in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 19 36 uyvo writing-quotations ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
JHN 19 36 l8zi figs-explicit ἐγένετο…ταῦτα 1 in order to fulfill scripture Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 36 qwl5 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ 1 in order to fulfill scripture If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+JHN 19 36 bm8y figs-quotemarks ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 in order to fulfill scripture This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 19 36 b1kx figs-activepassive ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ 1 Not one of his bones will be broken This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 19 37 h4kq writing-quotations ἑτέρα Γραφὴ λέγει 1 Here John uses **another scripture says** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote in another scripture that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
+JHN 19 37 lnmt figs-quotemarks ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 This sentence is a quotation from [Zechariah 12:10](../../zec/12/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
JHN 19 38 ca0b writing-newevent μετὰ…ταῦτα 1 **After this** introduces a new event that happened soon after the events the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “soon afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 38 xtva figs-explicit Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea Since [Luke 23:50](../../luk/23/50.md) indicates that **Joseph** was a member of the Sanhedrin, he was likely dwelling in Jerusalem. Therefore, John would mean here that **Joseph** was originally **from Arimathea**. **Joseph** had not come **from Arimathea** to Jerusalem for this occasion. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph, who was originally from Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 38 nbg2 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Pilate** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JHN 19 38 d3hz translate-names Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας 1 Joseph of Arimathea **Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using the possessive form to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this use of the possessive form would be confusing in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 19 38 e3ap figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 19 38 h7ra figs-synecdoche διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 19 38 t22g figs-explicit ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 38 ojo8 figs-explicit ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος 1 if he could take away the body of Jesus John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 39 mjy8 translate-names Νικόδημος 1 Nicodemus **Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 19 39 gqkc translate-names ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 Nicodemus This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [John 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 39 gqkc figs-explicit ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον 1 Nicodemus This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 19 39 ekyu figs-explicit φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 Nicodemus According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
+JHN 19 39 d3d2 translate-unknown σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης 1 myrrh and aloes This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 19 39 xks9 translate-bweight ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν 1 about one hundred litras in weight If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this weight in terms of modern measurements either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
JHN 19 40 m9k6 translate-unknown ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων 1 Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
-JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 Here John interrupts the main story line in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 19 41 fb25 writing-background 0 In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 19 41 uib1 figs-activepassive ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος 1 Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 41 qd1a figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 19 41 bx6g figs-doublenegatives οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος 1 in which no person had yet been buried The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JHN 19 42 nr4r figs-explicit διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 42 c70e figs-explicit ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN 19 42 c70e figs-infostructure ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
JHN 19 42 jsyu figs-explicit τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to describe the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
-JHN 20 1 a8vl figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 19 42 jtfz figs-euphemism ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant, and it accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
+JHN 20 intro nm1y 0 # John 20 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)\n2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)\n3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)\n4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)\n5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.\n\n### “Receive the Holy Spirit”\n\nIf your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Rabboni\n\nJohn used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.\n\n### Jesus’ resurrection body\n\nWe do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.\n\n### Two angels in white\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+JHN 20 1 a8vl figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 1 sb4m translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 first day of the week Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
-JHN 20 1 qj3j translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 20 1 gqn8 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…βλέπει 1 first day of the week Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
+JHN 20 1 qj3j translate-names Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 20 1 gqn8 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…βλέπει 1 first day of the week Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 1 bdw5 figs-activepassive βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον 1 she saw the stone rolled away If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “sees that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 2 wn0k figs-pastforfuture τρέχει…ἔρχεται…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 20 2 g2rn figs-explicit μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 2 g2rn figs-explicit μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes to Chapter 13. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md) and [18:15](../18/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 2 jm40 figs-123person αὐτοῖς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a first person form earlier in the verse, then you will need to use the first person plural “us” here. Alternate translation: “to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 20 2 igzt writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 disciple whom Jesus loved If you translated **the other disciple whom Jesus loved** with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 20 2 mkmh figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν 1 disciple whom Jesus loved Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-exclusive οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN 20 3 d6g3 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 20 3 ci46 figs-verbs ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
+JHN 20 2 mkmh figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριον…αὐτόν 1 disciple whom Jesus loved Here Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 20 2 xd3w figs-exclusive οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν 1 When Mary says **we**, she is speaking of herself and some women who came to the tomb with her. These women are mentioned in [Matthew 28:1](../../mat/28/01.md); [Mark 16:1](../../mrk/16/01.md); and [Luke 24:1](../../luk/24/01.md), [10](../../luk/24/10.md), [24](../../luk/24/24.md). Since she is not speaking of the two disciples, **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 20 3 d6g3 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής 1 the other disciple See how you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 3 ci46 figs-verbs ἐξῆλθεν…ἤρχοντο 1 If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the verbs **went out** and **went** would be in the dual form here. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
JHN 20 3 g0ky writing-pronouns ἤρχοντο 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a third person form and your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **they** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 20 3 jgzx figs-123person ἤρχοντο 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** in the previous verse with a first person singular form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. Alternate translation: “we went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 20 4 c5kr figs-123person ἔτρεχον…οἱ δύο ὁμοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμεν τάχειον 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 2](../20/02.md), then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “we were running together, and I quickly ran ahead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 20 4 sc6u figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 4 sc6u figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 5 jbbz figs-123person βλέπει…οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν 1 linen cloths If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in the previous verse, then you will need to use first person pronouns in this verse. Alternate translation: “I see … but I did not enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 20 5 wm6r figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 linen cloths Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 20 5 m9qn translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths that they had wrapped Jesus’ body in for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
+JHN 20 5 m9qn translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for Chapter 19. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the linen cloths in which they had wrapped Jesus’ body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 20 6 gw25 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…θεωρεῖ 1 linen cloths Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 6 rjux figs-123person αὐτῷ 1 linen cloths If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in [verse 4](../20/04.md), then you will need to use the first person “me” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 20 6 ys3b translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 20 6 ys3b translate-unknown ὀθόνια 1 linen cloths See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 20 7 qt5a figs-activepassive τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ 1 cloth that had been on his head If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the cloth that someone had put on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 7 lw33 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 20 7 v9yg translate-unknown ὀθονίων 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN 20 7 lw33 writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus, not to Peter or John. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 20 7 v9yg translate-unknown ὀθονίων 1 See how you translated **linen cloths** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
JHN 20 7 yc78 figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον 1 but was folded up in a place by itself If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it up in one place by itself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 8 vl84 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated this phrase in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 20 8 b7h5 figs-123person εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and I believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-ellipsis εἶδεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 20 8 eydm figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
-JHN 20 9 jywe writing-background γὰρ 1 they still did not know the scripture **For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
-JHN 20 9 u5q9 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rise Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 20 8 vl84 figs-explicit ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς 1 the other disciple See how you translated **the other disciple** in [verse 2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 8 b7h5 figs-123person εἰσῆλθεν…καὶ εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν 1 the other disciple If you translated **the other disciple** with a first person form in this verse, then you will need to use the first person throughout this verse. Alternate translation: “went in, and I saw and believed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN 20 8 ww3z figs-ellipsis εἶδεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he saw the linen cloths where Jesus’ body had lain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 8 eydm figs-ellipsis ἐπίστευσεν 1 he saw and believed John is leaving out some of the words that this phrase would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 9 jywe writing-background γὰρ 1 they still did not know the scripture **For** here indicates that this verse provides background information about the kind of belief that was mentioned in the previous clause. **For** here does not indicate a reason or cause. At that time, the disciples believed Jesus had risen from the dead only because the tomb was empty. They still did not understand that the scriptures said Jesus would rise from the dead. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “But even then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 20 9 u5q9 figs-idiom ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι 1 rise Here, **rise from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 20 10 p5um figs-explicit ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς 1 went back home again Since the disciples were staying within walking distance of Jesus’ tomb, the **homes** they went to must have been in Jerusalem. They did not go back to their homes in Galilee. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 11 kmzj figs-explicit Μαρία 1 **Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 12 bl51 figs-pastforfuture θεωρεῖ 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 20 12 vzkb figs-explicit ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 12 p9aw figs-explicit δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 12 vzkb figs-explicit ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 She saw two angels in white Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 12 r6yy figs-activepassive ἔκειτο 1 She saw two angels in white If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 13 v5uj figs-pastforfuture λέγουσιν…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 13 hjqb γύναι 1 See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md).
-JHN 20 13 hmx8 figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν 1 Because they took away my Lord Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 20 13 hmx8 figs-synecdoche τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν 1 Because they took away my Lord Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 20 15 le9x figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Jesus said to her Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 20 15 jti2 γύναι 1 See how you translated this word in the previous verse.
-JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-synecdoche αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 20 15 jti2 γύναι 1 See how you translated the word **Woman** in the previous verse.
+JHN 20 15 ml7c figs-synecdoche αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν 1 Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JHN 20 15 a5z2 figs-explicit κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ 1 I will take him away Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 16 p9v0 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 16 kepb figs-infostructure Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε) 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 20 16 dgjf figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 16 dgjf figs-explicit Ἑβραϊστί 1 See how you translated **in Hebrew** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 16 k468 Ραββουνεί 1 Rabboni Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning later in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
JHN 20 17 dzs7 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 17 q3x5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα μου…Πατέρα ὑμῶν 1 my Father and your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 20 17 whh9 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου 1 brothers Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 17 whh9 figs-explicit τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου 1 brothers Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples, who are like brothers,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 17 dokk figs-quotesinquotes εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 brothers If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN 20 17 hogb figs-pastforfuture ἀναβαίνω 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-doublet πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return to. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])\n
+JHN 20 17 hogb figs-pastforfuture ἀναβαίνω 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 20 17 xbr1 figs-doublet πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν 1 I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JHN 20 18 unzu figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 18 m6xn figs-go ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN 20 18 zf17 figs-ellipsis ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 18 zf17 figs-ellipsis ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ 1 Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 20 19 qj6n figs-explicit τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week See how you translated **the first of the week** in [verse 1](../20/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 20 19 hh2g translate-ordinal τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
+JHN 20 19 hh2g translate-ordinal τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων 1 that day, the first day of the week Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN 20 19 e7cb figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the doors of where the disciples were, were closed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples having closed the doors of where they were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
-JHN 20 19 qsmq figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. It does not refer to the Jewish people in general. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 20 19 zj7j figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
-JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-metonymy ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 20 20 a444 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευρὰν 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 20 19 g8bu figs-possession διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews See how you translated this phrase in [19:38](../19/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN 20 19 qsmq figs-synecdoche τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 for fear of the Jews Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
+JHN 20 19 zj7j figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you This is an idiomatic expression, based on the Hebrew word and concept of “shalom.” It was both a greeting and a blessing. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I greet all of you and I wish for God to bless you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 20 20 bk9f figs-metonymy ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his hands** to refer to the nail marks from crucifixion that were in Jesus’ **hands**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he showed them the nail marks in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 20 20 a444 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευρὰν 1 he showed them his hands and his side John uses **his side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in Jesus’ **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 20 20 nb0v grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον 1 he showed them his hands and his side This could refer to: (1) the time when the disciples rejoiced, as in the UST. (2) the reason why the disciples rejoiced. Alternate translation: “because they saw the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN 20 21 ylp8 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 20 21 ylp8 figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated **Peace to you** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 20 21 env3 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατήρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
JHN 20 21 hw1z figs-infostructure καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ πέμπω ὑμᾶς 1 Father If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I send you just as the Father has sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 20 21 vhzq figs-ellipsis ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 20 22 vjs8 translate-symaction ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Jesus did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
-JHN 20 22 avgi figs-explicit ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 21 vhzq figs-ellipsis ἀπέσταλκέν…πέμπω 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has sent me into the world … send you into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 22 vjs8 translate-symaction ἐνεφύσησεν 1 When Jesus **breathed on them**, he did this symbolic action in order to show that he would give his disciples the **Holy Spirit** in the near future. If this would be helpful to your readers, you could explain its significance. Alternate translation: “he breathed on them as a symbolic action” or “he breathed on them to symbolically show that he was going to give them the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
+JHN 20 22 avgi figs-explicit ἐνεφύσησεν 1 Here, **breathed on** refers to Jesus blowing air out of his mouth. It does not refer to the normal act of inhaling and exhaling air into one’s lungs. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he blew air on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 22 v9el figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 23 a9j7 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς 1 they are forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 23 lb7g figs-explicit ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται 1 To retain **sins** means to not forgive someone for the **sins** that they have committed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “whoever’s sins you might not forgive, they will not be forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 23 mw5s figs-activepassive κεκράτηνται 1 they are kept back If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will retain them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 24 ogqd translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated this in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
+JHN 20 24 ogqd translate-names Θωμᾶς 1 See how you translated the name **Thomas** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 20 24 wqyb figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [6:67](../06/67.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JHN 20 24 krgw figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 Didymus If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people called Didymus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus See how you translated this name in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe, unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails, and put my finger into the mark of the nails, and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων 2 Thomas is using the possessive form to describe **marks** that were made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])\n
+JHN 20 24 x8jz translate-names Δίδυμος 1 Didymus See how you translated **Didymus** in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 20 25 n8vc figs-infostructure ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe unless I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
+JHN 20 25 i7ex figs-doublenegatives ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Unless I see … his side, I will not believe If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see in his hands the mark of the nails and put my finger into the mark of the nails and put my hand into his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
+JHN 20 25 ss17 figs-possession τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων…τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων 2 In both of these occurrences, Thomas is using **of** to describe **mark** made by **nails**. He is referring to the holes in Jesus’ hands that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. Alternate translation: “the marks made by nails … those marks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JHN 20 25 xasr figs-metonymy εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his side** in [verse 20](../20/20md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 20 25 iqn0 figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 25 iqn0 figs-ellipsis οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω 1 Thomas is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not believe that Jesus has become alive again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 20 26 vzm5 figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 26 r3iz figs-activepassive τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων 1 while the doors were closed See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 26 m5tl figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated this in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 20 26 m5tl figs-idiom εἰρήνη ὑμῖν 1 Peace to you See how you translated **Peace to you** in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 20 27 j85h figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 20 27 xgwl figs-explicit ὧδε 1 Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 20 27 ai73 figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖράς μου 1 Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 20 27 tax6 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευράν μου 1 Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the speak wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 20 27 ai73 figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖράς μου 1 Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 20 27 tax6 figs-metonymy τὴν πλευράν μου 1 Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 20 27 ncc3 figs-doublet μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 Do not be unbelieving, but believe These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-ellipsis μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 believe Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 27 n4pi figs-ellipsis μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός 1 believe Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do not be unbelieving that I have become alive again, but believe it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 20 29 zgv1 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 20 29 q81m figs-ellipsis πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες 1 you have believed Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 29 q81m figs-ellipsis πεπίστευκας…πιστεύσαντες 1 you have believed Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I have become alive again … having believed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JHN 20 29 sax7 figs-activepassive μακάριοι οἱ μὴ ἰδόντες 1 you have believed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God blesses those not having seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-ellipsis μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In verses 30–31 John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-JHN 20 30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
+JHN 20 29 q9fb figs-ellipsis μὴ ἰδόντες 1 who have not seen Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “not having seen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 30 yd1j writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In [verses 30–31](../20/30.md) John comments about the story he has written in chapters 1 through 20. He also states his reason for writing this book. He does this in order to indicate that the story is almost finished. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+JHN 20 30 azxu σημεῖα 1 See how you translated the term **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
JHN 20 30 xz6j figs-activepassive ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 signs that have not been written in this book If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Since John wrote this Gospel, you should use the first person pronoun “I” to indicate who did the action. Alternate translation: “which I have not written in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 31 zlc5 figs-explicit ταῦτα 1 Here, **these things** could mean: (1) the miraculous signs that John wrote about in his Gospel and mentioned in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these signs” (2) everything that John wrote about in his Gospel. Alternate translation: “everything in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 31 am9l figs-activepassive ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται 1 but these have been written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 20 31 mlqg figs-you πιστεύητε…ἔχητε 1 but these have been written In this verse **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) people who are reading this Gospel and do not trust in Jesus for salvation. Alternate translation: “you might believe … you might have” (2) people who are reading this Gospel and already believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you would continue believing … you would continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JHN 20 31 p5k4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-ellipsis πιστεύοντες 1 life in his name Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could supply these words from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN 20 31 ip1i figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
-JHN 20 31 vgwe figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 31 uem2 figs-ellipsis πιστεύοντες 1 life in his name Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
+JHN 20 31 ip1i figs-explicit ζωὴν 1 life Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 20 31 vgwe figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” \n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 20 31 qxdy figs-synecdoche ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 life in his name Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe Apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together like in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
+JHN 21 intro e1bg 0 # John 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)\n2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)\n3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)\n4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The metaphor of sheep\n\nBefore Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”\n\nThe apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun for these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### Different words for “love”\n\nIn [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together, as in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
JHN 21 1 x44v writing-newevent μετὰ ταῦτα 1 General Information: This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JHN 21 1 yj6k translate-names θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος 1 This **Sea** was also called “the Sea of Galilee.” See how you translated the similar name in [6:1](../06/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 21 2 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 2–3 provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
+JHN 21 2 et5h writing-background 0 General Information: [Verses 2–3](../21/02.md) provide background information on what happens in the story before Jesus appears to his disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 21 2 b421 figs-activepassive Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος 1 with Thomas called Didymus See how you translated this phrase in [11:16](../11/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated this phrase in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 21 2 xyiv figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 2 m4gx translate-names Κανὰ τῆς Γαλιλαίας 1 See how you translated **Cana of Galilee** in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN 21 2 xyiv figs-explicit οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples John and James, whom Jesus called “sons of thunder” in [Mark 3:17](../../mrk/03/17.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “James and I, the sons of Zebedee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 2 e1qx translate-names Ζεβεδαίου 1 **Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN 21 3 pqlw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
-JHN 21 3 zow1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
+JHN 21 3 pqlw figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγουσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
+JHN 21 3 zow1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 21 3 p8f0 figs-go ἐρχόμεθα 1 Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
-JHN 21 3 l2s6 figs-explicit ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 3 l2s6 figs-explicit ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον 1 Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 4 j7jx figs-pastforfuture ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 5 jrth figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 5 wgd7 figs-metaphor παιδία 1 Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
-JHN 21 5 o62p figs-explicit μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε? 1 Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
-JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 21 7 u5c3 figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 loved This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 5 wgd7 figs-metaphor παιδία 1 Here Jesus uses the word **Children** figuratively as an affectionate way to address his disciples. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “My dear friends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 21 5 o62p figs-explicit μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε? 1 Jesus asks this question in a way that expects a negative response. He knows that the disciples did not catch any fish. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “you surely do not have any fish to eat, am I right?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 6 l2jd figs-explicit εὑρήσετε 1 you will find some Here, **some** refers to fish. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will find some fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 7 u5c3 figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), and [20:2](../20/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 7 kfh9 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 loved Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 7 h3p4 figs-explicit τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
+JHN 21 7 h3p4 figs-explicit τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο 1 he tied up his outer garment Here, **outer garment** refers to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “put on his cloak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 7 eve2 writing-background ἦν γὰρ γυμνός 1 for he was undressed Here, **undressed** does not mean that Peter was naked. Rather, Peter had taken off **his outer garment** so that it would be easier for him to work. Now that he was about to greet Jesus, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off most of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 7 ab4d figs-explicit ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 threw himself into the sea This implies that Peter jumped into the **sea** in order to swim to the shore. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “threw himself into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 8 wrd3 writing-background οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off Here John provides this background information about the location of the boat the disciples were fishing in. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “for the boat was near the land, only about 200 cubits away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN 21 8 k1j9 figs-123person ἦσαν 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
+JHN 21 8 k1j9 figs-123person ἦσαν 1 for they were not far from the land, about two hundred cubits off If you translated “the disciple whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse with a first person form, then you will need to use the first person plural “we” here. You will also need to use first person plural pronouns in all occurrences of third person plural pronouns that refer to the disciples throughout the rest of this chapter. Alternate translation: “we were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JHN 21 8 c1j8 translate-bdistance πηχῶν διακοσίων 1 two hundred cubits A **cubit** is a measurement of distance equivalent to a little less than half of one meter or about one yard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about 90 meters” or “about 100 yards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
JHN 21 9 ilgt figs-pastforfuture βλέπουσιν 1 two hundred cubits Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 9 r0ka figs-activepassive ἀνθρακιὰν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a charcoal fire that Jesus had kindled, and a fish that Jesus had laid on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 21 9 oi9d grammar-collectivenouns ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον, καὶ ἄρτον 1 The words **fish** and **bread**are singular nouns. These could mean: (1) Jesus had one fish and one loaf of bread, as in the UST. (2) Jesus had an unknown amount of fish and bread that are referred to collectively. Alternate translation: “some fish laid on it, and some bread loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
JHN 21 10 pwch figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into to the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 11 f7mi figs-explicit ἀνέβη οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος 1 Simon Peter then went up Here, **went up** means that Simon Peter went back to the boat. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Simon Peter went up into the boat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 11 lsh9 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον 1 Simon Peter then went up If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the fish did not tear the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 21 12 tq70 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…ἐστιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 12 jvsm figs-quotations ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν, σὺ τίς εἶ 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to ask him who he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 21 13 x5pq figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται…λαμβάνει…δίδωσιν 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
+JHN 21 14 tp3i translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 the third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN 21 14 nz9d figs-activepassive ἐφανερώθη 1 the third time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “showed himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JHN 21 14 q55e figs-activepassive ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 the third time If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God having raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 21 14 y94q figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 the third time Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “having become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 21 14 y94q figs-idiom ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 the third time Here, **raised from the dead** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated a similar phrase in [20:9](../20/09.md). Alternate translation: “having become alive after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 21 15 avdf λέγει…λέγει…λέγει 1 do you love me Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 15 xwxd figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε 1 the third time The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this in your translation. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “do you love me with great esteem … I love you with affection” or “do you love me deeply… I love you like a friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 15 t1uj figs-explicit πλέον τούτων 1 Here, **these** could refer to: (1) the other disciples who were there with Jesus and Peter. This meaning would indicate Jesus is asking Peter if he loves Jesus more than the other disciples love him. Alternate translation: “more than these disciples love me” (2) the fish, boat, and other equipment that were used for catching fish, which was Peter’s former job. Alternate translation: “more than these fishing tools” or “more than your former job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 21 15 qja3 figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου 1 Feed my lambs Jesus uses **Feed my lambs** figuratively to refer to providing for the spiritual needs of people who trust in Jesus. Here Jesus is commanding Peter to take care of other believers in the same way that Jesus took care of them while he was with them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds lambs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 21 16 szk8 figs-pastforfuture λέγει…λέγει…λέγει 1 do you love me Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 16 p9vr translate-ordinal δεύτερον 1 do you love me If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “time number 2.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JHN 21 16 rfew figs-explicit ἀγαπᾷς με…φιλῶ σε 1 do you love me The two occurrences of **love** in this verse are two different words in the original language. See how you translated these phrases in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2661,37 +2672,37 @@ JHN 21 17 kmch figs-explicit φιλεῖς με…φιλεῖς με…φιλῶ
JHN 21 17 ayds figs-quotations εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον, φιλεῖς με 1 He said to him a third time If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he asked him the third time if he loved him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JHN 21 17 p8aa figs-metaphor βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου 1 Feed my sheep This sentence has the same meaning as “Feed my lambs” in verse 15 and “Take care of my sheep” in the previous verse. See how you translated those similar sentences in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “Take care of the people who believe in me like a shepherd feeds sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 21 18 sqb7 figs-doublet ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 Truly, truly Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN 21 18 bqps figs-metonymy ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε 1 Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN 21 18 qltf figs-explicit ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου 1 Truly, truly Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 18 bqps figs-metonymy ἐζώννυες σεαυτὸν…ζώσει σε 1 Although **gird** means to put on a belt, Jesus uses it figuratively in this verse to refer to putting on clothes. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you used to dress yourself … will dress you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 21 18 qltf figs-explicit ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου 1 Truly, truly Here, **stretch out** means to extend one’s hands away from one’s sides. This describes the posture of someone who is being crucified. It does not mean that the **hands** themselves stretch. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will extend your hands out from your sides” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 19 ys3m writing-background τοῦτο δὲ εἶπεν σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν 1 Now **Now** here indicates that in this sentence John is giving background information in order to explain what Jesus said in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JHN 21 19 kpf6 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN 21 19 k8z1 figs-idiom ἀκολούθει μοι 1 Follow me See how you translated the phrase **Follow me** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JHN 21 20 eg23 figs-pastforfuture βλέπει 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 20 wzm9 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
-JHN 21 20 ikd4 writing-pronouns ἀκολουθοῦντα 1 loved If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
-JHN 21 20 ys31 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 20 wzm9 figs-explicit τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 the disciple whom Jesus loved This phrase refers to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 1 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John and the General Notes for this chapter. See also how you translated similar phrases in [13:23](../13/23.md), [18:15](../18/15.md), [20:2](../20/02.md), and [21:7](../21/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 20 ikd4 writing-pronouns ἀκολουθοῦντα 1 loved If your language marks the dual form, then the pronoun **them** here would be in the dual form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN 21 20 ys31 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ 1 at the dinner John here refers to **the dinner** Jesus had with his disciples on the night before he was crucified. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the last dinner they had together before Jesus died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 20 aba3 Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν, ὁ παραδιδούς σε 1 See how you translated the similar sentence in [13:25](../13/25.md).
JHN 21 21 u5rr figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 21 cf5h figs-explicit Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί 1 Lord, what will this man do? Peter implies that he wants to know what will happen to John in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this one?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 22 yc52 figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 22 e3xi writing-pronouns ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν 1 If I want him to stay Here, **him** refers to John, the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in [John 21:20](../21/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN 21 22 tef8 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι 1 I come Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ? 1 what is that to you? John is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN 21 22 tef8 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι 1 I come Jesus uses **come** here to refer to the time in the future when he will return to earth from heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I come back to this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 22 tf23 figs-rquestion τί πρὸς σέ? 1 what is that to you? **Jesus** is using a rhetorical question here to mildly rebuke Peter. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “that has nothing to do with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JHN 21 22 dvts figs-idiom μοι ἀκολούθει 1 See how you translated this sentence in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN 21 23 wmzo figs-metonymy οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
-JHN 21 23 np23 figs-metaphor ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN 21 23 wmzo figs-metonymy οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN 21 23 np23 figs-metaphor ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος 1 John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JHN 21 23 c2cr figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς 1 the brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN 21 23 chsq figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that disciple** refers to the Apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN 21 23 wb7e figs-pastforfuture οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 the brothers John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
+JHN 21 23 chsq figs-explicit ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος 1 Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 23 wb7e figs-pastforfuture οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει 1 the brothers John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JHN 21 23 cs14 writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 the brothers The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 21 23 elmi writing-pronouns ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν 1 the brothers The pronouns *he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
JHN 21 23 qxqr ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ 1 See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse.
-JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In verses 24–25 John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
+JHN 21 24 s5bp writing-endofstory 0 General Information: In [verses 24–25](../21/24.md) John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
JHN 21 24 d6t5 figs-123person οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὁ γράψας ταῦτα, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν 1 the disciple In this verse John is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the disciple who testifies about these things and who wrote these things, and we know that my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit τούτων…ταῦτα 1 who testifies about these things In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN 21 24 f7ww figs-explicit τούτων…ταῦτα 1 who testifies about these things In this verse, **these things** refers to everything that John has written in this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everything in this book … all these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JHN 21 24 h5i9 figs-exclusive οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here the pronoun **we** is exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JHN 21 24 l03o figs-extrainfo οἴδαμεν 1 we know Here, **we** could refer to: (1) John and the other eyewitnesses to the earthly life of Jesus, as in [1:14](..01/14.md) and [1 John 1:2–7](../../1jn/01/02.md). Alternate translation: “We eyewitnesses of Jesus’ life know” (2) the elders in the church at Ephesus where John lived at the end of his life. Alternate translation: “We elders of the church at Ephesus know” However, since who **we** refers to is uncertain, it would be best not to explain the meaning further. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
JHN 21 25 l3hz figs-activepassive ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν 1 If each one were written down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if someone wrote down each one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did very many good things. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to show this emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very large amount of books about these miracles would be written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+JHN 21 25 i9n8 figs-hyperbole οὐδ’ αὐτὸν…τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 even the world itself could not contain the books John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did very many good things. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to show this emphasis. Alternate translation: “a very large amount of books about these miracles would be written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JHN 21 25 h3zw figs-metonymy τὸν κόσμον 1 even the world itself could not contain the books Here, **the world** refers to either the surface of the earth or the universe. Either meaning would achieve John’s purpose. If your language does not have a general expression for **world**, you could use an alternate expression. Alternate translation: “the whole earth” or “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JHN 21 25 xn87 figs-activepassive τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία 1 the books that would be written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the books that someone would write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
index fa5b29d83a..2330107783 100644
--- a/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 10 cx5g figs-metaphor τῆς ὀργῆς τῆς ἐρχομένης 1 Paul speaks figuratively of **wrath** as though it were something that could travel and is **coming** to where people are. He means by this that in the future an event will happen when God will act wrathfully against people who have sinned and who have not trusted in Jesus to forgive their sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “God’s judgment that will happen” or “when God will punish people for sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 2 General Notes
## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 2
1. Apostolic Suffering (2:1-13)
* Apostolic preaching (2:1-6)
* Apostolic conduct (2:7-9)
* Apostolic witness (2:10-3)
2. Persecution of the Church (2:14-16)
* Thessalonian persecution (2:14a)
* Jewish persecution (2:14b-16)
3. Paul’s Desire to Visit (2:17-20)
## Structure and Formatting
The first part of this chapter is a defense of their apostleship and sufferings. The second part is a recounting of the Thessalonian church’s sufferings. Lastly, the apostle Paul makes known his deep desire to visit the Thessalonian church.
## “We” and “You”
In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** is used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.
## Special Concepts in this Chapter
### Apostolic witness
Here, Paul defends how he, Silvanus, and Timothy are God’s apostles. By their preaching, conduct, and witness, they prove to be authorized messengers of Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])
### The gospel of God
The foundation of the apostolic witness is that they were “entrusted with the gospel” (See [2:4](../02/04.md)).The apostles’ authority makes them: “bold to speak” (See [2:2](../02/02.md)), “impart” (See [2:8](../02/08.md)), “preach” (See [2:9](../02/09.md)), and thank God that the Thessalonian church “received the word of God” (See [2:13](../02/13.md)).
### The Second Coming of Christ
In this chapter is the first mention of the Second Coming of Christ in its two facets. First, Paul mentions that the persecutors of Christ’s Church will be judged by using the phrase “wrath has come upon them” in [2:16](../02/16.md). Next, Paul speaks of the “hope” and “joy” and “glory” for those who will “be saved” (See [2:16](../02/16.md)) “in the presence of our Lord Jesus Christ at his coming” (See [2:19-20](../02/19.md)).
1TH 2 1 ii5j grammar-connect-words-phrases αὐτοὶ γὰρ οἴδατε, ἀδελφοί 1 Here, **For you yourselves know, brothers** functions as a chapter transition into the next topic, the apostles’ suffering. You could emphasize this if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “Certainly, you are fully aware” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
-1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles' previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
+1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ…οἴδατε 1 you yourselves know The words **you** and **yourselves** refer to the Thessalonian church. Paul uses this emphasis to express how well the Thessalonians understand the benefit of the apostles’ previous visit. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “you fully realize” or “you personally understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 tdl3 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Throughout this letter, **brothers** is a metaphor meaning “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See [1:4](../01/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what **brothers** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 2 1 r14z figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Paul is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both males and females. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” or “spiritual brothers and sisters” or “fellow believers in Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
1TH 2 1 nwlt figs-abstractnouns τὴν εἴσοδον ἡμῶν τὴν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 This is an abstract noun phrase that refers to the apostles’ previous visit (See “reception” in [1:9](../01/09.md)). If your language does not use abstract noun phrases for this idea, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun phrase with a verb form. Alternate translation: “when we visited you” or “when you received us” or “when you welcomed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 13 vnsi figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus This is a reference to Zechariah 14:5 (See also 2 Thessalonians 1:7,10; Jude 14). Here it is implied that these **saints** are all those who are **blameless in holiness** and who have already died (See [4:14](../04/14.md)). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the time the Lord Jesus arrives along with all his holy people who have already died” or “when the Lord Jesus returns a second time with all those reposed people who belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 3 13 ytqg figs-idiom ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus Here, **at the coming of the Lord Jesus** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ (See [2:19; 4:15](../02/19.md)) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md)). Use a natural way in your language to emphasize this idea. Alternate translation: “in the presence of our Lord Jesus at his Second Coming” or “in the sight of our Lord Jesus when he arrives again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 4 General Notes
## Outline of 1 Thessalonians 4
1. Apostolic Teachings on Holiness (4:1-8)
2. Apostolic Teachings on Christian Love (4:9-12)
* Reminder (4:9-10)
* Keep Busy (4:11-12)
3. Apostolic Teachings on the Manner of the Second Coming of Christ (4:13-18)
## “We” and “You”
In this letter, the words **we** and **our** refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Throughout the letter, **we** and **our** are used to convey that all three apostles are in agreement with the letter.
## Special Concepts in this Chapter
### Christian love
The apostles address the topic of Christian love that the Thessalonian church had previously asked about. The apostles encouraged the church that they were already loving well, and they should continue to grow in this practice. The apostles also link “brotherly love” to living in harmony with each other and minding their own business, so that they would be a good example to non-Christians (See [4:11-12](../04/11.md)).
### Dying before the Second Coming of Christ
The Thessalonian church was concerned about what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They were anxious to know whether or not those who died before Christ returned would be part of the Kingdom of God. Paul addresses that concern in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md).
### The manner of the Second Coming of Christ
In [4:13-18](../04/13.md), the apostles teach about the events related to the Second Coming of Christ (called “the day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md)). This is so that the Thessalonians can “comfort one another with these words” (See [4:18](../04/18.md)).
## Important Translation Issues in this Chapter
### Sexual immorality
Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators will have to consider the most appropriate way to communicate these sensitive issues.
### The Second Coming of Christ and the Day of the Lord
All Christians believe that Jesus will return to earth to judge all people and to rule forever. As the Nicene Creed (381 A.D.) states: “I await the resurrection of the dead and the life of the age to come.” Christ came once as Incarnate God and will return once as Resurrected Judge. However, there are various ways that Christians understand the “coming of the Lord” as explained in [4:13-5:11](../04/13.md), and the “day of the Lord” in [5:2](../05/02.md). Some believe they are one and the same event, but others believe them to be two separate events. Your translation should state clearly only what is clear in these verses without promoting any particular interpretation.
-1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles' teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH 4 1 vtas grammar-connect-words-phrases λοιπὸν οὖν 1 brothers Here, **So finally** could refer to: (1) a summary of the apostles’ teachings. Alternate translation: “So, in summary,” (2) the remaining things to address. “So then, here is what remains for us to talk about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we beg and exhort you These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how seriously the apostles want the Thessalonian church to follow their teachings. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “we are urging and appealing to you” or “we strongly urge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 1 foeh figs-metaphor ἐν Κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ 1 we beg and exhort you Paul speaks figuratively as if the apostles are occupying space inside of **the Lord Jesus**. Here, the metaphor expresses the idea that the apostles represent Jesus himself like ambassadors who possess a king’s authority. If your readers would not understand what **in the Lord** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “with our authority from the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 1 p4db figs-metaphor τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 it is necessary for you to walk Here, **to walk** is a metaphor that means “to live” or “to obey” (See [2:12](../02/12.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means **to walk** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express Paul’s meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “about how you must live” or “about how you are obligated to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 4 u98k figs-distinguish εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul gives more instructions about the **sanctification** God wants for his people, by telling the Thessalonian church that every husband needs to treat his wife’s body and his own body **in sanctification and honor**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these verses clearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 4 vhbp figs-euphemism εἰδέναι ἕκαστον ὑμῶν τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ, 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here, **to know to possess** refers to sexual intimacy. This is a polite way of referring to something private. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “God desires that you treat your wives’ bodies like they belong to God and to honor them” or “each of you men must use your own body for God’s holy and honorable purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1TH 4 4 fk6n figs-nominaladj ἕκαστον 1 to know to possess his own vessel Paul is using the adjective **each** as a noun in order to describe a group of men. Here it specifically is used to emphasize that every husband or man must obey this teaching. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “each and every man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband's own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+1TH 4 4 f4ux figs-metaphor τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος, κτᾶσθαι 1 to know to possess his own vessel Here Paul speaks figuratively of a person’s body as if it were a container. Here, **to possess his own vessel** is a metaphor that compares sexual self-control to a proper use of a container. If your readers would not understand what this phrase means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. It could refer to: (1) a wife’s body. Alternate translation: “to use his wife’s body” or “to properly care for his own wife” (2) a husband’s own body. Alternate translation: “to control his own body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 4 4 arkf figs-possession τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σκεῦος 1 to know to possess his own vessel Paul is using the possessive form **his own** to express ownership. Use a natural way in your language to express ownership. Alternate translation: “the wife that belongs to you” or “your very own wife” or “the body that belongs to you”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1TH 4 4 ihqe figs-hendiadys ἐν ἁγιασμῷ καὶ τιμῇ 1 to know to possess his own vessel This phrase could express a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **honor** tells how a husband or man must live in **sanctification**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “by honorably setting it apart for God’s purposes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 4 5 utvd figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐν πάθει ἐπιθυμίας 1 in the passion of lust If your language does not use the abstract noun phrase **in the passion of lust**, you could express the idea behind it in another way. Alternate translation: “not passionately lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 15 hdlr figs-distinguish οἱ περιλειπόμενοι 1 by the word of the Lord This phrase gives us further information about **we who are alive**. It is not making a distinction between **who are left behind** and **we who are alive**. If this is not understood in your language, you can make the relationship between these phrases clearer. Alternate translation: “and survive” or “and remain here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1TH 4 15 b786 figs-idiom εἰς τὴν παρουσίαν τοῦ Κυρίου 1 at the coming of the Lord Here, **coming of the Lord** is a well-known idiom in 1-2 Thessalonians for the Second Coming of Christ [3:13](../03/13.md) or the “Day of the **Lord**” [5:2](../05/02.md). If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “until the Lord Jesus returns” or “for the Second Coming of the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TH 4 15 xd2y figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ φθάσωμεν τοὺς κοιμηθέντας 1 by the word of the Lord Here, the phrase translated **certainly not** is a strong prohibition meaning “never.” If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement as in the UST. Alternate translation: “will never precede those who are dead” or “are not permitted to come before those who have already died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-1TH 4 16 ah7p grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 the Lord himself … will descend Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or "Indeed," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
+1TH 4 16 ah7p grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι 1 the Lord himself … will descend Here, **For** indicates that following events are related to the Second Coming. Use a natural way in your language to indicate this. Alternately translation: “Certainly,” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
1TH 4 16 c26b grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὅτι αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος ἐν κελεύσματι, ἐν φωνῇ ἀρχαγγέλου, καὶ ἐν σάλπιγγι Θεοῦ, καταβήσεται ἀπ’ οὐρανοῦ 1 the Lord himself … will descend In this verse, Paul is describing events that happen at the same time **the Lord will descend from heaven**. He emphasizes the order of events by listing them prior to the main verb. If it is clearer in your language, you could place the main verb before the accompanying actions. You can also make this clear in your translation with an appropriate connecting word or phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, the Lord Jesus himself will come down from heaven with a commanding shout, and with the archangel’s voice, and with God’s trumpet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]])
1TH 4 16 ygfp figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord himself … will descend Paul uses the word **himself** to emphasize that the Lord Jesus will come back in person. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus will come back personally” or “the very person, the Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 4 16 z9ka ἀρχαγγέλου 1 of the archangel See Jude 9 for the only other use of this word in the Bible.
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 5 6 d2aj figs-metaphor μὴ καθεύδωμεν ὡς οἱ λοιποί 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here Paul speaks figuratively about the people “of the night” and “of the darkness” are if they are sleeping. He means that they are unaware or unprepared for the Lord’s return because they are living sinfully (See notes for “darkness” at [5:4-5](../05/04.md)). If your readers would not understand what it means to **sleep** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “we must not be unprepared like non-Christians” or “let us not be like the rest of humanity, who are not aware that Jesus is coming back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 on3d figs-imperative μὴ καθεύδωμεν…γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might keep watch and be sober Here, the verb forms **sleep**, **keep watch**, and **be sober** could also refer to: (1) commands. Alternate translation: “we must not sleep … we must keep watch and be sober” (2) appeals. Alternate translation: “let us not sleep … let us keep watch and let us be sober” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
1TH 5 6 x0zh figs-nominaladj οἱ λοιποί 1 we might keep watch and be sober Paul is using the adjective **the rest** as a noun in order to describe those who are unprepared for Christ’s return. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “like others who are not ready for the Lord Jesus to return” or “like the rest of humanity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
-1TH 5 6 q33e grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 we might not sleep Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or "Rather," (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
+1TH 5 6 q33e grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 we might not sleep Here, what follows the word **but** is in contrast to **the rest** who **sleep**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation (starting a new sentence): “On the contrary,” or “Instead,” or “Rather,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1TH 5 6 sdww figs-metaphor γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might not sleep Here, Paul speaks figuratively of Christians as if they are watch guards. He means that they should be aware and be prepared for the Lord’s return by living as God’s people should live. If your readers would not understand what it means to **keep watch** or **be sober** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternate translation: “instead, we must stay spiritually alert and prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TH 5 6 osxu figs-hendiadys γρηγορῶμεν καὶ νήφωμεν 1 we might not sleep These verbs express a similar idea by using two words connected with **and**. The verb **be sober** tells how Christians should **keep watch**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase that does not use **and**. Alternate translation: “we should remain calmly alert” or “let us remain soberly awake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
1TH 5 7 fxca figs-parallelism οἱ γὰρ καθεύδοντες, νυκτὸς καθεύδουσιν; καὶ οἱ μεθυσκόμενοι, νυκτὸς μεθύουσιν 1 For those who are sleeping, sleep at night These two phrases convey similar ideas by repeating the same verb forms twice. Paul says the same thing twice, in different ways, to show that **sleeping** and **getting drunk** are states of being that make people unaware or unprepared. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can condense each phrase. Alternate translation: “Certainly, people sleep at night, and people get drunk at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
diff --git a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
index f1db85eb3f..8c7e66729a 100644
--- a/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
@@ -61,15 +61,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 2 11 en8e figs-metaphor πέμπει αὐτοῖς ὁ Θεὸς ἐνέργειαν πλάνης, εἰς τὸ πιστεῦσαι αὐτοὺς τῷ ψεύδει 1 God is sending them a working of error for them to believe the lie Paul is speaking of **God** allowing something to happen to people as if he is **sending them** something. Alternate translation: “God is allowing the man of lawlessness to deceive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TH 2 12 d63e figs-activepassive κριθῶσιν πάντες 1 they might all be judged You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will judge all of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 2 12 pkw8 οἱ μὴ πιστεύσαντες τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, ἀλλὰ εὐδοκήσαντες τῇ ἀδικίᾳ 1 those who have not believed the truth, but have taken pleasure in unrighteousness “those who took pleasure in unrighteousness because they did not believe the truth”
-2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.
+2TH 2 13 w83a 0 General Information: If you are using section headings, you could put one here before verse 13. Suggested heading: “Paul gives thanks to God for the believers and encourages them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/checking/headings]])
2TH 2 13 bcd5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul now changes topics.
-2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic.
-2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy.
-2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+2TH 2 13 b3hh δὲ 1 Now Paul here uses the word **Now** to mark a change in topic. You can use a natural way in your language to indicate/show that this is a new section.
+2TH 2 13 dze5 figs-hyperbole ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν εὐχαριστεῖν…πάντοτε 1 we ought always to give thanks The word **always** is a generalization. This is used to emphasize or to exaggerate the action. If this is not natural in your language, you can use the alternative renderings given. Alternate translation: “we should continually give thanks” or “we must thank God at all times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
+2TH 2 13 m418 ἡμεῖς…ὀφείλομεν 1 we ought Here, **we** refers to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy. If you have exclusive and inclusive first person pronouns in your language, this should be an exclusive pronoun. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]
+2TH 2 13 ia4x figs-activepassive ἀδελφοὶ ἠγαπημένοι ὑπὸ Κυρίου 1 brothers having been loved by the Lord If your language does not use this passive form, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for the Lord loves you, brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
+2TH 2 13 v15j figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** means fellow Christians, including both men and women. If your readers understand that it is addressed only to men, you may need to use both the masculine and the feminine forms of that word in your language. If you use a non-figurative word such as “believers”, see that both the genders are addressed.Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
+2TH 2 13 l7a8 figs-metaphor ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth Being among the first people to be saved is spoken of as if the Thessalonian believers are **firstfruits**. Alternate Translation: “to be among the first people who believe” or “among the first people whom God was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]
2TH 2 13 bpqn figs-abstractnouns ἀπαρχὴν εἰς σωτηρίαν ἐν ἁγιασμῷ Πνεύματος καὶ πίστει ἀληθείας 1 as firstfruits for salvation in sanctification of the Spirit and belief in the truth You can change the abstract nouns **salvation**, **sanctification**, **belief**, and **truth** into verbal forms. Alternate translation: “to be among the first people who believe what is true, and whom God has saved and set apart for himself by his Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
+2TH 2 14 e0gy figs-ellipsis 1
2TH 2 15 u9ss ἄρα οὖν, ἀδελφοί, στήκετε 1 So then, brothers, stand firm Paul exhorts the believers to hold fast to their faith in Jesus.
2TH 2 15 l4vr figs-metaphor κρατεῖτε τὰς παραδόσεις 1 hold tight to the traditions Here, **traditions** refers to the truths of Christ that Paul and the other apostles taught. Paul speaks of them as if his readers could hold on to them with their hands. Alternate translation: “remember the traditions” or “believe the truths” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TH 2 15 whp8 figs-activepassive ἐδιδάχθητε 1 you were taught You can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “we have taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
diff --git a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
index 18f778ab42..7c973e5e81 100644
--- a/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
+++ b/en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
-1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter
## Part 1: General Introduction
### Outline of 1 Peter
1. Introduction (1:1-2)
1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)
1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)
1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)
1. Closing (5:12-14)
### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?
The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.
### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?
Peter wrote this letter to help encourage and testify to “the true grace of God” so that the Gentile believers would stand firm “in it” (5:12).
He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.
### How should the title of this book be translated?
Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts
### How were Christians treated in Rome?
Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.
## Part 3: Important Translation Issues
### Singular and plural “you”
In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?
“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”
If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.
(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
-1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes
## Structure and formatting
Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.
Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.
## Special concepts in this chapter
### What God reveals
When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.
### Holiness
God wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
### Eternity
Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter
### Paradox
A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
+1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of 1 Peter\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3–2:10)\n3. Proper Christian behavior (2:11–4:11)\n4. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12–5:11)\n5. Closing (5:12–14)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?\n\nThe Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/peter]])\n\n### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?\n\nPeter wrote this letter to encourage Gentile Christians who were being persecuted and to exhort them to stand firm in “the true grace of God” ([5:12](../05/12.md)).\n\nPeter told his readers how they should act in the midst of a society that hated them. He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also instructed Christians about submitting to persons in authority.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### How were Christians treated in Rome?\n\nPeter was probably in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were severely persecuting Christians.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Singular and plural “you”\n\nIn this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?\n\n“You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”\n\nIf a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
+1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n1. Introduction (1:1–2)\n2. Praise to God for salvation (1:3–12)\n3. Command to be holy (1:13–21)\n4. Command to love each other (1:22–25)\n\nPeter begins this letter in [1:1–2](../01/01.md) by giving his name, identifying the people to whom he is writing, and offering a greeting. That was the way people typically began letters at this time.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in [1:24–25](../01/24.md).\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### What God reveals\n\nWhen Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.\n\n### Holiness\n\nGod wants his people to be holy because God is holy (1:15). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])\n\n### Eternity\n\nPeter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](../01/06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](../01/05.md))
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 to the elect foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live as **exiles**since they are far from their homes in many different countries because of **the dispersion**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 1 cf7b ἐκλεκτοῖς παρεπιδήμοις 1 to the elect foreigners Peter wrote this letter **to the elect exiles**. God has chosen them according to his own foreknowledge. Alternate translation: “to the chosen foreigners” or “the ones whom God the Father has chosen”
@@ -298,4 +298,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 5 13 muq7 writing-symlanguage ἡ ἐν Βαβυλῶνι 1 She who is in Babylon Here, **she** probably refers to the group of believers who live in **Babylon**. Here, **Babylon** could mean: (1) This is a symbol for the city of Rome. (2) This is a symbol for anywhere that Christians are suffering. (3) This is a literal reference to the city of Babylon. It most likely refers to the city of Rome. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1PE 5 13 rpf5 figs-activepassive συνεκλεκτὴ 1 chosen together with you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom God has chosen as he has chosen you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 5 13 ws2x figs-metaphor ὁ υἱός μου 1 my son Peter speaks of Mark as if he is his spiritual **son**. Alternate translation: “my spiritual son” or “who is like a son to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”
\ No newline at end of file
+1PE 5 14 fc7b φιλήματι ἀγάπης 1 a kiss of love Alternate translation: “a loving kiss” or “a kiss to show your love for each other”